JL MARINE & ENGINEERING

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

AIR CONDITIONING COOLING PLANT

BUILDER: JIANGSU HANTONG SHIPYARD

PROJECT:

64000DWT BULK CARRIER

Hull No: HT150

-152

JLM No: JL1653

JL MARINE & ENGINNERING P TE, LTD TEL: 0065-65587079

NO 3 GUL DRIVE SINGPORE FAX: 0065-65587098

WEBSITE: WWW. JLMARINE. COM.SG E-MAIL: [email protected]

2015/04/20

1／278
Project No: JL1653-ACD-INS Date: 2015/04/20

S/N Dwg/Doc Rev Page

Dwg/Doc Title
o No No s

Instruction Manual of A/C Plant

1 --- --- 19
(Operation and Maintenance)

“BITZER” Compressor
2 --- --- 83
Installation & Spare Parts List and Instructions

JL Marine Packaged AC unit

3 --- --- 21
Installation ,Operation and Maintenance

Instruction Manual for Control Equipment

4 --- --- 40

2／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 19
Page 1

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

AIR CONDITIONING PLANT

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

3／278
4／278
5／278
6／278
7／278
8／278
9／278
10／278
11／278
12／278
13／278
14／278
15／278
16／278
17／278
18／278
19／278
20／278
21／278
22／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 24
Page 0

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

"Bitzer" COMPRESSOR

OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

23／278
 Betriebsanleitung
Operating Instructions
Èíñòðóêöèÿ ïî ýêñïëóàòàöèè
KB-110-6 RUS

Halbhermetische Semi-hermetic Recipro- Ïîëóãåpìåòè÷íûå

Hubkolbenverdichter cating Compressors ïîpøíåâûå êîìïpåññîpû

2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) 2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) 2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y)

4VC-6.2 .. 4NC-20.2(Y) 4VC-6.2 .. 4NC-20.2(Y) 4VC-6.2 .. 4NC-20.2(Y)
4Z-5.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y)
44J-26.2(Y) .. 66F-100.2(Y) 44J-26.2(Y) .. 66F-100.2(Y) 44J-26.2(Y) .. 66F-100.2(Y)

Inhalt Seite Content Page Ñîäåðæàíèå Ñòð.

1 Sicherheit 1 1 Safety 1 1 Ïðàâèëà òåõíèêè áåçîïàñíîñòè 1
2 Anwendungsbereiche 3 2 Application ranges 3 2 Îáëàñòè ïðèìåíåíèÿ 3
3 Montage 4 3 Mounting 4 3 Ìîíòàæ 4
4 Elektrischer Anschluss 12 4 Electrical connection 12 4 Ýëåêòðè÷åñêîå ïîäêëþ÷åíèå 12
5 In Betrieb nehmen 16 5 Commissioning 16 5 Ââîä â ýêñïëóàòàöèþ 16
6 Betrieb / Wartung 22 6 Operation / Maintenance 22 6 Ýêñïëóàòàöèÿ / Îáñëóæèâàíèå 22
7 Außer Betrieb nehmen 23 7 De-commissioning 23 7 Âûâîä èç ýêñïëóàòàöèè 23

1 Sicherheit 1 Safety 1 Ïðàâèëà òåõíèêè áåçîïàñíîñòè

Diese Kältemittel-Verdichter sind zum These refrigeration compressors are Äàííûå õîëîäèëüíûå êîìïðåññîðû
Einbau in Maschinen entsprechend intended for installation in machines ïðåäíàçíà÷åíû äëÿ óñòàíîâêè â ìàøèíû
der EU-Maschinenrichtlinie according to the EC Machines ñîãëàñíî Ïðåäïèñàíèþ ÅÑ 98/37/EÑ.
98/37/EG vorgesehen. Sie dürfen nur Directive 98/37/EC. They may be put Ââîä ýòèõ êîìïðåññîðîâ â ýêñïëóàòàöèþ
in Betrieb genommen werden, wenn to service only, if they have been in- äîïóñêàåòñÿ òîëüêî â òîì ñëó÷àå,
sie gemäß vorliegender Anleitung in stalled in these machines according åñëè îíè óñòàíîâëåíû â ìàøèíû â
diese Maschinen eingebaut worden to the existing instruction and as a ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ íàñòîÿùåé èíñòðóêöèåé è
sind und als Ganzes mit den entspre- whole agree with the corresponding â êîìïëåêñå óäîâëåòâîðÿþò òðåáîâàíèÿì
chenden gesetzlichen Vorschriften provisions of legislation (standards to ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèõ ïðåäïèñàíèé
übereinstimmen (anzuwendende apply: refer to Manufacturers (ïðèìåíÿåìûå íîðìû: ñì. Äåêëàðàöèþ
Normen: siehe Herstellererklärung).* Declaration).* èçãîòîâèòåëÿ).*

Autorisiertes Fachpersonal Authorized staff Ñïåöèàëèñòû, äîïóñêàåìûå ê ðàáîòå

Sämtliche Arbeiten an Verdichtern All work on compressor and refrigera- Ê âûïîëíåíèþ ðàáîò íà êîìïðåññîðàõ
und Kälteanlagen dürfen nur von tion systems shall be carried out only è õîëîäèëüíûõ óñòàíîâêàõ äîïóñêàþòñÿ
Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden, by refrigeration personnel which has òîëüêî ñïåöèàëèñòû, êîòîðûå ïî âñåì
das in allen Arbeiten ausgebildet been trained and instructed in all âèäàì ðàáîòû ïîäâåðãëèñü îáó÷åíèþ è
und unterwiesen wurde. Für die work. The qualification and expert èíñòðóêòàæó. Äëÿ êâàëèôèêàöèè è çíàíèÿ
Qualifikation und Sachkunde des knowledge of the refrigeration per- ñïåöèàëèñòîâ äåéñòâóþò ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
Fachpersonals gelten die jeweils gül- sonnel corresponds to the respective- äåéñòâóþùèå äèðåêòèâû.
tigen Richtlinien. ly valid guidelines.

* Hinweis gilt für Länder der EU * Information is valid for countries of the EC * Óêàçàíèå äåéñòâóåò äëÿ ñòðàí ÅÑ 24／278
Die Verdichter sind nach dem aktuel- The compressors are constructed Êîìïðåññîðû èçãîòîâëåíû â ñîîòâåòñòâèè
len Stand der Technik und entspre- according to the state of the art and ñ ñîâðåìåííûì óðîâíåì òåõíèêè è
chend den geltenden Vorschriften ge- valid regulations. Particular emphasis îòâå÷àþò äåéñòâóþùèì ïðåäïèñàíèÿì.
baut. Auf die Sicherheit der Anwender has been placed on the users' safety. Îñîáîå âíèìàíèå îáðàùåíî íà
wurde besonderer Wert gelegt. Retain these Operating Instructions áåçîïàñíîñòü ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ.
Diese Betriebsanleitung während der during the entire lifetime of the com- Ñîõðàíÿéòå íàñòîÿùóþ èíñòðóêöèþ íà
gesamten Verdichter-Lebensdauer pressor. ïðîòÿæåíèè âñåãî ïåðèîäà ýêñïëóàòàöèè
aufbewahren. êîìïðåññîðà.

Restgefahren Residual hazards Îñòàòî÷íàÿ îïàñíîñòü

Vom Verdichter können unvermeidba- Certain residual hazards from the Êîìïðåññîð ìîæåò ÿâëÿòüñÿ èñòî÷íèêîì
re Restgefahren ausgehen. compressors are unavoidable. îñòàòî÷íîé îïàñíîñòè. Ïîýòîìó âñå
Jede Person, die an diesem Gerät All persons working on these units ðàáîòàþùèå íà ýòîì îáîðóäîâàíèè
arbeitet, muss deshalb diese Bedie- must therefore read these Operating äîëæíû î÷åíü âíèìàòåëüíî èçó÷èòü
nungsanleitung sorgfältig lesen! Instructions carefully! äàííóþ èíñòðóêöèþ ïî ýêñïëóàòàöèè!
Îáÿçàòåëüíûå äëÿ ñîáëþäåíèÿ
Es gelten zwingend All of the following have validity:
ïðåäïèñàíèÿ:
 die einschlägigen Sicherheits-Vor-  specific safety regulations and
schriften und Normen (z.B. EN standards (e. g. EN 378, EN 60204  ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèå ïðàâèëà òåõíèêè
áåçîïàñíîñòè (íàïðèìåð: EN 378,
378, EN 60204 und EN 60335), and EN 60335),
EN 60204 è EN 60355),
 die allgemein anerkannten  generally acknowledged safety
Sicherheitsregeln, standards,  îáùåïðèíÿòûå ïðàâèëà òåõíèêè
áåçîïàñíîñòè,
 die EU-Richtlinien,  EU directives,
 Länder spezifische Bestimmungen.  national regulations.  ïðåäïèñàíèÿ ÅÑ,
 äåéñòâóþùèå â ñòðàíå ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ
ïðåäïèñàíèÿ.
Sicherheitshinweise Safety references Óêàçàíèÿ ïî òåõíèêå áåçîïàñíîñòè
sind Anweisungen um Gefährdungen are instructions intended to prevent ßâëÿþòñÿ èíñòðóêöèÿìè, íàïðàâëåííûìè
zu vermeiden. hazards. íà èñêëþ÷åíèå óãðîç îïàñíîñòè.
Sicherheitshinweise genauestens ein- Safety instructions must be stringent- Ñëåäóåò íåóêëîííî ñîáëþäàòü óêàçàíèÿ
halten! ly observed! ïî òåõíèêå áåçîïàñíîñòè!

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Anweisung um eine mögliche
Gefährdung von Geräten zu ver-
meiden.
! Instructions on preventing pos-
sible damage to equipment. ! Óêàçàíèå äëÿ ïðåäîòâðàùåíèÿ
âîçìîæíîãî ïîâðåæäåíèÿ
îáîðóäîâàíèÿ.

Vorsicht! Caution! Îñòîðîæíî!

Anweisung um eine mögliche Instructions on preventing a pos- Óêàçàíèå äëÿ ïðåäîòâðàùåíèÿ
minderschwere Gefährdung von sible minor hazard to persons. âîçìîæíîé îïàñíîñòè äëÿ
Personen zu vermeiden. ïåðñîíàëà.

Warnung! Warning! Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå!

! Anweisung um eine mögliche ! Instructions on preventing a pos- ! Óêàçàíèå äëÿ ïðåäîòâðàùåíèÿ
schwere Gefährdung von sible severe hazard to persons. âîçìîæíîé ñåðüåçíîé îïàñíîñòè
Personen zu vermeiden. äëÿ ïåðñîíàëà.

Gefahr! Danger! Îïàñíîñòü!

Anweisung um eine unmittelbare Instructions on preventing an Óêàçàíèå äëÿ ïðåäîòâðàùåíèÿ
schwere Gefährdung von immediate risk of severe hazard íåïîñðåäñòâåííîé ñåðüåçíîé
Personen zu vermeiden. to persons. îïàñíîñòè äëÿ ïåðñîíàëà.

Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise General safety references Îáùåïðèíÿòûå óêàçàíèÿ ïî òåõíèêå

áåçîïàñíîñòè
Warnung! Warning! Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå!
! Der Verdichter ist im Ausliefe- ! The compressor is under pres- ! Êîìïðåññîð â ñîñòîÿíèè ïîñòàâêè
rungszustand mit Schutzgas ge- sure with a holding charge to a íàïîëíåí çàùèòíûì ãàçîì
füllt (Überdruck ca. 0,5 .. 2 bar). pressure of 0.5 to 2 bar above (Èçáûòî÷íîå äàâëåíèå ïðèìåðíî
Bei unsachgemäßer Handha- atmospheric pressure. 0,5 .. 2 áàð). Ïðè íåíàäëåæàùåì
bung sind Verletzungen von Incorrect handling may cause îáðàùåíèè âîçìîæíû òðàâìû êîæè
Haut und Augen möglich. injury to skin and eyes. è ãëàç. Ïðè âûïîëíåíèè ðàáîò íà
Bei Arbeiten am Verdichter Wear safety goggles while work- êîìïðåññîðå ïîëüçîâàòüñÿ
Schutzbrille tragen! ing on compressor. çàùèòíûìè î÷êàìè! Íå îòêðûâàòü
Anschlüsse nicht öffnen, bevor Do not open connections before ïðèñîåäèíèòåëüíûå ýëåìåíòû, ïîêà
Überdruck abgelassen ist. pressure has been released. íå áóäåò ñíÿòî èçáûòî÷íîå äàâëåíèå.

2 KB-110-6 RUS 25／278

 Vorsicht! Caution! Îñòîðîæíî!
Im Betrieb können Ober- During operation surface tem- Ïðè ðàáîòå êîìïðåññîðà
flächenTemperaturen von über peratures exceeding 60°C or òåìïåðàòóðà ïîâåðõíîñòè ìîæåò
60°C bzw. unter 0°C auftreten. below 0°C can be reached. áûòü âûøå 60°C èëè íèæå 0°C.
Schwere Verbrennungen und Serious burns and frostbits are Âîçìîæíû òÿæåëûå îæîãè è
Erfrierungen sind möglich. possible. îáìîpîæåíèÿ.
Zugängliche Stellen absperren Lock and mark accessible sec- Ñëåäóåò îãðàäèòü äîñòóïíûå äëÿ
und kennzeichnen. tors. ïðèêîñíîâåíèÿ ìåñòà è îáîçíà÷èòü
Vor Arbeiten am Verdichter: Before working on the compres- èõ ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèì îáðàçîì. Ïåðåä
Gerät ausschalten und abkühlen sor: âûïîëíåíèåì ðàáîò íà êîìïðåññîðå:
lassen. Switch off and allow to cool down. âûêëþ÷èòü åãî è äàòü åìó îñòûòü.

Bei Arbeiten am Verdichter, nachdem For any work on the compressor after Ïðè âûïîëíåíèè ðàáîò íà êîìïðåññîðå
die Anlage in Betrieb genommen the plant has been commissioned: ïîñëå ââîäà åãî â ýêñïëóàòàöèþ:
wurde:
Warnung! Warning! Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå!
! Verdichter steht unter Druck! ! Compressor is under pressure! ! Êîìïðåññîð ìîæåò íàõîäèòüñÿ ïîä
Bei unsachgemäßen Eingriffen In case of inproper handling äàâëåíèåì!
sind schwere Verletzungen mög- severe injuries are possible. Ïðè íåïðàâèëüíîì âûïîëíåíèè
lich. Release the pressure in the ðàáîò âîçìîæíû òÿæåëûå òðàâìû.
Verdichter auf drucklosen compressor! Ñáðîñèòü äàâëåíèå èç êîìïðåññîðà!
Zustand bringen! Wear safety goggles! Ïpè pàáîòå ñ êîìïpåññî
Schutzbrille tragen! pîìíàäåòü çàùèòíûå î÷êè!

2 Anwendungsbereiche 2 Application ranges 2 Îáëàñòè ïðèìåíåíèÿ

Zulässige Kältemittel (H)FCKW / (H)CFC HFKW / HFC

Permitted refrigerants À R22 (R12 – R502) R134a – R404A – R407A/B/C – R507A
Äîïóñòèìûé õëàäàãåíò

Ölfüllung tc < 55°C: R134a / R407C / tc > 55°C:

Oil charge Á BITZER B5.2
Çàïpàâêà ìàñëîì BITZER BSE32 BITZER BSE55

Einsatzgrenzen siehe Prospekte KP-100, KP-110 und BITZER-Software

Application limits see brochures KP-100, KP-110 and BITZER software
Ãpàíèöû ïpèìåíåíèÿ Ñì. ïpîñïåêòû KP-100, KP-110 è ïpîãpàììó BITZER-software

À Weitere Kältemittel auf Anfrage À Further refrigerants upon request À Äðóãèå õëàäàãåíòû ïî çàïðîñó
Á Alternativ-Öle siehe Technische Á For alternative oils see Technical Á Àëüòåðíàòèâíûå ìàðêè ìàñåë ñì.
Informationen KT-500 und KT-510 Information KT-500 and KT-510 òåõíè÷åñêóþ èíôîðìàöèþ KT-500 è KT-510

Bei Betrieb im Unterdruck-Bereich, For operation in the vacuum range, Ïðè ðàáîòå êîìïðåññîðà íà âàêóóìå
Gefahr von Lufteintritt auf der Saug- danger of air admission at the suction ñóùåñòâóåò îïàñíîñòü ïðîíèêíîâåíèå
seite. Besondere Maßnahmen können side. Special measures might âîçäóõà íà ñòîðîíó âñàñûâàíèÿ. Ñëåäóåò
erforderlich werden. become necessary. ïðåäïðèíèìàòü ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèå ìåðû.
Im Falle von Lufteintritt: In the case of air admission:  ñëó÷àå ïðîíèêíîâåíèÿ âîçäóõà:
Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Chemische Reaktionen möglich

sowie überhöhter Verflüssi-
gungsdruck und Anstieg der
! Chemical reactions possible as
well as increased condensing
pressure and discharge gas
! Âîçìîæíî ïðîòåêàíèå íåæåëàòåëüíûõ
õèìè÷åñêèõ ðåàêöèé, à òàêæå
ïîâûøåíèå äàâëåíèÿ êîíäåíñàöèè è
Druckgastemperatur. temperature. òåìïåðàòóðû ãàçà íà íàãíåòàíèè.
Warnung! Warning! Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå!
! Bei Lufteintritt ggf. kritische ! In case of air admission a criti- ! Ïðè ïîïàäàíèè âîçäóõà ìîæåò
Verschiebung der Kältemittel- cal shift of the refrigerant igni- ïðîèçîéòè îïàñíîå ñíèæåíèå òî÷êè
Zündgrenze tion limit is possible âîñïëàìåíåíèÿ ñìåñè ìàñëà è
Lufteintritt unbedingt vermeiden! Absolutely avoid air admission! õëàäàãåíòà. Ïðîíèêíîâåíèå âîçäóõà
â õîëîäèëüíûé êîíòóð êàòåãîðè÷åñêè
íå äîïóñêàåòñÿ!

26／278
KB-110-6 RUS 3
3 Montage 3 Mounting 3 Ìîíòàæ

3.1 Verdichter transportieren 3.1 Compressor transport 3.1 Òpàíñïîpòèpîâêà êîìïpåññîpà

Verdichter entweder verschraubt auf Transport the compressor either Êîìïpåññîp ïåpåâîçèòñÿ ïpèáîë÷åííûì ê
der Palette transportieren oder an screwed on a pallet or lift it using the äåpåâÿííîé ïàëåòå. Ïîäú¸ì êîìïpåññîpà
Transportösen anheben (siehe Ab- eyebolts (see figure 1). îñóùåñòâëÿåòñÿ ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì pûì-
bildung 1). áîëòîâ (ñì. pèñ. 1).

3.2 Verdichter aufstellen 3.2 Compressor installation 3.2 Óñòàíîâêà êîìïpåññîpà

Aufstellort Place of installation Ìåñòî óñòàíîâêè

Den Verdichter waagrecht aufstellen. Install the compressor horizontally. Êîìïpåññîp äîëæåí óñòàíàâëèâàòüñÿ
ãîpèçîíòàëüíî.
Bei Einsatz unter extremen Bedingun- For operation under extreme condi-
gen (z. B. aggressive Atmosphäre, tions (e. g. aggressive or corrosive Ïpè óñòàíîâêå â ìåñòàõ ñ ýêñòpåìàëüíûìè
niedrige Außentemperaturen u. a.) atmospheres, low ambient tempera- óñëîâèÿìè (íàïpèìåp, àãpåññèâíîå
geeignete Maßnahmen treffen. Ggf. tures etc.) suitable measures must be âîçäåéñòâèå àòìîñôåpû, íèçêèå
empfiehlt sich Rücksprache mit der taken. Consultation with BITZER is òåìïåpàòópû îêpóæàþùåé ñpåäû è ò.ä.)
Firma BITZER. recommended. ïpèíÿòü ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèå ìåpû. Ïpè
íåîáõîäèìîñòè, îápàòèòüñÿ çà
êîíñóëüòàöèåé â ôèpìó BITZER.

Schwingungsdämpfer Anti-vibration mountings Àìîpòèçàòîpû

Der Verdichter kann starr befestigt The compressor can be rigidly Êîìïpåññîp ìîæåò áûòü æåñòêî
werden, wenn dabei keine Gefahr von mounted, if no danger of breakage çàêpåïëåí íà pàìó, åñëè ïpè ýòîì
Schwingungsbrüchen im angeschlos- due to vibration exists in the asso- îòñóòñòâóåò îïàñíîñòü âèápàöèîííîãî
senen Rohrleitungssystem besteht. ciated pipeline system. pàçpóøåíèÿ ñèñòåìû ïpèñîåäèíåííûõ
òpóáîïpîâîäîâ.
Andernfalls Verdichter auf Schwin- Otherwise the compressor must be
gungsdämpfern montieren. Dies ist fixed on anti-vibration mountings.  èíîì ñëó÷àå êîìïpåññîp ñëåäóåò
insbesondere bei der Montage auf This is particulary required with óñòàíîâèòü íà àìîpòèçàòîpû. Ýòî
Bündelrohr-Wärmeübertrager erfor- mounting on shell and tube heat îñîáåííî íåîáõîäèìî ïpè ìîíòàæå
derlich. exchangers. êîìïpåññîpîâ íåïîñpåäñòâåííî íà
êîíäåíñàòîpû âîäÿíîãî îõëàæäåíèÿ.
Montage von Saug- und Mounting of discharge line and
Druckleitung: suction line: Ìîíòàæ ëèíèè âñàñûâàíèÿ è ëèíèè
 Verdichter auf die Federelemente  Mount compressors either flexible íàãíåòàíèÿ:
stellen oder starr montieren. In on vibration dampers or rigid. In  Óñòàíîâèòü êîìïðåññîð íà
dieser Position (Betriebsstellung) this position (operating mode) suc- àìîðòèçàòîðû èëè æåñòêî çàêðåïèòü.
Saug- und Druckleitung span- tion and discharge tubes must be Ïðè òàêîé óñòàíîâêå êîìïðåññîðà
nungsfrei anschließen. connected stress-free. ëèíèè âñàñûâàíèÿ è íàãíåòàíèÿ
äîëæíû ïðèñîåäèíÿòüñÿ ÷åðåç âèáðî
Schwingungsdämpfer können nach Anti-vibration mountings can be âñòàâêè.
Abb. 2 ausgewählt werden. selected according to fig. 2.
Àìîpòèçàòîpû ïîäáèpàþòñÿ â
ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ pèñ. 2.

Abb. 1 Verdichter anheben Fig. 1 Lifting the compressor Ðèñ. 1 Ïîäúåì êîìïðåññîðà

4 KB-110-6 RUS 27／278

 Transport Betrieb / Operation /
Òðàíñïîðòèðîâê Ýêñïëóàòàöèÿ
3

Typ(e) I 2
Òèï I
M 8

Typ(e) II 2
Òèï II
3
M 1 0

A B 1

Typ(e) III 2
Òèï III
3
M 1 0

Kurbelgehäuseseite Motorseite
Verdichter A Crankcase side B Motor side
Compressor àìîpòèçàòîpû ñî ñòîpîíû êàpòåpà àìîpòèçàòîpû ñî ñòîpîíû ìîòîpà
Härte / Farbe Bausatz-Nr Härte / Farbe Bausatz-Nr.
Êîìïðåññîð Hardness / Color Complete No. Hardness / Color Complete No.
Òâåpäîñòü/ Öâåò Àpòèêóë No. Òâåpäîñòü/ Öâåò Àpòèêóë No.
Typ(e) I / Òèï I
2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2FL-2.2(Y) 55 Shore/ïî Øîpó 370 000-02 55 Shore/ïî Øîpó 370 000-02
Typ(e) II / Òèï II
2EL-2.2(Y) .. 2CL-4.2(Y) grau/grey/ñåpûå 370 003-04 weiß/white/áåëûå 370 003-01
2U-3.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) weiß/white/áåëûå 370 003-01 gelb/yellow/æ¸ëòûå 370 003-02
4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) gelb/yellow/æ¸ëòûå 370 003-05 grün/green/çåë¸íûå 370 003-06
4Z-5.2(Y) .. 4N-20.2(Y) gelb/yellow/æ¸ëòûå 370 003-05 grün/green/çåë¸íûå 370 003-06
4J-13.2(Y) .. 4H-25.2, 4G-20.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01 rot/red/êpàñíûå 370 004-02
4G-30.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01 blau/blue/ãîëóáûå 370 004-03
6J-22.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01 blau/blue/ãîëóáûå 370 004-03
8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) rot/red/êpàñíûå 370 004-02 schwarz/black/÷¸píûå 370 004-04
S4T-5.2(Y), S4N-8.2(Y) gelb/yellow/æ¸ëòûå 370 003-05 grün/green/çåë¸íûå 370 003-06
S4G-12.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01 braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01
S6J-16.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01 rot/red/êpàñíûå 370 004-02
S6H-20.2(Y) .. S6F-30.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 370 004-01 blau/blue/ãîëóáûå 370 004-03
Typ(e) III / Òèï III
8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) 60 Shore/ïî Øîpó 370 002-02 75 Shore/ïî Øîpó 370 002-06
44J-26.2(Y) .. 44H-50.2, 44G-40.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 2x 370 002-01 rot/red/êpàñíûå 2x 370 002-02
44G-60.2(Y) braun/brown/êîpè÷íåâûå 2x 370 002-01 blau/blue/ãîëóáûå 2x 370 002-03
66J-44.2(Y) .. 66F-100.2(Y) rot/red/êpàñíûå 2x 370 002-02 blau/blue/ãîëóáûå 2x 370 002-03
S66J-32.2(Y) rot/red/êpàñíûå 2x 370 002-02 rot/red/êpàñíûå 2x 370 002-02
S66H-40.2(Y) .. S66F-60.2(Y) rot/red/êpàñíûå 2x 370 002-02 blau/blue/ãîëóáûå 2x 370 002-03
Abb. 2 Feder- und Dämpfungselemente Fig. 2 Anti-vibration mountings Pèñ. 2 Óñòàíîâêà àìîpòèçàòîpîâ

28／278
KB-110-6 RUS 5
Transport-Sicherungen Transport locks for units Òðàíñïîðòíûå äåðæàòåëè äëÿ
bei Verflüssigungssätzen When complete units are delivered êîìïðåññîðíî-êîíäåíñàòîðíûõ àãðåãàòîâ
Um Transportschäden zu vermeiden the anti-vibration mountings are Äëÿ èñêëþ÷åíèÿ òðàíñïîðòíûõ
sind bei Verflüssigungssätzen im locked to prevent transport damages. ïîâðåæäåíèé àãðåãàòîâ â ñîñòîÿíèè
Lieferzustand die Schwingungsdämp- These locks must be removed resp. ïîñòàâêè àìîðòèçàòîðû êîìïðåññîðîâ
fer der Verdichter durch Transport- loosened after installation. çàáëîêèðîâàíû ñ ïîìîùüþ òðàíñïîðòíûõ
Sicherungen blockiert. Diese Siche- äåðæàòåëåé. Ýòè äåðæàòåëè äîëæíû áûòü
rungen müssen nach der Montage óäàëåíû ïîñëå âûïîëíåíèÿ ìîíòàæà.
entfernt bzw. gelöst werden.
Schwingungsdämpfer Typ I Anti-vibration mounting type I Óñòàíîâêà àìîpòèçàòîpîâ. Òèï I
Nach Montage: After installation: Ïîñëå óñòàíîâêè êîìïpåññîpà:
 Rot gekennzeichnete Transport-  Remove the red coloured transport  Óäàëèòå òpàíñïîpòíûå äåpæàòåëè,
sicherung À entfernen. locks À. îêpàøåííûå â êpàñíûé öâåò À.
 Befestigungsschrauben bzw. -mut-  Retighten the fixing screws or nuts  Âåpíóòü íà ìåñòà è çàòÿíóòü
tern Á + Â wieder fest anziehen. Á & Â. êpåïåæíûå áîëòû è ãàéêè Á + Â.

Schwingungsdämpfer Typ II Anti-vibration mounting type II Óñòàíîâêà àìîpòèçàòîpîâ. Òèï II

Vor Transport: Before transport: Ïåðåä òðàíñïîðòèðîâêîé:
 Selbstsichernde Mutter À zum  Tighten the self-locking nut À until  Çàòÿíóòü ñàìîêîíòðÿùèåñÿ ãàéêè À,
Transport des Aggregates anzie- the baseplate of the compressor Á äî ïðèæèìàíèÿ îïîð êîìïðåññîðà Á
hen, bis die Bodenplatte Á des rests on the guide sleeve Â. ê îãðàíè÷èòåëüíûì âòóëêàì Â.
Verdichters auf der Führungshülse After installation:
 aufliegt.  Loosen the nut À until the slotted
Ïîñëå óñòàíîâêè:
 Îòïóñòèòü ãàéêè À íàñòîëüêî, ÷òîáû
Nach Montage: washer à can be removed. ìîæíî áûëî óäàëèòü ðàçðåçíûå
 Mutter À so weit lösen, bis sich  Remove the slotted washer Ã. øàéáû Ã.
die geschlitzte Unterlagscheibe à • Óäàëèòü ðàçðåçíûå øàéáû Ã.
entfernen Iässt.
 Unterlagscheibe à entfernen.
Schwingungsdämpfer Typ III Anti-vibration mounting type III Óñòàíîâêà àìîpòèçàòîpîâ. Òèï III
Tandems oder Sonderzubehör tandems or special accessory äëÿ òàíäåìîâ èëè ñïåöèàëüíûå
äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ýëåìåíòû
Vor Transport: Before transport:
 Selbstsichernde Mutter À anzie-  Tighten the self-locking nut À until Ïåpåä òpàíñïîpòèpîâêîé:
hen, bis das Element ca. 1 bis the element is compressed approx.  Çàòÿíóòü ñàìîêîíòpÿùèåñÿ ãàéêè À
2 mm zusammengedrückt ist. 1 to 2 mm. äî ñæèìàíèÿ påçèíîâûõ ýëåìåíòîâíà
1 2 ìì.
Nach Montage: After installation:
 Mutter À so weit lösen, bis sich  Loosen the nut À until the slotted Ïîñëå óñòàíîâêè êîìïpåññîpà:
die geschlitzte Unterlagscheibe à washer à can be removed.  Îòïóñòèòü ãàéêè À íàñòîëüêî, ÷òîáû
entfernen Iässt.  Remove the slotted washer Ã. ìîæíî áûëî óäàëèòü pàçpåçíûå
 Unterlagscheibe à entfernen. øàéáû Ã.
 Óäàëèòü pàçpåçíûå øàéáû Ã.

3.3 Rohrleitungen anschliessen 3.3 Pipeline connections 3.3 Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå òpóáîïpîâîäîâ

Warnung! Warning! Ïpåäóïpåæäåíèå!

! Verdichter steht unter Überdruck ! Compressor is under pressure ! Êîìïpåññîp íàõîäèòñÿ ïîä
durch Schutzgas. with holding charge. äàâëåíèåì çàùèòíîãî ãàçà.
Verletzungen von Haut und Injury of skin and eyes possible. Âîçìîæíû òpàâìû êîæè è ãëàç. Ïpè
Augen möglich. Wear safety goggles while work- âûïîëíåíèè pàáîò íà êîìïpåññîpå
Bei Arbeiten am Verdichter ing on compressor. íîñèòü çàùèòíûå î÷êè!
Schutzbrille tragen! Do not open connections before Íå îòêpûâàòü ïpèñîåäèíèòåëüíûå
Anschlüsse nicht öffnen, bevor pressure has been released. ýëåìåíòû äî ïîëíîãî ñápîñà
Überdruck abgelassen ist. èçáûòî÷íîãî äàâëåíèÿ.

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Lufteintritt unbedingt vermeiden!

Absperrventile bis zum Evakuie-
ren geschlossen halten.
! Absolutely avoid penetration of
air!
The shut-off valves should
! Àáñîëþòíî èñêëþ÷èòü ïîñòóïëåíèå
âîçäóõà âîâíóòpü êîìïpåññîpà!
Äî âûïîëíåíèÿ îïåpàöèè âàêóóìè
remain closed until evacuating. pîâàíèÿ çàïîpíûå âåíòèëè äîëæíû
áûòü çàêpûòû.

6 KB-110-6 RUS 29／278

Rohr-Anschlüsse Pipe connections Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå òpóáîïpîâîäîâ
Die Rohr-Anschlüsse sind so ausge- The pipe connections are designed to Ñîåäèíèòåëüíûå ýëåìåíòû äëÿ
führt, dass Rohre in den gängigen accept tubes with standard millimetre òpóáîïpîâîäîâ âûïîëíåíû òàê, ÷òî
Millimeter- und Zoll-Abmessungen or inch dimensions. Solder connec- ìîãóò ïpèìåíÿòüñÿ òpóáû ñ pàçìåpàìè
verwendet werden können. Löt-An- tions have stepped diameters. â ìèëëèìåòpàõ è äþéìàõ.
schlüsse haben gestufte Durch- According to the size the tube can be Ñîåäèíèòåëüíûå ýëåìåíòû ïîä ïàéêó
messer. Je nach Abmessung wird das pushed more or less into the fitting. If èìåþò ñòóïåí÷àòûå äèàìåòpû. Òpóáà
Rohr mehr oder weniger tief eintau- not required the end with the largest âäâèãàåòñÿ âíóòpü íà pàçíóþ ãëóáèíó â
chen. Im Bedarfsfall kann das diameter can be cut off. çàâèñèìîñòè îò åå äèàìåòpà.  ñëó÷àå
Buchsenende mit dem größeren íåíàäîáíîñòè êîíåö ïàòpóáêà ñ áîëüøèì
Durchmesser auch abgesägt werden. äèàìåòpîì îòpåçàåòñÿ.

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Ventile nicht überhitzen!
Während und nach dem Löten
Ventilkörper kühlen!
! Do not overheat the valves!
Cool valve body while and after
brazing!
! Íå ïåpåãpåâàòü âåíòèëè! Âî âpåìÿ è
ïîñëå âûïîëíåíèÿïàéêè ñëåäóåò
îõëàæäàòüêîpïóñû âåíòèëåé!
Maximale Löttemperatur 700°C. Max. brazing temperature Ìàêñèìàëüíàÿ òåìïåpàòópà
700°C. ïpèâûïîëíåíèè ïàéêè 700°C.

Rohrleitungen Pipelines Òpóáîïpîâîäû

Grundsätzlich nur Rohrleitungen und Only use tubes and components Ñëåäóåò ïpèìåíÿòü òîëüêî òpóáîïpîâîäû
Anlagen-Komponenten verwenden, which are è êîìïîíåíòû, êîòîpûå
die  clean and dry inside (free from  ÷èñòûå è ñóõèå âíóòpè (îòñóòñòâóþò
 innen sauber und trocken sind (frei slag, swarf, rust, and phosphate ÷àñòèöû îêàëèíû, ìåòàëëè÷åñêèõ
von Zunder, Metallspänen, Rost- coatings) and îïèëîê, pæàâ÷èíû è ôîñôàòíûõ
und Phosphat-Schichten) und  which are delivered with an air tight îòëîæåíèé) è
 luftdicht verschlossen angeliefert seal.  ïîñòàâëÿþòñÿ â ãåpìåòè÷íî çàêpûòîì
werden. ñîñòîÿíèè.
Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Bei Anlagen mit längeren Rohr-

leitungen oder wenn ohne ! Plants with longer pipe lines or if
soldered without protection gas:
Install cleaning suction side filter
! Â óñòàíîâêàõ ñ ñîåäèíåíèÿìè òpóá
çíà÷èòåëüíîé äëèíû, à òàêæå åñëè
ïàéêà ïpîèçâîäèëàñü áåç èíåpòíîãî
Schutzgas gelötet wird: Saug-
seitigen Reinigungsfilter einbau- (mesh size < 25 μm). ãàçà, âñòpàèâàþòñÿ î÷èñòèòåëüíûå
ôèëüòpû íà ñòîpîíå âñàñûâàíèÿ
en (Filterfeinheit < 25 μm). (ñ ÿ÷åéêîé ôèëüòpà ìåíåå < 25 μm).

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Verdichterschaden möglich! Im
Hinblick auf hohen Trocknungs-
grad und zur chemischen Stabili-
! Compressor damage possible!
Generously sized high quality fil-
ter driers must be used to
! Ïpèíèìàÿ âî âíèìàíèå íåîáõîäèìîñòü
âûñîêîé ñòåïåíè âûñóùèâàíèÿ, à
òàêæå, äëÿ õèìè÷åñêîé ñòàáèëüíîñòè
sierung des Kreislaufs müssen ensure a high degree of dehy- ñèñòåìû íåîáõîäèìî èpèìåíåíèå
reichlich dimensionierte Filtertro- dration and to maintain the äîñòàòî÷íîãî êîëè÷åñòâà pàçëè÷íûõ
ckner geeigneter Qualität verwen- chemical stability of the system ôèëüòpîâ-îñóùèòåëåé (ìîëåêóëÿpíûé
det werden (Molekular-Siebe mit (molecular sieves with specially ôèëüòp ñî ñïåöèàëüíî ïîäîápàííûì
speziell angepasster Porengröße). adjusted pore sice). pàçìåpîì ÿ÷ååê).

D u rc h m e s s e r g e s tu ft

!
S te p p e d d ia m e te r s V o r R o h r a n s c h lu s s V e r s c h lu s s b le c h e n tfe r n e n !
P Ñòóïåí÷àòîå
l u s i e u r s d i a mèçìåíåíèå
è tre s R e m o v e b la n k in g p la te b e fo r e tu b e c o n n e c tio n !
s äèàìåòpà
u c c e s s ifs R e t i r e r ïpèñîåäèíåíèåì
Ïåpåä l a t ô l e d e f e r m e tòpóáîïpîâîäà!
u r e a v a n t r a c c o r d e r le tu b e !

Abb. 3 Absperrventil mit Rotalock- Fig. 3 Shut-off valve with Rotalock Pèñ. 3 Çàïîpíûé âåíòèëü ñ àäàïòåpîì
Verschraubung adaptor «Pîòàëîê»

30／278
KB-110-6 RUS 7
3.4 Anlaufentlastung (SU) und 3.4 Start unloading (SU) and 3.4 Pàçãpóçêà ïpè ïóñêå (SU) è påãóëè
Leistungsregelung (CR) Capacity control (CR) pîâêà ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè (CR)

Die Ventil-Oberteile werden zum The upper parts of the valves are Âåpõíèå ÷àñòè âåíòèëåé äëÿ çàùèòû
Schutz gegen Transportschäden als delivered separately packed to avoid îò òpàíñïîpòíûõ ïîâpåæäåíèé
Beipack geliefert. Sie müssen vor transport damage. These valve parts ïîñòàâëÿþòñÿ â îòäåëüíîé óïàêîâêå.
dem Evakuieren montiert werden. must be fitted in place of the sealing Îíè äîëæíû áûòü óñòàíîâëåíû âçàìåí
Dazu den Blindflansch gegen das flanges before the compressor is ãëóõèõ ôëàíöåâ-çàãëóøåê äî âûïîëíåíèÿ
Oberteil wechseln. evacuated. âàêóóìèpîâàíèÿ êîìïpåññîpà.
Warnung! Warning! Ïpåäóïpåæäåíèå!
! Verdichter steht unter Druck ! Compressor is under pressure ! Êîìïpåññîp íàõîäèòñÿ ïîä äàâëåíèåì
durch Schutzgas! by holding charge! çàùèòíîãî ãàçà. Âîçìîæíû ñåpüåçíûå
Schwere Verletzungen möglich. Severe injuries possible. òpàâìû êîæè è ãëàç. Ïpè âûïîëíåíèè
Verdichter auf drucklosen Release the pressure in the pàáîò íà êîìïpåññîpå íîñèòü
Zustand bringen! compressor! çàùèòíûå î÷êè! Íå îòêpûâàòü
Schutzbrille tragen! Wear safety goggles! ïpèñîåäèíèòåëüíûå ýëåìåíòû äî
ïîëíîãî ñápîñà èçáûòî÷íîãî äàâëåíèÿ.
Um Verwechslungen zu vermeiden, To avoid mistakes the cylinder head
sind Zylinderkopf und Ventilflansch and the valve flange are marked with Äëÿ èçáåæàíèÿ îøèáîê, ãîëîâêè
gekenzeichnet (SU bzw. CR). Ein a coding (SU resp. CR). A pin in the öèëèíäpîâ èìåþò îáîçíà÷åíèÿ "SU" èëè
Pass-Stift in der Flanschfläche erlaubt flange surface only allows the correct "CR". Øòèôò íà ïîâåpõíîñòè ôëàíöà
nur die richtige Positionierung. Siehe assembly. See figure 4. îáåñïå÷èâàåò ïpàâèëüíóþ óñòàíîâêó
hierzu Abbildung 4. êîìïîíåíòîâ (ñì. pèñ. 4).

Anlaufentlastung (SU) Start unloading (SU) Ðàçãðóçêà ïðè ïóñêå (SU)

 Sonderzubehör für 2U-3.2(Y) bis  Special accessory from 2U-3.2(Y)  Îïöèÿ, íà÷èíàÿ ñ ìîäåëè 2U-3.2(Y) -
6F-50.2(Y) to 6F-50.2(Y) 6F-50.2(Y)
 Nachrüsten erfordert Austausch  Retrofit requires exchange of the  Äîîñíàùåíèå òpåáóåò çàìåíû ãîëîâêè
öèëèíäpà
des Zylinderkopfs cylinder head
Ìîíòàæ ñèñòåìû ñì. ãëàâó 3.4.
Montage siehe Kapitel 3.4. Mounting see chapter 3.4.
8-öèëèíäpîâûå êîìïpåññîpû:
8-Zylinder-Verdichter: 8-cylinder compressors: Äàæå ïpè ïóñêå ñ pàçäåë¸ííûìè
Der mit einer speziellen Wicklungs- Even in part winding start mode a îáìîòêàìè ìîòîpû çòèõ êîìïpåññîpîâ
schaltung ausgeführte Motor gewähr- very high torque is achieved by the pàçâèâàþò î÷åíü âûñîêèé êpóòÿùèé
leistet auch bei PW-Anlauf ein hohes special motor winding configuration. ìîìåíò çà ñ÷¸ò ñïåöèàëüíîé
Drehmoment. Deshalb wird eine An- Therefore start unloading is not êîíôèãópàöèè îáìîòîê. Â ñâÿçè ñ çòèì,
laufentlastung für diese Verdichter required with these compressors. 8-öèëèíäpîâûå êîìïpåññîpû ñèñòåìîé
nicht benötigt. pàçãpóçêè ïpè ïóñêå íå îñíàùàþòñÿ.
Bei Anlaufentlastung wird ein Rück- With start unloading a check valve is Ïpè èñïîëüçîâàíèè êëàïàíà pàçãpóçêè
schlagventil in der Druckgasleitung required in the discharge line. ïpè ïóñêå (SU) íåîáõîäèìî óñòàíàâëèâàòü
erforderlich. îápàòíûé êëàïàí íà ëèíèþíàãíåòàíèÿ.

"SU" "CR"
SU

CR
SU

CR

Anlaufentlastung Leistungsregelung
Leistungsregelung
Start Unloading Capacity
CapacityControl
Control
Pàçãpóçêà ïpè
Démarrage ïóñêå
à vide Påãóëèpîâàíèå
Régulation
Régulationdede
ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè
puissance
puissance HP

CR

LP

Abb. 4 Anlaufentlastung / Leistungs- Fig. 4 Start unloading / capacity control Pèñ. 4 Pàçãpóçêà ïpè ïóñêå è påãóëèpîâàíèå
regelung ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè

8 KB-110-6 RUS 31／278

Leistungsregelung (CR) Capacity control (CR) Påãóëèpîâàíèå ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè (CR)
 optional ab 4Z-5.2(Y) / 4VC-6.2(Y)  Option from 4Z-5.2(Y) / 4VC-6.2(Y) on  Îïöèÿ, íà÷èíàÿ ñ ìîäåëè 4FC-3.2(Y)
 Nachrüsten erfordert Austausch  Retrofit requires exchange of the  Äîîñíàùåíèå òpåáóåò çàìåíû ãîëîâêè
öèëèíäpà.
des Zylinderkopfs cylinder head
Påãóëèpîâàíèå ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè íå
Leistungsregler dürfen nicht in Capacity control may not be used in
ìîæåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ âìåñòå ñ ñèñòåìîé
Verbindung mit dem CIC-System ver- conjunction with the CIC-System (see
CIC (ñì. ãëàâó 4).
wendet werden (siehe Kapitel 4). chapter 4).
Äàëüíåéøèå ïîÿñíåíèÿ ñì. Òåõíè÷åñêóþ
Weitere Erläuterungen siehe Techn. For further explications see Technical èíôîpìàöèþ KT-100 è KT-110.
Informationen KT-100 und KT-110. Informations KT-100 and KT-110.
Ñèñòåìà VARICOOL
VARICOOL-System VARICOOL System  êîìïpåññîpàõ òèïîâ îò 2HL-1.2 äî 2N-7.2
Bei den Typen 2HL-1.2 bis 2N-7.2 For the types 2HL-1.2 up to 2N-7.2 ñóùåñòâóåò âîçìîæíîñò üïåpåêëþ÷àòü
kann zwischen unterschiedlichen it can be switched over between dif- ñïîñîá îõëàæäåíèÿ êîìïpåññîpà â
Betriebsarten umgeschaltet werden. ferent operation modes. Therefore the çàâèñèìîñòè îò påæèìîâ pàáîòû.
Dazu muss die Position des Saug- position of the suction valve including Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, èçìåíÿåòñÿ ìåñòî
ventils einschließlich des Sauggas- suction filter has to be changed (see ìîíòàæà âñàñûâàþùåãî âåíòèëÿ,
filters gewechselt werden (Abb. 5). fig. 5). âêëþ÷àþùåãî âõîäíîé ôèëüòp (ñì. pèñ. 5).
 SL(A) "Sauggas-Kühlung":  SL(A) "suction gas cooling":  SL(A) "Îõëàæäåíèå âñàñûâàåìûì
ãàçîì": Ñòàíäàpòíûé påæèì pàáîòû.
Standard-Betriebsart standard operation mode
Êîíäèöèîíèpîâàíèå âîçäóõà è
Klima- und Normalkühlung sowie Air-conditioning or medium tem-
ñpåäíåòåìïåpàòópíîå îõëàæäåíèå,
Tiefkühlung mit R404A / R507A perature application and for low
à òàêæå íèçêîòåìïåpàòópíîå
Der Motor wird hier mit Sauggas temperature cooling with R404A /
îõëàæäåíèå ñ R404A / R507A.
gekühlt. Ggf. wird Zusatzlüftung R507A
 ýòîì ñëó÷àå äâèãàòåëüîõëàæäàåòñÿ
bei extremen Betriebs- The motor is cooled by suction
âñàñûâàåìûì ãàçîì. Ïpè ýêñòpåìàëüíûõ
Bedingungen erforderlich. gas. Additional cooling is possibly
pàáî÷èõóñëîâèÿõ ìîæåò ïîòpåáîâàòüñÿ
 SL(B) "Direkt-Ansaugung": required with extrem operating
äîïîëíèòåëüíîå îõëàæäåíèå.
für Tiefkühlung mit R22 conditions.
 SL(B) "Ïpÿìîå âñàñûâàíèå":
(R404A / R507A auf Anfrage)  SL(B) "direct suction": Íèçêîòåìïåpàòópíîå îõëàæäåíèå ñ
Das Sauggas wird direkt in die Zy- low temperature cooling with R22 ïîìîùüþ R22 (R404A / R507A ïî
linder geführt. Bei dieser Betriebs- (R404A / R507A upon request) çàïpîñó). Âñàñûâàåìûé ãàç ïîäàåòñÿ
art muss immer Zusatzlüftung ver- The suction gas is directly led into íåïîñpåäñòâåííî â öèëèíäpû. Â ýòîì
wendet werden – entweder mittels the cylinders. This operation mode påæèìå pàáîòû âñåãäà äîëæíà
Zusatzlüfter oder Aufstellung des always requires external air cooling ïpèìåíÿòüñÿ äîïîëíèòåëüíàÿ âåíòèëÿöèÿ
Verdichters im Verflüssiger- – either by additional fan or location – ëèáî ñ ïîìîùüþ äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî
Luftstrom. of the compressor in the condenser âåíòèëÿòîpà, ëèáî ïóòåì óñòàíîâêè
air stream. êîìïpåññîpà â ïîòîêå âîçäóõà
îòêîíäåíñàòîpà.

1 SL(A) 1
SL(B)

Abb. 5 VARICOOL-System Fig. 5 VARICOOL System Pèñ. 5 Ñèñòåìà VARICOOL

SL(A) Sauggas-Kühlung SL(A) suction gas cooling SL(A) Îõëàæäåíèå âñàñûâàåìûì ãàçîì
SL(B) Direkt-Ansaugung SL(B) direct suction SL(B) Ïpÿìîå âñàñûâàíèå
1 Blindflanasch 1 Sealing flange 1 ôëàíåö-çàãëóøêà
2 Zusatzlüfter 2 Additional fan 2 Äîïîëíèòåëüíûé âåíòèëÿòîp,
alternativ: Aufstellung im alternative: install in àëüòåpíàòèâà: óñòàíîâêà
Luftstrom des Verflüssigers condenser air flow êîìïpåññîpà â ïîòîêå âîçäóõà îò
êîíäåíñàòîpà
32／278
KB-110-6 RUS 9
Anschlüsse Connections Ïpèñîåäèíåíèÿ

2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2CL-4.2(Y) 2U-3.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y)

3 (LP) SL(B) SL(A) 1 (HP) 3 (LP) 3 (LP) SL(B) SL(A) 1 (HP) 2 (HP) 3 (LP)
1/8''-27 NPTF 1/8''-27 NPTF 1/8''-27 NPTF 1/8''-27 NPTF 1/8''-27 NPTF
DL DL

5/8 10
1/4''-18 NPTF 3/8"-18 NPTF 5/8 6/7 10
1/4''-18 NPTF M22x1,5 3/8"-18 NPTF

4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y)
4 D L 1 6 S L 1 (H P ) 2 (H P )
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F M 2 0 x 1 ,5 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

1 1
7 / 1 6 ''- 2 0 U N F

1 6
M 2 0 x 1 ,5

1 2
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

3 (L P ) 5 / 8 1 0 2 1 7 6
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F Ø 1 2 1 / 2 ''- 1 4 N P T F M 2 0 x 1 ,5 M 1 0 x 1 ,5

4Z-5.2(Y) .. 4N-20.2(Y) S L D L

1 (H P )
1 / 8 ''- 2 7 N P T F
4
1 / 8 ''- 2 7 N P T F

1 1
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

1 2
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

1 0
3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F

1 6 5 9 b 9 a 8 2 (H P ) 3 (L P ) 6 / 7
M 2 0 x 1 ,5 1 / 4 ''- 1 8 N P T F 1 / 2 ''- 1 4 N P T F 1 / 8 ''- 2 7 N P T F 1 / 8 ''- 2 7 N P T F 1 / 8 ''- 2 7 N P T F M 2 2 x 1 ,5

4J-13.2(Y) .. 4G-30.2(Y) S L D L

4 1 (H P )
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

1 1
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

1 2
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

9 a
3 /8 "-1 4 N P T F

9 b
1 /2 "-1 4 N P T F

1 6 5 8 2 (H P ) 3 (L P ) 1 0 6 / 7
M 2 0 x 1 ,5 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F M 2 6 x 1 ,5

10 KB-110-6 RUS 33／278

Anschlüsse (Forts.) Connections (cont.) Ïpèñîåäèíåíèÿ (ïpîäîëæåíèå)

S L 3 (L P ) D L
6J-22.2(Y) .. 6G-40.2(Y) 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

2 (H P ) 1 1
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

1 2
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

4
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

9 a
3 /8 "-1 4 N P T F

9 b
1 /2 "-1 4 N P T F

1 6 5 8 1 (H P ) 4 1 0 6 / 7
M 2 0 x 1 ,5 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F M 2 6 x 1 ,5

S L 3 (L P ) D L
6F-40.2(Y) / 6F-50.2(Y) 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

2 (H P ) 1 1
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

1 2
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

4
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

9 a
3 /8 "-1 4 N P T F

9 b
1 /2 "-1 4 N P T F

1 6 5 8 1 (H P ) 4 1 0 6 / 7
M 2 0 x 1 ,5 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F 1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F M 2 6 x 1 ,5

8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) 1 (H P ) S L
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F
D L

1 1
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

1 2
7 /1 6 "-2 0 U N F

5
1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F

8
1 /4 "-1 8 N P T F

1 6 9 b 9 a 2 (H P ) 3 (L P ) 1 0 6 / 7
M 2 0 x 1 ,5 1 /2 "-1 4 N P T F 3 /4 "-1 4 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F M 2 6 x 1 ,5

44J-26.2 / 66F-100.2
S L 3 (L P ) 8 D L
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F Sonstige Anschlüsse wie beim entsprechenden
Einzelverdichter
D L

Other connections same as for the corresponding

single compressor

Îñòàëüíûå ïpèñîåäèíåíèÿ òàêèå æå, êàê íà

ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåì îäèíî÷íîì êîìïpåññîpå

34／278
KB-110-6 RUS 11
Anschluss-Positionen Connection positions Ïîëîæåíèå ïðèñîåäèíåíèé

1 Hochdruck-Anschluss (HP) 1 High pressure connection (HP) 1 Påëå âûñîêîãî äàâëåíèÿ (HP)
2 Druckgas-Temperaturfühler (HP) 2 Discharge gas temp. sensor (HP) 2 Äàò÷èê òåìïåpàòópû íàãíåòàíèÿ (HP)
oder CIC-Sensor or CIC sensor 3 Påëå íèçêîãî äàâëåíèÿ (LP)
3 Niederdruck-Anschluss (LP) 3 Low pressure connection (LP) 4 CIC – ñèñòåìà: ôîpñóíêà âïpûñêà
4 CIC-System: Einspritzdüse (LP) 4 CIC-System: spray nozzle 5 Ïpîáêà øòóöåpà çàïpàâêè ìàñëîì
6 Ïpîáêà øòóöåpà ñëèâà ìàñëà
– montiertes Schraderventil entfernen – remove Schader valve
7 Ìàñëÿíûé ôèëüòp
5 Öleinfüll-Stopfen 5 Oil fill plug
8 Âîçâpàò ìàñëà (ìàñëîîòäåëèòåëü)
6 Ölablass (Magnetschraube) 6 Oil drain (magnetic screw) 9a ïpèñîåäèíåíèå äëÿ ëèíèè âûpàâíèâàíèÿ
7 Ölfilter (Magnetschraube) 7 Oil filter (magnetic screw) äàâëåíèÿ ãàçà (ïpè ïàpàëëåëüíîì
8 Ölrückführung (Ölabscheider) 8 Oil return (oil separator) ïîäêëþýåíèè)
9a Gasausgleich (Parallelbetrieb) 9a Gas equalization (parallel operation) 9b ïpèñîåäèíåíèå äëÿ ëèíèè âûpàâíèâàíèÿ
9b Ölausgleich (Parallelbetrieb) 9b Oil equalization (parallel operation) ópîâíÿ ìàñëà (ïpè ïàpàëëåëüíîì
10 Ölsumpfheizung 10 Crankcase heater ïîäêëþýåíèè)
11 Öldruck-Anschuss + 11 Oil pressure connection + 10 Ïîäîãpåâàòåëü ìàñëà â êàpòåpå
12 Öldruck-Anschuss – 12 Oil pressure connection – 11 Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå äëÿ påëå äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà +
16 Anschluss für Öldifferenzdruckschalter 16 Connection for oil differential pressure 12 Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå äëÿ påëå äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà –
“Delta-P” switch “Delta-P” 16 Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå äëÿ äàò÷èêà påëåïåpåïàäà
21 Anschluss für Ölserviceventil 21 Connection for oil service valve äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà “Delta-P”
21 Ïðèñîåäèíåíèå äëÿ ñåðâèñíîãî êëàïàíà
ìàñëà
SL Saugleitung SL Suction line SL Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå ëèíèè âñàñûâàíèÿ
DL Druckleitung DL Discharge line DL Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå ëèíèè íàãíåòàíèÿ
SL(A) Standard-Ventilposition SL(A) Standard valve position SL(A) Còàíäàpòíå ïîëîæåíèå
SL(B) Ventilposition für Tiefkühlung SL(B) Valve position for low temp. R22 âåíòèëÿñòàíäàpòíîå
R22 SL(B) Ïîëîæåíèå âåíòèëÿ íà âñàñûâàíèèïpè
íèçêîòåìïåpàòópíîì R22

4 Elektrischer Anschluss 4 Electrical connection 4 Ýëåêòpè÷åñêîå ïîäêëþ÷åíèå

4.1 Allgemeine Hinweise 4.1 General recommendations 4.1 Îáùèå óêàçàíèÿ

Verdichter und elektrisches Zubehör Compressor and electrical accessories Êîìïpåññîpû è ýëåêòpè÷åñêîå
entsprechen der EU-Niederspan- are in accordance with the EC Low îáîpóäîâàíèå ñîîòâåòñòâóþò
nungsrichtlinie 73/23/EWG (CE 96). Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC (CE 96). ïpåäïèñàíèÿì ÅÑ ïî íèçêîâîëüòíîìó
îáîpóäîâàíèþ 73/23/EEC (CE 96).
Elektrische Anschlüsse gemäß The electrical installation is to be car-
Prinzipschaltbild ausführen. Sicher- ried out according to the wiring dia- Ýëåêòpè÷åñêèå ñîåäèíåíèÿ ñëåäóåò
heitsnormen EN 60204, IEC 60364 gram. Observe the safety standards âûïîëíÿòü â ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ
und nationale Schutzbestimmungen EN 60204, IEC 60364 and national ïpèíöèïèàëüíîé ýëåêòpè÷åñêîé ñõåìîé.
berücksichtigen. safety regulations. Ñëåäóåò ñîáëþäàòü ïpåäïèñàíèÿ ïî
òåõíèêå áåçîïàñíîñòè EN 60204 è
Achtung! Attention! EN 60364, à òàêæå íàöèîíàëüíûå ïpàâèëà
! Gefahr von Kurzschluss durch
Kondenswasser im Anschluss-
kasten!
! Danger of short circuit caused
by condensing water in the
terminal box!
òåõíèêè áåçîïàñíîñòè.
Âíèìàíèå!
Nur genormte Kabel-Durch-
führungen verwenden und auf
gute Abdichtung bei der
Use standard cable bushings
only and ensure proper sealing
when mounting.
! Îïàñíîñòü êîpîòêîãî çàìûêàíèÿ,
âûçâàííîãî êîíäåíñàöèåé âëàãè â
êëåììíîé êîpîáêå! Èñïîëüçóéòå
Montage achten. ñòàíäàpòíûå óïëîòíèòåëüíûå ïîpòû
äëÿ ââîäà êàáåëåé â êëåììíóþ
Elektrische Kabel-Verbindungen auf Check electrical cable connections êîpîáêó.
festen Sitz prüfen. on tight fitting. Ïðîâåðèòü íàäåæíîñòü ïðèñîåäèíåíèÿ
ïðîâîäîâ êàáåëåé ïèòàíèÿ ê êëåììàì
Bei der Dimensionierung von Motor- For the dimensions of the motor con- êîìïðåññîðà.
schützen, Zuleitungen und Sicherun- tactors, cables and fuses:
gen: Ïpè îïpåäåëåíèè ïàpàìåòpîâêîíòàêòîpîâ
äâèãàòåëåé, êàáåëåé èïpåäîõpàíèòåëåé:
Achtung! Attention!
! Maximalen Betriebsstrom bzw.
maximale Leistungsaufnahme
des Motors zugrunde legen.
! Maximum operating current or
max. power consumption of the
motor should be the base. !
Âíèìàíèå!
Çà îñíîâó ñëåäóåò âçÿòü
ìàêñèìàëüíûé pàáî÷èé òîê èëè
Schütze: Contactors: ìàêñèìàëüíóþ ïîòpåáëÿåìóþ
nach Gebrauchskategorie AC3. according to operational cate- äâèãàòåëåì ìîùíîñòü. Êîíòàêòîpû:
gory AC3. êîíòàêòîpîâ AC3.

12 KB-110-6 RUS 35／278

Motor für Teilwicklungsanlauf Motor for Part-Winding start Ìîòîð ñ ðàçäåëåííûìè îáìîòêàìè
(Part Winding)  4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) / (Part Winding)
 4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) / 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) Y/YY  4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) / 4Z-5.2(Y) ..
4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) Y/YY Winding partition: 50%/50% 6F-50.2(Y) Y/YY
Wicklungsteilung: 50%/50% Selection of motor contactors: Ñîîòíîøåíèå â îáìîòêàõ: 50%/50%
Motorschütz-Auslegung: 1st contactor (PW 1): 60% of the Ïîäáîð êîíòàêòîðîâ äëÿ ìîòîðîâ:
1. Schütz (PW 1): 60% des maximum operating current 1. êîíòàêòîð (PW 1): 60% îò
maximalen Betriebsstroms 2nd contactor (PW 2): 60% of the ìàêñèìàëüíîãî ðàáî÷åãî òîêà
2. Schütz (PW 2): 60% des maximum operating current 2. êîíòàêòîð (PW 2): 60% îò
maximalen Betriebsstroms  8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) D/DD ìàêñèìàëüíîãî ðàáî÷åãî òîêà
 8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) D/DD Winding partition: 60%/40%  8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) D/DD
Wicklungsteilung: 60%/40% Selection of motor contactors: Ñîîòíîøåíèå â îáìîòêàõ: 60%/40%
Motorschütz-Auslegung: 1st contactor (PW 1): 70% of the Ïîäáîð êîíòàêòîðîâ äëÿ ìîòîðîâ:
1. Schütz (PW 1): 70% des maximum operating current 1. êîíòàêòîð (PW 1): 70% îò
maximalen Betriebsstroms 2nd contactor (PW 2): 50% of the ìàêñèìàëüíîãî ðàáî÷åãî òîêà
2. Schütz (PW 2): 50% des maximum operating current 2. êîíòàêòîð (PW 2): 50% îò
maximalen Betriebsstroms (see wiring diagram in terminal ìàêñèìàëüíîãî ðàáî÷åãî òîêà
(siehe Prinzipschaltbild im box) (ñìîòðè ïðèíöèïèàëüíóþ ñõåìó â
êëåììíîé êîðîáêå)
Anschlusskasten)  Design for Y/Dÿupon request  Êîíñòðóêöèÿ ìîòîðà Y/D – ïî
 Ausführung für Y/Dÿauf Anfrage Voltage and frequency data on the ñïåöèàëüíîìó çàïðîñó
Spannungs- und Frequenzangaben name plate should be compared to Äàííûå íàïðÿæåíèÿ è ÷àñòîòû íà
auf dem Typschild mit den Daten des the electrical supply data. The motor òàáëè÷êå ñ òåõíè÷åñêèìè äàííûìè
Stromnetzes vergleichen. Der Motor may only be connected when these ñðàâíèòü ñ äàííûìè ýëåêòðè÷åñêîé ñåòè.
darf nur bei Übereinstimmung ange- coincide. Äîïóñêàåòñÿ ïðèñîåäèíÿòü äâèãàòåëü ê
schlossen werden. Wire the motor terminals according to ñåòè òîëüêî ïðè ïîëíîì ñîîòâåòñòâèè
Motorklemmen gemäß Anweisung auf the indications on the terminal box ýòèõ äàííûõ. Âûïîëíèòü ïîäêëþ÷åíèå
dem Deckel des Anschlusskastens cover. êëåìì â ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ óêàçàíèåì íà
anschließen. êðûøêå êëåììíîé êîðîáêè.

Teilwicklungs-Motor Part winding motor Ìîòîpû ñ pàçäåë¸ííûìè îáìîòêàìè

Reihenfolge der Teilwicklungen unbe- Closely observe part-winding order! Ñòpîãî ñîáëþäàéòå ïîpÿäîê ïîäêëþ÷åíèÿ
dingt beachten! First part winding (contactor K1): pàçäåë¸ííûõ îáìîòîê!
1. Teilwicklung (Schütz K1): connections 1U1, 1V1, 1W1 1. Ïåpâàÿ pàçäåë¸ííàÿ îáìîòêà
Anschlüsse 1U1, 1V1, 1W1 Second part-winding (contactor K2): (êîíòàêòîp Ê1): cîåäèíåíèÿ 1U1, 1V1, 1W1
2. Teilwicklung (Schütz K2): connections 2U1, 2V1, 2W1 2. Âòîpàÿ pàçäåë¸ííàÿ îáìîòêà
Anschlüsse 2U1, 2V1, 2W1 Time delay before connection of the
(êîíòàêòîp Ê2): cîåäèíåíèÿ 2U1, 2V1, 2W1
Zeitverzögerung bis zum Zuschalten second part-winding 0.5 sec Âpåìåííàÿ çàäåpæêà ïîäêëþ÷åíèÿ
der 2. Teilwicklung 0,5 sec (max. 1 sec) (max. 1 sec) âòîpîé pàçäåë¸ííîé îáìîòêè ñîñòàâëÿåò
0,5 ñåê (ìàêñ. 1 ñåê).
Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!
! Gefahr von Motorschäden!
Vertauschte Anordnung der
elektrischen Anschlüsse führt
! Danger of motor damage!
Wrong wiring results in opposing
or displaced rotating fields due
! Îïàñíîñòü âûõîäà èç ñòpîÿìîòîpà!
Íåïpàâèëüíîå ïîäêëþ÷åíèå
pàçäåë¸ííûõ îáìîòîê ìîæåò ïpèâåñòè
zu gegenläufigen oder im to changed phase angle. This ê èçìåíåíèþ íàïpàâëåíèÿ èëè
Phasenwinkel verschobenen leads to locked rotor conditions. îñëàáëåíèþ âpàùàþùåãîñÿ ïîëÿ çà
Drehfeldern und dadurch zu Mount connections correctly! ñ÷¸ò èçìåíåíèÿ ìåæôàçîâûõ óãëîâ.
Blockierung. Ýòî ïpèâåä¸ò ê áëîêèpîâêå pîòîpà.
Anschlüsse korrekt ausführen! Ïpàâèëüíî ïîäêëþ÷àéòå ñîåäèíåíèÿ!

Stern-Dreieck-Motor (Option) Star delta motor (option) Ìîòîp «çâåçäà - òpåóãîëüíèê» (îïöèÿ)
4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) 4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) 4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y)
4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y)
Zeitverzögerung bis zum Umschalten Time delay before switching from star Âpåìåííàÿ çàäåpæêà ïåpåêëþ÷åíèÿ ñî
von Stern- auf Dreieck-Betrieb darf to delta should not exceed two se- «çâåçäû» íà «òpåóãîëüíèê» íå äîëæíà
zwei Sekunden nicht übersteigen. conds. ïpåâûøàòü 2 ñåêóíäû.

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Gefahr von Motorschäden!

Vertauschte Anordnung der
elektrischen Anschlüsse führt zu
! Danger of motor damage!
Wrong wiring results in a short
circuit.
! Îïàñíîñòü âûõîäà èç ñòpîÿìîòîpà!
Íåïpàâèëüíîå ïîäêëþ÷åíèå îáìîòîê
ìîæåò ïpèâåñòè ê êîpîòêîìó
Kurzschluss. Mount connections correctly! çàìûêàíèþ. Ïpàâèëüíî ïîäêëþ÷àéòå
Anschlüsse korrekt ausführen! ñîåäèíåíèÿ!

36／278
KB-110-6 RUS 13
4.2 Schutz-Einrichtungen 4.2 Protection devices 4.2 Çàùèòíûå óñòpîéñòâà

Motor-Schutzeinrichtungen Motor protection devices Çàùèòíûå óñòpîéñòâà äâèãàòåëÿ

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Ausfall der Motor-Schutzeinrich-

tung und des Motors durch feh-
lerhaften Anschluss und/oder
! Break-down of the motor pro-
tection device and the motor
due to incorrect connection
! Âîçìîæåí âûõîä èç ñòpîÿ äâèãàòåëÿ è
çàùèòíîãî óñòpîéñòâà äâèãàòåëÿ! Íå
äîïóñêàåòñÿ ïîäà÷à íàêëåììû 1-2 / 3-
Fehlbedienung möglich! and/or operation errors possible! 4 / B1-B2 êîìïpåññîpà è ïpèáîpà
Klemmen 1-2 / 3-4 / B1-B2 an Terminals 1-2 / 3-4 / B1-B2 at çàùèòû äâèãàòåëÿ óïpàâëÿþùåãî èëè
Verdichter und compressor and motor protec- pàáî÷åãî íàïpÿæåíèÿ.
Motorschutzgerät dürfen nicht tion device must not contact with
mit Steuer- oder Betriebsspan- the control or supply voltages!
nung in Berührung kommen!
SE-B1 SE-B1 SE-B1
4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) 4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y) 4VC-6.2(Y) .. 4NC-20.2(Y)
ist im Anschlusskasten fest einge- is mounted inside the terminal box. óñòàíàâëèâàåòñÿ â êëåììíîé êîðîáêå.
baut. Die Messleitungen für Motor- The cables for the PTC sensors are Ñîåäèíèòåëüíûå ïðîâîäà PTC-äàò÷èêè
PTC sind verdrahtet. Weitere already connected. Other connec- óæå ïðèñîåäèíåíû íà çàâîäå.
Anschlüsse gemäß Prinzipschaltbild tions should be made according to Äàëüíåéøèå ñîåäèíåíèÿ âûïîëíÿþòñÿ â
bzw. Technische Information KT-122. the wiring diagram and Technical ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ ïðèíöèïèàëüíîé ñõåìîé è
Information KT-122. òåõíè÷åñêîé èíôîðìàöèåé KT-122.

SE-B2 SE-B2 SE B2
2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) 2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) 2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y)
4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y)
8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) 8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y) 8GC-50.2(Y) .. 8FC-70.2(Y)
ist im Anschlusskasten fest einge- is mounted inside the terminal box. óñòàíàâëèâàåòñÿ â êëåììíîé êîpîáêå.
baut. Die Messleitungen für Motor- Cables for the PTC sensors are facto- Ñîåäèíèòåëüíûå ïpîâîäà PTC-äàò÷èêà óæå
PTC sind verdrahtet. Weitere ry wired. Other connections should be ïpèñîåäèíåíû íà çàâîäå. Îñòàëüíûå
Anschlüsse gemäß Prinzipschaltbild made according to the wiring diagram ïîäêëþ÷åíèÿ ñëåäóåò ïpîèçâîäèòü ñîãëàñíî
bzw. Technische Information KT-122. and Technical Information KT-122. ñõåìîé ýëåêòpè÷åñêîé, èçîápàæ¸ííîé íà
êpûùêå êëåììíîé êîpîáêè. Ñì. òàêæå
INT389 INT389 Òåõíè÷åñêóþ èíôîpìàöèþ KT-122.
2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) 2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y) INT389
4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y) 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y)
Sonderzubehör, kann nachgerüstet Special accessory, can be retrofitted 2HL-1.2(Y) .. 2N-7.2(Y)
werden Connections according to Technical 4Z-5.2(Y) .. 6F-50.2(Y)
Anschluss gemäß Technischer Information KT-121. Ñïåöèàëüíîå ïðèñïîñîáëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü
Information KT-121. The device should preferably be in- óñòàíîâëåíî äîïîëíèòåëüíî
Gerät vorzugsweise im Schaltschrank stalled in the switch board. Ñîåäèíåíèå âûïîëíÿåòñÿ â ñîîòâåòñòâèè
unterbringen. ñ òåõíè÷åñêîé èíôîðìàöèåé KT-121.
Ïðèáîð ïðåäïî÷òèòåëüíî äîëæåí áûòü
Druckgas-Temperaturfühler Discharge gas temperature sensor óñòàíîâëåí â ðàñïðåäåëèòåëüíîì øêàôó.
Sonderzubehör, Special accessory, can be retrofitted Çàùèòà îò ïåpåãpåâà íàãíåòàåìûì
kann nachgerüstet werden  The sensor should be fitted to the ãàçîì
 Fühlerelement am HP-Anschluss HP connection (pos. 2, pages 10 Ñïåöèàëüíîå ïpèñïîñîáëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü
installieren (Pos. 2, Seiten 10 / 11). and 11). óñòàíîâëåíî äîïîëíèòåëüíî
- Verdichter mit integrierter Anlauf- - Compressors with integrated start
entlastung: unloading:  Äàò÷èê óñòàíàâëèâàåòñÿ
Der Fühler muss in den Anlauf- The sensor must be fitted into the âïpèñîåäèíåíèå âûñîêîãî äàâëåíèÿ HP
entlastungs-Zylinderkopf einge- start unloading cylinder head (see (ïîç. 2 íà ñòp. 10 è 11).
baut werden (siehe Abb. 6). figure 6). - Ó êîìïpåññîpîâ îñíàù¸ííûõ óñò-
pîéñòâîì pàçãpóçêè ïpè ïóñêå äàò÷èê
 Messleitungen in Reihe zu den  The sensor cable should be con- äîëæåí áûòü óñòàíîâëåí èìåííî â òó
Motor-PTCs schalten (siehe nected in series with the motor ãîëîâêó öèëèíäpà, íà êîòîpîé ñìîíòè-
Prinzipschaltbild). PTC sensors (see wiring diagram). pîâàí êëàïàí ïóñêîâîé pàçãpóçêè.
 Äàò÷èê äîëæåí áûòü ïîñëåäîâàòåëüíî
ñîåäèíåí ñ PTC-äàò÷èêàìè â îáìîòêàõ
ìîòîpà (ñì. ñõåìó ïîäêëþ÷åíèÿ).

14 KB-110-6 RUS 37／278

Öldifferenzdruck-Schalter Differential oil pressure switch Äèôôåpåíöèàëüíîå påëå äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà
für Verdichter mit Ölpumpe (ab for compressors with oil pump (from Äëÿ êîìïpåññîpîâ ñ ìàñëîíàñîñîì
2U-3.2(Y). 2U-3.2(Y). (íà÷èíàÿ ñ 2U-3.2(Y))
Elektrischer Anschluss sowie Hin- For electrical connections and recom- Ýpëåêòpè÷åñêèå ñîåäèíåíèÿ, à òàêæå
weise zur Funktionsprüfung siehe mendations regarding function test- påêîìåíäàöèè ïî ïpîâåäåíèþ ïpîâåpîê
Prinzipschaltbild und beiliegende ing, see wiring diagram and Technical ôóíêöèîíèpîâàíèÿ påëå óêàçàíû â
Technische Information KT-170. Information KT-170 included. Òåõíè÷åñêîé èíôîpìàöèè ÊÒ-170 è â
ïpèâåä¸ííîé â íåé ïpèíöèïèàëüíîé ñõåìå.

Druck-Wächter (HP + LP) Pressure limiters (HP & LP) Påëå äàâëåíèÿ (HP + LP)
sind erforderlich, um den Einsatz- are necessary in order to limit the Ýòè påëå äàâëåíèÿ íåîáõîäèìû äëÿ
bereich des Verdichters so abzusi- operating range of the compressor to îãpàíè÷åíèÿ îáëàñòè ôóíêöèîíè-pîâàíèÿ
chern, dass keine unzulässigen avoid inadmissible operating condi- êîìïpåññîpà, ÷òîáû èñêëþ÷èòü
Betriebsbedingungen auftreten kön- tions. íåäîïóñòèìûå pàáî÷èå óñëîâèÿ.
nen. For position of connections see Ïîëîæåíèå ñîåäèíèòåëüíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ
Anschluss-Position siehe Seiten 10 pages 10 and 11. ñì. ñòp. 10 è 11.
und 11. By no means pressure limiters may Íè â êîåì ñëó÷àå íå äîïóñêàåòñÿ
Druck-Wächter keinesfalls am be connected to the service connec- ïîäêëþ÷àòü òðóáêè ðåëå äàâëåíèÿ ê
Service-Anschluss des Absperrventils tion of the shut-off valve! ñåðâèñíîìó øòóöåðó íà çàïîðíîì êëàïàíå!
anschließen!
Ölsumpfheizung Crankcase heater Ïîäîãpåâ êàpòåpà
gewährleistet die Schmierfähigkeit ensures the lubricity of the oil even îáåñïå÷èâàåò ñìàçî÷íóþ ñïîñîáíîñòü
des Öls auch nach längeren Still- after long standstill periods. It pre- ìàñëà äàæå âî âpåìÿ äëèòåëüíûõ
standszeiten. Sie verhindert stärkere vents increased refrigerant solution in ïåpèîäîâ ïpîñòîÿ. Îí ïpåïÿòñòâóåò
Kältemittel-Anreicherung im Öl und the oil and therefore a reduction of çíà÷èòåëüíîìó îáîãàùåíèþ ìàñëà
damit Viskositätsminderung. viscosity. õëàäàãåíòîì è òåì ñàìûì ñíèæåíèþ
âÿçêîñòè ìàñëà.
Die Ölsumpfheizung muss im Still- The crankcase heater must be ener-
stand des Verdichters betrieben wer- gized during standstill for Ïîäîãpåâ êàpòåpà äîëæåí âêëþ÷àòüñÿ
den bei  outdoor installation of the com- ïpè âûêëþ÷åíèè êîìïpåññîpà,
 Außen-Aufstellung des Verdichters pressor pàáîòàþùåãî â ñëåäóþùèõ óñëîâèÿõ:
 langen Stillstandszeiten  long shut-off periods  êîìïpåññîp óñòàíîâëåí âíå ïîìåùåíèÿ,
 großer Kältemittel-Füllmenge  high refrigerant charge  äëèòåëüíûå ïåpèîäû ïpîñòîÿ,
 Gefahr von Kältemittel-  danger of refrigerant condensation  áîëüøàÿ çàïpàâêà õëàäàãåíòîì,
Kondensation in den Verdichter into the compressor  ñóùåñòâóåò îïàñíîñòü êîíäåíñàöèè
õëàäàãåíòà â êîìïpåññîpå.

3
2

1
M 2
L M 1
S E -B 2 R Reset
e s e t / Ñápîñ
N
S U

B 1
R e la is m a x
2 ,5 A 2 5 0 V B 2
S U

3 0 0 V A
1 2

1 4
1 1

S te u e rs tro m
C o n tr o l c ir c u it
C Êîíòóp
i r c u i t d óïpàâëåíèÿ
e c o m m a n d e 1 2
Legende Legend Óñëîâíûå îáîçíà÷åíèÿ
1 Druckgastemperatur-Fühler 1 Discharge gas temperature sensor 1 Äàò÷èê òåìïåpàòópû ãàçà íà íàãíåòàíèè
2 Anlaufentlastungs-Zylinderkopf 2 Start unloading cylinder head 2 Ãîëîâêà öèëèíäpîâ, îñíàù¸ííàÿ
3 Motor-Klemmbrett 3 Motor terminal board ñèñòåìîé pàçãpóçêè ïpè ïóñêå
3 Êëåììíàÿ äîñêà ýëåêòpîìîòîpà

Abb. 6 Druckgas-Temperaturfühler Fig. 6 Discharge gas temperature sensor Pèñ. 6 Äàò÷èê òåìïåpàòópû ãàçà íà íàãíåòàíèè
bei Anlaufentlastung with start unloading è ñèñòåìà pàçãpóçêè ïpè ïóñêå

38／278
KB-110-6 RUS 15
Anschluss gemäß Prinzipschaltbild. Connections are according to the Ïpèñîåäèíåíèå âûïîëíÿåòñÿ â
Weitere Details siehe Technische wiring diagram. For further detlais see ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ ïpèíöèïèàëüíîé ñõåìîé.
Information KT-150. Technical Information KT-150. Äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ïîäpîáíîñòè ìîæíî
íàéòè â Òåõíè÷åñêîé èíôîpìàöèè KT-150.

CIC-System CIC-System CIC – ñèñòåìà

dient zur Absicherung der thermi- To maintain the thermal application Èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ ñíèæåíèÿ òåïëîâûõ
schen Anwendungsgrenzen bei R22- limits with R22 low temperature oper- íàãpóçîê â ïpåäåëàõ äîïóñòèìîé îáëàñòè
Tiefkühlung. Technische ation. For technical description and ïpèìåíåíèÿ ïpè íèçêîòåìïåpàòópíîì
Beschreibung und Hinweise zu instructions for fitting and electrical îõëàæäåíèè íà R22. Òåõíè÷åñêîå
Montage und elektrischem Anschluss connections see Technical Information îïèñàíèå, èíñòpóêöèè ïî ìîíòàæó è ýëåêò
siehe Technische Information KT-130. KT-130. pè÷åñêîìó ïîäêëþ÷åíèþ óêàçàíû
â Òåõíè÷åñêîé èíôîpìàöèè ÊÒ-130.

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Mechanischer Schaden am
Verdichter möglich!
CIC-System und Leistungsrege-
! Possible mechanical damage of
the compressor!
Do not operate CIC-system and
! Âîçìîæíî ìåõàíè÷åñêîå ïîâpåæäåíèå
êîìïpåññîpà!
Îäíîâpåìåííîå ôóíêöèîíèpîâàíèå
lung nicht gleichzeitig betreiben! capacity control simultaneously! CIC – ñèñòåìû è ñèñòåìû
påãóëèpîâàíèÿ ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè
êàòåãîpè÷åñêè çàïpåùàåòñÿ!

5 In Betrieb nehmen 5 Commissioning 5 Ââîä â ýêñïëóàòàöèþ

Êîìïcåññîp íà çàâîäå-èåãîòîâèòåëå
Der Verdichter ist ab Werk sorgfältig The compressor is already thoroughly òùàòåëüíî âûñóùåí, ïpîâåpåí íà
getrocknet, auf Dichtheit geprüft und dehydrated, tested for leaks and ãåpìåòí÷íîñòü è çàïîëíåí çàùèòíûì
mit Schutzgas (N2) befüllt. under pressure with holding charge ãàçîì (N2).
(N2).
Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Druckfestigkeit und Dichtheit

der gesamten Anlage bevorzugt
mit getrockneten Stickstoff (N2)
! Test the strength pressure and
the tightness of the entire plant
preferably with dry nitrogen (N2).
! Îïpåññîâêó è ïpîâåpêó ãåpìåòè÷íîñòè
ïpåäïî÷òèòåëüíåå ïpîâîäèòü âñåé
óñòàíîâêå ñóõèì àçîòîì (N2).
prüfen. Compressor must be put out of Ïpè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñóõîãî âîçäóõà
Bei Verwendung von getrockne- circuit when using dried air – êîìïpåññîp äîëæåí áûòü îòñå÷¸í èç
ter Luft Verdichter aus dem keep the shut-off valves closed. óñòàíîâêè – äåpæèòå çàïîpíûå
Kreislauf nehmen – âåíòèëè çàêpûòûìè!
Absperrventile unbedingt
geschlossen halten.
Gefahr! Danger! Îïàñíîñòü!
Verdichter darf keinesfalls mit By no means the compressor Íè â êîåì ñëó÷àå íå äîïóñêàåòñÿ
Sauerstoff oder anderen techni- may be pressure tested with ïpîâîäèòü èñïûòàíèÿ êîìïpåññîpà
schen Gasen abgepresst wer- oxygen or other industrtial êèñëîpîäîì èëè äpóãèìè
den! gases! ïpîìûùëåííûìè ãàçàìè!

Warnung! Warning! Ïpåäóïpåæäåíèå!

! Dem Prüfmedium (N2 oder Luft) ! Never add refrigerant to the test ! Çàïpåùàåòñÿ äîáàâëÿòü õëàäàãåíò,
keinesfalls Kältemittel beimi- gas (N2 or air) – e. g. as leak êàê èíäèêàòîp óòå÷åê, â
schen – z. B. als Leck-Indikator. indicator. èñïûòàòåëüíûé ãàç (N2 èëè âîçäóõ).
Kritische Verschiebung der Critical shift of the refrigerant Ïpè ïîïàäàíèè âîçäóõà ìîæåò
Kältemittel-Zündgrenze bei ignition limit with high pressure ïpîèçîéòè îïàñíîå ñíèæåíèå òî÷êè
Überdruck möglich! possible! âîñïëàìåíåíèÿ ñìåñè ìàñëà è
Umweltbelastung bei Leckage Environmental pollution with õëàäàãåíòà.
und beim Abblasen! leakage or when deflating! Âîçìîæíû çàãpÿçíåíèÿ îêpóæàþùåé
ñpåäû óòå÷êàìè õëàäàãåíòà ïpè
îïpåññîâêå êîíòópà è ïpè îòêà÷êå
èñïûòàòåëüíîãî ãàçà!

16 KB-110-6 RUS 39／278

5.1 Druckfestigkeit prüfen 5.1 Strength pressure test 5.1 Îïpåññîâêà ñèñòåìû.

Kältekreislauf (Baugruppe) entspre- Evaluate the refrigerant circuit (as- Ïpîèçâåäèòå ïpîâåpêó ñìîíòèpîâàííîãî
chend EN 378-2 prüfen (oder gültigen sembly) according to EN 378-2 (or õîëîäèëüíîãî êîíòópà â öåëîì ñîãëàñíî
äquivalenten Sicherheitsnormen). Der valid equivalent safety standards). The óêàçàíèþ EN 378-2 (èëè äpóãîìó
Verdichter wurde bereits im Werk compressor had been already tested àíàëîãè÷íîìó ñòàíäàpòó áåçîïàñíîñòè).
einer Prüfung auf Druckfestigkeit in the factory for strength pressure. Îïpåññîâêà êîìïpåññîpà ïpîèçâîäèëàñü
unterzogen. Eine Dichtheitsprüfung Therefore a tightness test (5.2) is íà çàâîäå – èçãîòîâèòåëå.  ñâÿçè ñ ýòèì,
(5.2) ist deshalb ausreichend. sufficient. òåñò îòäåëüíîãî êîìïpåññîpà íà
ãåpìåòè÷íîñòü (5.2) ñ÷èòàåòñÿ
Wenn dennoch die gesamte Baugrup- However, if the whole assembly is ïpîéäåííûì.
pe auf Druckfestigkeit geprüft wird: tested for strength pressure: Îäíàêî, åñëè îïpåññîâêå ïîäâåpãàåòñÿ
âñÿ ñèñòåìà:
Gefahr! Danger! Îïàñíîñòü!
Prüfdruck des Verdichters darf Test pressure may not exceed Íå äîïóñêàåòñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü
die maximal zulässigen Drücke the maximum operating pres- èñïûòàòåëüíîå äàâëåíèå,
nicht überschreiten, die auf dem sures indicated on the name ïpåâûøàþùåå pàáî÷åå äàâëåíèå,
Typschild genannt sind! plate! âåëè÷èíà êîòîpîãî óêàçàíà íà
Bei Bedarf Absperrventile If necessary leave the shut-off òàáëè÷êå ñ òåõíè÷åñêèìè äàííûìè.
geschlossen halten! valves closed! Ïpè íåîáõîäèìîñòè îñòàâëÿéòå
çàïîpíûå âåíòèëè çàêpûòûìè!

5.2 Dichtheit prüfen 5.2 Tightness test 5.2 Ïpîâåpêà íà ãåpìåòè÷íîñòü.

Kältekreislauf (Baugruppe) als Ganzes Evaluate tightness of the entire refrig- Ïpîèçâåäèòå ïpîâåpêó íà ãåpìåòè÷íîñòü
oder in Teilen auf Dichtheit prüfen – erant circuit (assembly) or parts of it – ñìîíòèpîâàííîãî õîëîäèëüíîãî êîíòópà â
entsprechend EN 378-2 (oder gülti- according to EN 378-2 (or valid öåëîì èëè åãî îòäåëüíûõ êîìïîíåíòîâ
gen äquivalenten Sicherheitsnormen). equivalent safety standards) by using ñîãëàñíî óêàçàíèþ EN 378-2 (èëè äpóãîìó
Dazu vorzugssweise mit getrockne- preferably an overpressure of dry àíàëîãè÷íîìó ñòàíäàpòó áåçîïàñíîñòè),
tem Stickstoff einen Überdruck erzeu- nitrogen. æåëàòåëüíî èñïîëüçóÿ ñóõîé àçîò.
gen.
Gefahr! Danger! Îïàñíîñòü!
Prüfdrücke und Sicherheits- Test pressures and safety refer- Ìåòîäèêà ïpîâåäåíèÿ èñïûòàíèé
hinweise siehe Kapitel 5.1. ences see chapter 5.1. äàâëåíèåì è óêàçàíèÿ ïî
áåçîïàñíîñòè óêàçàíû â ãëàâå 5.1.

5.3 Evakuieren 5.3 Evacuation 5.3 Âàêóóìèpîâàíèå

Ölsumpfheizung einschalten. Energize the crankcase heater. Âêëþ÷èòü ïîäîãpåâ êàpòåpà.

Vorhandene Absperr- und Magnet- Open all shut-off valves and solenoid Îòêpûòü èìåþùèåñÿ çàïîpíûå âåíòèëè è
ventile öffnen. Das gesamte System valves. Evacuate the entire system ýëåêòpîìàãíèòíûå êëàïàíû. Âûïîëíèòü
einschließlich Verdichter auf Saug- including compressor using a vacuum âàêóóìèpîâàíèå âñåé ñèñòåìû, íå
und Hochdruckseite mit Vakuumpum- pump connected to the high and low èñêëþ÷àÿ êîìïpåññîp, íà ñòîpîíàõ
pe evakuieren. pressure sides. íèçêîãî è âûñîêîãî äàâëåíèÿ ñ ïîìîùüþ
Bei abgesperrter Pumpenleistung When the pump is switched off a âàêóóìíîãî íàñîñà.
muss ein "stehendes Vakuum" kleiner "standing vacuum" of less than Ïpè âûêëþ÷åííîì âàêóóìíîì íàñîñå
als 1,5 mbar erreicht werden. 1.5 mbar must be maintained. "óñòîé÷èâûé âàêóóì"äîëæåí
Wenn nötig Vorgang mehrfach wie- If necessary repeat this procedure óäåpæèâàòüñÿ íà ópîâíå ìåíåå 1,5 ìáàp.
derholen. several times. Ïpè íåîáõîäèìîñòè, ìíîãîêpàòíî
ïîâòîpèòü ïpîöåññ âàêóóìèpîâàíèÿ.

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Gefahr von Motor- und Verdich-

ter-Schaden!
Verdichter nicht im Vakuum star-
! Danger of motor and compres-
sor damage!
Do not start compressor under
! Îïàñíîñòü ïîâpåæäåíèÿ äâèãàòåëÿ
è êîìïpåññîpà!
Íå çàïóñêàòü êîìïpåññîp ïîä
ten! vacuum! âàêóóìîì!
Keine Spannung anlegen – auch Do not apply any voltage – not Íå ïîäêëþ÷àòü íàïpÿæåíèå, â òîì
nicht zu Prüfzwecken! even for test purposes! ÷èñëå è äëÿ öåëåé ïpîâåpêè!

40／278
KB-110-6 RUS 17
5.4 Kältemittel einfüllen 5.4 Charging refrigerant 5.4 Çàïpàâêà õëàäàãåíòîì

Nur zugelassene Kältemittel einfüllen Charge only permitted refrigerants Çàïpàâêó ïpîèçâîäèòü òîëüêî
(siehe Kapitel 2). (see chapter 2). äîïóñòèìûìè õëàäàãåíòàìè (ñì. ãëàâó 2).
 Bevor Kältemittel eingefüllt wird:  Before refrigerant is charged:  Ïåpåä çàïpàâêîé õëàäàãåíòîì:
- Ölsumpfheizung einschalten. - Energize the crankcase heater. - Âêëþ÷èòü ïîäîãpåâàòåëü êàpòåpà.
- Ölstand im Verdichter kontrollie- - Check the compressor oil level. Ïpîâåpèòü ópîâåíü ìàñëà â
ren. - Do not switch on the compressor! êîìïpåññîpå.
- Verdichter nicht einschalten!  Charge liquid refrigerant directly - Íå âêëþ÷àòü êîìïpåññîp!
 Flüssiges Kältemittel direkt in den into the condenser resp. receiver.  Æèäêèì õëàäàãåíòîì íàïîëíèòü
Verflüssiger bzw. Sammler füllen, For systems with flooded evapora- íåïîñpåäñòâåííî êîíäåíñàòîp èëè
bei Systemen mit überflutetem tor refrigerant can be also charged påñèâåp, äëÿ ñ èñòåì ñçàòîïëåííûì
Verdampfer evtl. auch in den Ver- into the evaporator. èñïàpèòåëåì, âîçìîæíî òàêæå
dampfer.  After commissioning it may be èñïàpèòåëü.
 Nach Inbetriebnahme kann es not- necessary to add refrigerant:  Ïîñëå ââîäà â ýêñïëóàòàöèþ ìîæåò
wendig werden, Kältemittel zu Charge the refrigerant from the ïîòpåáîâàòüñÿ äîïîëíèòåëüíàÿ
ergänzen: suction side while the compressor çàïpàâêà õëàäàãåíòîì:
Bei laufendem Verdichter Kälte- is in operation. Charge preferably Ïpè pàáîòàþùåì êîìïpåññîpå
mittel auf der Saugseite einfüllen, at the evaporator inlet. ïîäàâàòü õëàäàãåíò íà âñàñûâàþùóþ
am besten am Verdampfer-Eintritt. Blends must be taken from the ñòîpîíó, ëó÷øå âñåãî íà âõîä
Gemische müssen dem Füllzylin- charging cylinder as "solid liquid". èñïàpèòåëÿ. Ñìåñè èç çàïpàâî÷íîãî
der als blasenfreie Flüssigkeit ent- öèëèíäpà äîëæíû áûòü âçÿòû â âèäå
nommen werden. ñâîáîäíîé îò ïóçûpüêîâ æèäêîñòè.

Bei Flüssigkeits-Einspeisung: If liquid is charged: Ïpè çàïpàâêå æèäêîñòüþ:

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Gefahr von Nassbetrieb!

Äußerst fein dosieren!
Öltemperatur oberhalb 40°C
! Danger of wet operation!
Charge small amounts at a time!
Keep the oil temperature above
! Îïàñíîñòü «æèäêîãî» õîäà!
Çàïpàâêó ïpîèçâîäèòü ìàëûìè
äîçàìè!
halten. 40°C. Òåìïåpàòópó ìàñëà ïîääåpæèâàòü
âûøå 40°C.

Gefahr! Danger! Îïàñíîñòü!

Berstgefahr von Komponenten Explosion risk of components Îïàñíîñòü âçpûâà êîìïîíåíòîâ
und Rohrleitungen durch hydrau- and pipelines by hydraulic over- è òpóáîïpîâîäîâ õîëîäèëüíîãî
lischen Überdruck. pressure. êîíòópà ïpè ïpåâûøåíèè
Überfüllung des Systems mit Avoid absolutely overcharging of ãèäpàâëè÷åñêîãî äàâëåíèÿ.
Kältemittel unbedingt vermeiden! the system with refrigerant! Ïåpåçàïpàâêà õîëîäèëüíîãî êîíòópà
õëàäàãåíòîì àáñîëþòíî íåäîïóñòèìà!

5.5 Kontrollen vor dem Start 5.5 Checks before starting 5.5 Ïpîâåpêè ïåpåä ïóñêîì

 Ölstand  Oil level  Ópîâåíü ìàñëà

(im markierten Schauglasbereich) (within range on sight glass) (â ïpåäåëàõ îòìåòîê íà ñìîòpîâîì
ñòåêëå)

Bei Verdichter-Austausch: When exchanging a compressor: Ïpè çàìåíå êîìïpåññîpà:

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Es befindet sich bereits Öl im

Kreislauf. Deshalb kann es erfor-
derlich sein, einen Teil der Ölfül-
! Oil is already in the system.
Therefore it may be necessary
to drain a part of the oil charge.
! Â êîíòópå óæå èìååòñÿ ìàñëî.
Ïîýòîìó ìîæåò ïîòpåáîâàòüñÿ ñëèâ
÷àñòè ìàñëà.
lung abzulassen. If there are large quantities of oil Ïpè áîëüøèõ êîëè÷åñòâàõ ìàñëà â
Bei größeren Ölmengen im in the circuit (possibly from a êîíòópå (íàïpèìåp, èç-çà
Kreislauf (z. B. durch vorausge- preceding compressor damage), ïpåäøåñòâóþùåãî ïîâpåæäåíèÿ
gangenen Verdichterschaden) there is also a risk of liquid êîìïpåññîpà) ñóùåñòâóåò îïàñíîñòü
besteht zudem Gefahr von Flüs- slugging at start. ãèäpàâëè÷åñêèõ óäàpîâ ïpè ïóñêå.
sigkeitsschlägen beim Start- Adjust oil level within the Ópîâåíü ìàñëà ïîääåpæèâàòü â
vorgang. marked sight glass range! ïpåäåëàõ îòìåòîê íà ñìîòpîâîì
Ölstand innerhalb markiertem ñòåêëå!
Schauglasbereich halten!

18 KB-110-6 RUS 41／278

 Öltemperatur (ca. 15 .. 20 K über  Oil temperature (approx. 15 .. 20 K  Òåìïåpàòópà ìàñëà (ïpèáëèçèòåëüíî
Umgebungstemperatur bzw. saug- above ambient temperature resp. íà 15 .. 20 K âûøå òåìïåpàòópû
seitiger Sättigungstemperatur) suction side saturation tempera- îêpóæàþùåé ñpåäû èëè òåìïåpàòópû
 Einstellung und Funktion der ture) íàñûùåíèÿ íà ñòîpîíå âñàñûâàíèÿ)
Sicherheits- und Schutz-  Setting and function of safety and  Íàñòpîéêè è pàáîòà ïpåäîõpàíèòåëüíûõ
Einrichtungen protection devices è çàùèòíûõ óñòpîéñòâ
 Sollwerte der Zeitrelais  Setting of time relays  Óñòàíîâêè påëå âpåìåííûõ çàäåpæåê
 Verzögerungszeit des Öldifferenz-  Delay time of differential oil pres-  Çàäåpæêà âpåìåíè äëÿ äèôôå-
druck-Schalters sure switch påíöèàëüíîãî påëå äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà
 Abschaltdrücke der Hoch- und  Cut-out pressures of the high- and  Íàñòpîéêè påëå âûñîêîãî è íèçêîãî
Niederdruck-Wächter low-pressure limiters äàâëåíèÿ.
 Absperrventile geöffnet?  Are all shut-off valves opened?  Âñå ëè çàïîpíûå âåíòèëè îòêpûòû?

5.6 Startvorgang 5.6 Start-up procedure 5.6 Çàïóñê êîìïpåññîpà

Schmierung / Ölkontrolle Lubrication / oil check Ïpîâåpêà ñèñòåìû ñìàçêè / ópîâíÿ

ìàñëà
Unmittelbar nach dem Start die The compressor lubrication should be
Schmierung des Verdichters kontrol- checked immediately after starting. Ñpàçó ïîñëå ïóñêà ïpîâåpèòü pàáîòó
lieren.  Oil level ¼ to ¾ height of sight ñèñòåìû ñìàçêè êîìïpåññîpà.
 Ölstand ¼ bis ¾ Schauglashöhe glass (repeat checks within the  Ópîâåíü ìàñëà ¼ äî ¾ âûñîòû ñìîò
(wiederholte Kontrollen innerhalb first hours of operation). pîâîãî ñòåêëà (ïîâòîpíûé êîíòpîëü
der ersten Betriebsstunden).  From 2U-3.2(Y): â òå÷åíèå ïåpâûõ pàáî÷èõ ÷àñîâ).
 Ab 2U-3.2(Y): When required check the oil pres- • Íà÷èíàÿ ñ 2U-3.2(Y):
Bei Bedarf Öldruck kontrollieren: sure by means of a gauge con- Äëÿ ïpîâåpêè äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà
mittels Manometer über Schrader- nected to the Schrader valves on ïpèñîåäèíÿòü ìàíîìåòpû ê êëàïàíàì
Anschlüsse an der Ölpumpe. the oil pump. Øp¸äåpà íà ìàñëÿíîé ïîìïå.
Öldifferenzdruck (Sollwert): Differential oil pressure (permissible Pàçíîñòü äàâëåíèé ìàñëÿíîé ïîìïû
................................ 1,4 bis 3,5 bar values):...................... 1.4 to 3.5 bar (äîïóñòèìûå çíà÷åíèÿ):
Minimal zulässiger Ansaugdruck Minimum permissible inlet pressure îò 1,4 äî 3,5 áàp
(Saugseite ÖIpumpe): ........ 0,4 bar (suction side of oil pump) .. 0.4 bar Ìèíèìàëüíîå äîïóñòèìîå äàâëåíèå
íà âõîäå â ïîìïó (ñòîpîíà
 Automatische Überwachung durch  Automatic monitoring by differen- âñàñûâàíèÿ) ............ 0,4 áàp
Öldifferenzdruck-Schalter tial oil pressure switch (differential
(Abschalt-Differenzdruck 0,7 bar, cut-out pressure 0.7 bar, time  Àâòîìàòè÷åñêèé êîíòpîëü íàïîpà
Verzögerungszeit 90 s). Bei Sicher- delay 90 s). When this device cuts ìàñëÿíîé ïîìïû îñóùåñòâëÿåòñÿ
heits-Abschaltungen des Gerätes out a subsequent fault diagnosis of äèôôåpåíöèàëüíûì påëå äàâëåíèÿ
Störanalyse vornehmen. the system is required. ìàñëà (äàâëåíèå âûêëþ÷åíèÿ
Hinweise auf dem Deckel des ÖI- Observe therefore recommenda- êîìïpåññîpà 0,7 áàp ïîñëå âpåìåííîé
differenzdruck-Schalters beachten! tions shown on cover of the differ- çàäåpæêè 90 ñåê). Ïpè ñpàáàòûâàíèè
ential oil pressure switch! ýòîãî ïpèáîpà ñëåäóåò âûÿâèòü
ñîîòâåòñòâóþùóþ íåèñïpàâíîñòü â
ñèñòåìå.
Ñîáëþäàéòå påêîìåíäàöèè óêàçàííûå
íà êpûøêå äèôôåpåíöèàëüíîãî påëå
äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà!
Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Gefahr von Nassbetrieb!

Druckgas-Temperatur minde-
stens 30 K (R22) oder mind. 20
! Danger of wet operation!
Keep the discharge temperature
at least 30 K (R22) or
! Îïàñíîñòü «Âëàæíîãî õîäà»!
Òåìïåpàòópà íàãíåòàíèÿ äîëæíà
áûòü êàê ìèíèìóì íà 30 K (R22) èëè
K (R134a, R404A, R507A) über at least 20 K (R134a, R404A, íà 20 K (R134a, R404a, R507A) âûøå
Verflüssigungstemperatur halten. R507A) above condensing tem- òåìïåpàòópû êîíäåíñàöèè.
perature.
Wenn größere Ölmengen nachgefüllt If larger quantities of oil have to be Åñëè íåîáõîäèìî äîáàâëåíèå ìàñëà:
werden sollen: added: Âíèìàíèå!

!
Achtung!
Gefahr von Flüssigkeitsschlägen!
Ölrückführung überprüfen. !
Attention!
Danger of liquid slugging!
Check the oil return.
! Îïàñíîñòü ãèäpàâëè÷åñêèõ óäàpîâ!
Ïpîâåpèòü pàáîòó ñèñòåìû âîçâpàòà
ìàñëà.

42／278
KB-110-6 RUS 19
Schwingungen Vibrations Âèápàöèè
Die gesamte Anlage insbesondere The whole plant especially the pipe- Âñþ óñòàíîâêó, â ÷àñòíîñòè òpóáîïpîâîäû
Rohrleitungen und Kapillarrohre auf lines and capillary tubes must be è êàïèëëÿpíûå òpóáêè, ïpîâåpèòü íà
abnormale Schwingungen überprü- checked for abnormal vibrations. If îòñóòñòâèå ïîâûøåííîãî ópîâíÿ
fen. Wenn nötig, zusätzliche Siche- necessary additional protective mea- âèápàöèè. Ïpè íåîáõîäèìîñòè, ïpèíÿòü
rungsmaßnahmen treffen. sures must be taken. äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ïpåäîõpàíèòåëüíûå
ìåpû.

Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!

! Rohrbrüche sowie Leckagen am
Verdichter und sonstigen Anla-
gen-Komponenten möglich!
! Pipe fractures and leakages at
compressor and other compo-
nents of the plant possible!
! Âîçìîæíû ïîëîìêà òpóá, à òàêæå
óòå÷êè íà êîìïpåññîpå è äpóãèõ
êîìïîíåíòàõ óñòàíîâêè! Íå
Starke Schwingungen vermei- Avoid strong vibrations! äîïóñêàòü çíà÷èòåëüíûõ âèápàöèé!
den!

Schalthäufigkeit Switching frequency ×àñòîòà âêëþ÷åíèé

Der Verdichter sollte nicht häufiger als The compressor should not be start- Íå äîïóñêàåòñÿ çàïóñê êîìïpåññîpà ÷àùå
8 mal pro Stunde gestartet werden. ed more than 8 times per hour. 8 pàç â ÷àñ. Ïpè ýòîì äëèòåëüíîñòü
Dabei die Mindest-Laufzeit nicht Thereby a minimum running time pàáîòû ïpè êàæäîì ïóñêå äîëæíà áûòü
unterschreiten: should be guaranteed: îáåñïå÷åíà:
Mindest-Laufzeit min. running time äëèòåëüíîñòü pàáîòû, íå ìåíåå
bis 5,5 kW 2 min to 5.5 kW 2 min äî 5,5 êÂàòò 2 ìèíóòû.
bis 15 kW 3 min to 15 kW 3 min äî 15 êÂàòò 3 ìèíóòû.
über 15 kW 5 min above 15 kW 5 min ñâûøå 15 êÂàòò 5 ìèíóò.

Betriebsdaten überprüfen Checking the operating data Ïpîâåpêà pàáî÷èõ äàííûõ

 Verdampfungstemperatur  Evaporating temperature  Òåìïåpàòópà èñïàpåíèÿ
 Sauggastemperatur  Suction gas temperature  Òåìïåpàòópà âñàñûâàåìîãî ãàçà
 Verflüssigungstemperatur  Condensing temperature  Òåìïåpàòópà êîíäåíñàöèè
 Druckgastemperatur  Discharge gas temperature  Òåìïåpàòópà ãàçà íà íàãíåòàíèè
 Öltemperatur  Oil temperature  Òåìïåpàòópà ìàñëà
 Schalthäufigkeit  Switching frequency  ×àñòîòà âêëþ÷åíèé
 Strom  Current  Òîê
 Spannung  Voltage  Íàïpÿæåíèå
Datenprotokoll anlegen. Prepare data protocol. Påçóëüòàòû èçìåpåíèé çàíåñòè â àêò
ââîäà õîëîäèëüíîé óñòàíîâêè â
ýêñïëóàòàöèþ.

20 KB-110-6 RUS 43／278

Besondere Hinweise für sicheren Special recommendations for safe Îñîáûå óêàçàíèÿ äëÿ íàäåæíîãî
Verdichter- und Anlagenbetrieb compressor and plant operation ðåæèìà êîìïðåññîðà è óñòàíîâêè
Analysen belegen, dass Verdichter- Analyses show that the vast majority Àíàëèçû ïîäòâåðæäàþò, ÷òî îòêàç
ausfälle meistens auf unzulässige of compressor failures occur due to êîìïðåññîðà áîëåå âñåãî ÿâëÿåòñÿ
Betriebsweise zurückzuführen sind. inadmissible operating conditions. ðåçóëüòàòîì íåäîïóñòèìîãî ðåæèìà
Dies gilt insbesondere für Schäden This is especially true for failures ðàáîòû. Ýòî îòíîñèòñÿ â îñîáåííîñòè ê
auf Grund von Schmierungsmangel: deriving from lack of lubrication: ïîâðåæäåíèÿì, âîçíèêàþùèì âñëåäñòâèå
íåäîñòàòêà ñìàçêè:
 Funktion des Expansionsventils –  Expansion valve operation – pay
Hinweise des Herstellers beachten! attention to the manufacturer’s  Ôóíêöèÿ ðàñøèðèòåëüíîãî êëàïàíà –
- Korrekte Position und guidelines! ñîáëþäàòü óêàçàíèÿ èçãîòîâèòåëÿ!
Befestigung des - Correct position and fixation of - Ïðàâèëüíàÿ ïîçèöèÿ è ïðàâèëüíîå
Temperaturfühlers an der Saug- the temperature bulb at the êðåïëåíèå äàò÷èêà òåìïåðàòóðû íà
leitung. Bei Einsatz eines suction line. When using a heat âñàñûâàþùåé ëèíèè. Ïðè
Wärmetauschers, Fühlerposition exchanger, place bulb behind èñïîëüçîâàíèè ðåãåíåðàòèâíîãî
wie üblich nach dem Verdampfer evaporator, as usual – in no case òåïëîîáìåííèêà ðàñïîëàãàéòå áàëëîí
anordnen – keinesfalls nach behind the internal heat exchang- êàê îáû÷íî çà èñïàðèòåëåì, íî íè â
einem eventuell vorhandenen er if there is one. êîåì ñëó÷àå íå çà èìåþùåìñÿ
internen Wärmeaustauscher. - Sufficient superheat. âíóòðåííåì òåïëîîáìåííèêîì.
- Ausreichend hohe Sauggas- - Stable operation at all operating - Äîñòàòî÷íî âûñîêèé ïåðåãðåâ
Überhitzung. and load conditions (also part âñàñûâàþùåãî ãàçà.
- Stabile Betriebsweise bei allen load, summer / winter operation). - Ñòàáèëüíûé ðàáî÷èé ðåæèì ïðè âñåõ
Betriebs- und Lastzuständen - Bubble-free refrigerant at expan- ðàáî÷èõ ñîñòîÿíèÿõ è óðîâíÿõ íàãðó
(auch Teillast, Sommer- / Winter- sion valve. çêè (òàêæå ïðè íåïîëíîé íàãðóçêå, â
betrieb).  Avoid refrigerant migration (high ëåòíåì è çèìíåì ðåæèìå).
- Blasenfreie Flüssigkeit am Eintritt pressure to low pressure side) - Ñâîáîäíàÿ îò ïóçûðüêîâ æèäêîñòü íà
des Expansionsventils. during longer shut-off periods. âõîäå ðàñøèðåííîãî êëàïàíà.
 Kältemittelverlagerung (Hoch- zur - Application of a crankcase heater.  Èçáåãàòü ïåðåìåùåíèÿ õëàäàãåíòà (ñî
Niederdruckseite) bei langen - Pump down system (especially if ñòîðîíû âûñîêîãî äàâëåíèÿ â ñòîðîíó
Stillstandszeiten vermeiden. evaporator can get warmer than íèçêîãî äàâëåíèÿ) ïðè äëèòåëüíûõ
- Einsatz einer Ölsumpfheizung suction line or compressor). ïåðèîäàõ ïðîñòîÿ.
- Abpumpschaltung (insbesondere - Automatic sequence change for - Èñïîëüçîâàíèå ïîäîãðåâàòåëÿ ìàñëà
wenn Verdampfer wärmer werden systems with multiple refrigerant â êàðòåðå
kann als Saugleitung oder Ver- circuits. - Ñèñòåìà îòêà÷èâàíèÿ (â îñîáåííîñòè,
dichter). åñëè èñïàðèòåëü ïåðåãðåâàåòñÿ
- Automatische Sequenzumschal- áîëüøå ÷åì âñàñûâàþùàÿ ëèíèÿ èëè
tung bei Anlagen mit mehreren êîìïðåññîð).
Kältemittel-Kreisläufen. - Àâòîìàòè÷åñêîå ïåðåêëþ÷åíèå
ïîñëåäîâàòåëüíîñòè ó óñòàíîâîê ñ
íåñêîëüêèìè êîíòóðàìè õëàäàãåíòà.

Use of a liquid / suction line Ïpèìåíåíèå påãåíåpàòèâíîãî

Bei HFKW-Kältemitteln mit nied- heat exchanger can have a pos- òåïëîîáìåííèêà ìåæäó æèäêîñòíîé
rigem Isentropenexponenten itive effect on efficiency and ëèíèåé è ëèíèåé âñàñûâàíèÿ ìîæåò
(R134a, R404A, R507A) kann compressor operation with HFC ïîâûñèòü ýôôåêòèâíîñòü
sich ein Wärmeaustauscher refrigerants having a low isen- õîëîäèëüíîé óñòàíîâêè ïpè pàáîòå
(Sauggas / Flüssigkeit) positiv tropic exponant (R134a, R404A, êîìïpåññîpà íà HFC-õëàäàãåíòàõ ñ
auf Betriebsweise und Leis- R507A). Place expansion valve íèçêèì ïî êàçàòåëåì èçîýíòpîïû
tungszahl der Anlage auswirken. bulb as described obove. (R134a, R404A, R507A). Pàçìåùàéòå
Temperaturfühler des Expansi- áàëëîí ÒPÂ êàê óêàçàíî âûøå.
onsventils wie oben beschrieben
anordnen.

44／278
KB-110-6 RUS 21
6 Betrieb / Wartung 6 Operation / Maintenance 6 Ýpêñïëóàòàöèÿ / îáñëóæèâàíèå

6.1 Regelmäßige Kontrollen 6.1 Regular checks 6.1 Påãóëÿpíûå ïpîâåpêè

Anlage entsprechend den nationalen Examine regularly the plant according Õîëîäèëüíàÿ óñòàíîâêà äîëæíà ïpîõîäèòü
Vorschriften regelmäßig prüfen. to national regulations. påãóëÿpíûå ïpîâåpêè â ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ
Dabei folgende Punkte kontrollieren: Check the following points: íàöèîíàëüíûìè/ìåñòíûìè ïpåäïèñàíèÿìè.
Ïpîâåpÿþòñÿ ñëåäóþùèå ïîçèöèè:
 Betriebsdaten (vgl. Kapitel 5.6)  Operating data (chapter 5.6)
 Ölversorgung (siehe Kapitel 5.6)  Oil supply (see chapter 5.6)  Pàáî÷èå ïàpàìåòpû (ãëàâà 5.6)
 Öèpêóëÿöèÿ ìàñëà (ãëàâà 5.6)
 Schutz-Einrichtungen und alle Teile  Protection devices and all com-  Çàùèòíûå óñòpîéñòâà è âñå
zur Überwachung des Verdichters pressor monitoring parts (check ïpåäîõpàíèòåëüíûå óñòpîéñòâà
(Rückschlagventile, Druckgas- valves, discharge gas temperature êîìïpåññîpà (îápàòíûå êëàïàíà,
Temperaturwächter, Öldifferenz- limiter, differential oil pressure îãpàíè÷èòåëü òåìïåpàòópû ãàçà íà
druck-Schalter, Druck-Wächter... switch, pressure limiters... see íàãíåòàíèè, äèôôåpåíöèàëüíîå påëå
siehe Kapitel 4.3 und 5.6) chapters 4.3 and 5.6) äàâëåíèÿ ìàñëà, påëå äàâëåíèÿ è ïpî÷.
 Elektrische Kabel-Verbindungen  Check electrical cable connections (ñì. ãëàâó 4.3 è 5.6).
und Verschraubungen auf festen and screwed joints on tight fitting  Ïðîâåðèòü íàäåæíîñòü ïðèñîåäèíåíèÿ
Sitz prüfen  Tightening torques see KW-100
ïðîâîäîâ êàáåëåé ïèòàíèÿ ê êëåììàì
êîìïðåññîðà
 Schraubenanzugsmomente siehe  Refrigerant charge, tightness test  Ìîìåíòû çàòÿæêè ãàåê êëåìì óêàçàíû
KW-100 â KW-100
 Kältemittelfüllung, Dichtheits-  Update data protocol
 Çàïðàâüòå êîíòóð õëàäàãåíòîì,
prüfung ïðîâåðüòå óòå÷êè
 Datenprotokoll pflegen  Çàïîëíèòå ïðîòîêîë èçìåðåíèé
ðàáî÷èõ ïàðàìåòðîâ

Integriertes Druckentlastungsventil Internal pressure relief valve Âñòpîåííûé ïpåäîõpàíèòåëüíûé êëàïàí

Das Ventil ist wartungsfrei. The valve is maintenance free. Äàííûé êëàïàí îáñëóæèâàíèþ íå ïîäëåæèò.
Allerdings kann es nach wiederholtem Repeated opening of the valve due to Äîïóñòèìî ìíîãîêpàòíîå ïîâòîpíîå
Abblasen auf Grund abnormaler Be- abnormal operating conditions, how- îòêpûòèå äàííîãî êëàïàíà âñëåäñòâèå
triebsbedingungen zu stetiger Lecka- ever, may result in steady leakage. íåíîpìàëüíûõ pàáî÷èõ óñëîâèé. Îäíàêî,
ge kommen. Folgen sind Min- Consequences are losses in capacity ýòî ìîæåò ïpèâåñòè ê ïîñòîÿííûì
derleistung und erhöhte Druckgas- and increased discharge temperature. óòå÷êàì õëàäàãåíòà ñî ñòîpîíû
temperatur. Ventil prüfen und ggf. Check and replace the valve in this íàãíåòàíèÿ íà âñàñûâàíèå. Êàê ñëåäñòâèå
austauschen. case. ýòîãî, áóäåò íàáëþäàòüñÿ ïàäåíèå
ïpîèçâîäèòåëüíîñòè è pîñò òåìïåpàòópû
íàãíåòàíèÿ.  ýòîì ñëó÷àå ñëåäóåò
ïpîâåpèòü è, ïpè íåîáõîäèìîñòè,
çàìåíèòü ïpåäîõpàíèòåëüíûé êëàïàí.

6.2 Ölwechsel 6.2 Oil changing 6.2 Çàìåíà ìàñëà

Ölwechsel ist bei fabrikmäßig gefer- Oil changing is not normally neces- Çàìåíà ìàñëà â õîëîäèëüíûõ óñòàíîâêàõ
tigten Anlagen nicht zwingend. Bei sary for factory assembled plants. For çàâîäñêîé ñáîpêè íå îáÿçàòåëüíà. Ïpè
"Feld-Installationen" oder bei Einsatz "field installations" and for applica- ìîíòàæå óñòàíîâêè â "ïîëåâûõ
nahe der Einsatzgrenze empfiehlt sich tions near the operating limits a first óñëîâèÿõ"èëè ïpè ýêñïëóàòàöèè
ein erstmaliger Wechsel nach ca. 100 oil change is recommended after êîìïpåññîpà âáëèçè ãpàíèö îáëàñòè
Betriebsstunden. Dabei auch Ölfilter approx. 100 operating hours. This ïpèìåíåíèÿ påêîìåíäóåòñÿ âûïîëíèòü
und Magnetstopfen reinigen. includes cleaning the oil filter and ïåpâóþ çàìåíó ìàñëà ïpèáëèçèòåëüíî
Danach etwa alle 3 Jahre bzw. 10 000 magnetic plug. ÷åpåç 100 pàáî÷èõ ÷àñîâ. Ýòà ïpîöåäópà
.. 12 000 Betriebsstunden Öl wech- After that the oil has to be replaced òàêæå ïpåäóñìàòpèâàåò çàìåíó ìàñëÿíîãî
seln. Dabei auch Ölfilter und Magnet- approx. every 3 years or 10 000 .. ôèëüòpà è ìàãíèòíóþ ëîâóøêó ìåòàë.
stopfen reinigen. 12 000 operating hours. Clean also oil ÷àñòèö.
Ölsorten: siehe Kapitel 2. filter and magnetic plug. Ïîñëå ýòîãî ìàñëî çàìåíÿòü, ïpèìåpíî,
Oil types: See chapter 2. êàæäûå 3 ãîäà èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî,
10000 .. 12000 pàáî÷èõ ÷àñîâ. Òàêæå
ñëåäóåò ïpî÷èùàòü ìàñëÿíûé ôèëüòp
è ìàãíèòíóþ ëîâóøêó.
Ìàpêè ìàñåë: ñì. ãëàâó 2.

22 KB-110-6 RUS 45／278

 Achtung! Attention! Âíèìàíèå!
! Esteröle sind stark hygrosko-
pisch.
Feuchtigkeit wird im Öl che-
! Ester oils are strongly hygro-
scopic.
Moisture is chemically com-
! Ïîëèýôèpíûå ìàñëà îáëàäàþò
çíà÷èòåëüíîé ãèãpîñêîïè÷íîñòüþ.
Âëàãà õèìè÷åñêè ñâÿçûâàåòñÿ ñ ýòèìè
misch gebunden. Es kann nicht pounded with these oils. It can- ìàñëàìè. Ïîëíîñòüþ å¸ óäàëèòü
oder nur unzureichend durch not be, or only insufficiently, âàêóóìèpîâàíèåì íåâîçìîæíî,
Evakuieren entfernt werden. removed by evacuation. òîëüêî ëèøü â îãpàíè÷åííîì îáúåìå.
Äußerst sorgsamer Umgang Handle very carefully: Íåîáõîäèìî ÷påçâû÷àéíî îñòî-
erforderlich: Avoid air admission into the pîæíîå îápàùåíèå! Èñêëþ÷èòü
Lufteintritt in Anlage unbedingt plant and oil can. Use only âîçìîæíîñòü ïpîíèêíîâåíèÿ âîçäóõà
vermeiden. Nur Original ver- originally closed oil drums! â óñòàíîâêó è â òàpó ñ ìàñëîì!
schlossene Ölgebinde verwen-
den! Îòpàáîòàííîå ìàñëî óòèëèçèpîâàòü
ñ ñîáëþäåíèåì ïpàâèë çàùèòû
Altöl Umwelt gerecht entsorgen! Dispose of waste oil properly! îêpóæàþùåé ñpåäû!

7 Außer Betrieb nehmen 7 De-commissioning 7 Âûâîä èç ýêñïëóàòàöèè

7.1 Stillstand 7.1 Standstill 7.1 Îñòàíîâêà pàáîòû

Bis zur Demontage Ölsumpfheizung Keep the crankcase heater switched Íàãpåâàòåëü ìàñëà â êàpòåpå äîëæåí
eingeschaltet lassen. Das verhindert on until dismatling the compressor! áûòü âêëþ÷¸í âïëîòü äî íà÷àëà
erhöhte Kältemittel-Anreicherung im This prevents increased refrigerant äåìîíòàæà êîìïpåññîpà! Ýòà ìåpà
Verdichter-Öl. solution in the compressor oil. äîëæíà ïpåäîòâpàòèòü óâåëè÷åíèå
êîëè÷åñòâà pàñòâîp¸ííîãî â ìàñëå
õëàäàãåíòà.

7.2 Demontage des Verdichters 7.2 Dismantling the compressor 7.2 Äåìîíòàæ êîìïpåññîpà

Bei Reparatureingriffen, die eine For repair work, that makes dismant- Ïpè íåîáõîäèìîñòè ñëîæíîãî påìîíòà
Demontage notwendig machen, oder ling necessary, or when decommis- êîìïpåññîpà, òpåáóþùåãî åãî äåìîíòàæ
bei Außer-Betriebnahme: sioning them: èç óñòàíîâêè, à òàêæå ïpè ïîëíîì âûâîäå
åãî èçýêñïëóàòàöèè:
Absperrventile am Verdichter schlie- Close the shut-off valves at the com-
ßen. Kältemittel absaugen. Kältemittel pressor. Pump-off the refrigerant. Do Çàêpûòü èìåþùèåñÿ çàïîpíûå âåíòèëè íà
nicht abblasen, sondern Umwelt not release the refrigerant but dispose âõîäå è íà âûõîäå äåìîíòèpóåìîãî êîì-
gerecht entsorgen! it properly! ïpåññîpà. Îòêà÷àòü íàõîäÿùèéñÿ âíóòpè
íåãî õëàäàãåíò. Íå âûïóñêàòü õëàäàãåíò
â àòìîñôåpó, à óòèëèçèpîâàòü ñîápàííûé
õëàäàãåíò íàäëåæàùèì îápàçîì!

Warnung! Warning! Ïpåäóïpåæäåíèå!

! Verdichter kann unter Druck ! Compressor can be under ! Êîìïpåññîp ìîæåò íàõîäèòüñÿïîä
stehen! pressure! äàâëåíèåì.
Schwere Verletzungen möglich. Severe injuries possible. Âîçìîæíû òÿæ¸ëûå òpàâìû.
Schutzbrille tragen! Wear safety goggles! Ïpè âûïîëíåíèè pàáîò íîñèòü
çàùèòíûå î÷êè!

Verschraubungen oder Flansche an Open the threaded joints or flanges at Îòâèíòèòü påçüáîâûå ïpèñîåäèíåíèÿ
den Verdichter-Ventilen öffnen. Ver- the compressor valves. Remove the èëè ôëàíöû çàïîpíûõ âåíòèëåé
dichter ggf. mit Hebezeug entfernen. compressor if necessary with a hoist- êîìïpåññîpà. Óäàëèòü êîìïpåññîp èç
ing tool. óñòàíîâêè èñïîëüçóÿ ãpóçîïîäú¸ìíîå
îáîpóäîâàíèå.

Verdichter entsorgen Disposing the compressor Óòèëèçàöèÿ êîìïpåññîpà

Öl am Verdichter ablassen. Drain the oil at the compressor. Ñëèòü ìàñëî èç êîìïpåññîpà.
Altöl Umwelt gerecht entsorgen! Dispose of waste oil properly! Îòpàáîòàííîå ìàñëî óòèëèçèpîâàòü
Verdichter reparieren lassen oder Have the compressor repaired or ñ ñîáëþäåíèåì ïpàâèë çàùèòû
Umwelt gerecht entsorgen. disposed of properly! îêpóæàþùåé ñpåäû!
Ñîäåpæàùèå õëîp ìàñëà ÿâëÿþòñÿ
çàãpÿçíÿþùèìè ñpåäó îòõîäàìè.
Íàïpàâèòü äåìîíòèpîâàííûé êîìïpåññîp
â påìîíò èëè â íàäëåæàùóþ óòèëèçàöèþ!

46／278
KB-110-6 RUS 23
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 5
Page 0

SPARE LIST

OF

"Bitzer" COMPRESSOR

SERVICE GUIDE

47／278
Ersatzteil- Spare Parts Liste des pièces
liste List détachées

Hubkolbenverdichter, Recip. Compressors, Compresseurs à piston,

4- und 6-Zylinder 4- and 6-Cylinder 4 et 6 cylindres

KE-150-4

4J-13.2
bis / to / à
6F-50.2

44J-26(.2)
bis / to / à
66F-100.2

4H(.2)
bis / to / à
6F.2

S4G-12.2
bis / to / à
S66F-60.2

S6H.2
bis / to / à
S6F.2

W4HA-
bis / to / à
W6FA

48／278
Wichtige Hinweise für Important recommen- Recommendation
den Benutzer dations for the user importante pour le client

Eine ordnungsgemäße Bearbeitung An order can only be executed exactly L‘éxécution conforme d‘une commande de
Ihres Ersatzteilauftrages kann nur bei if a full designation is given. pièces détachées ne peut être faite qu‘avec
vollständigen Angaben erfolgen. l‘indication complète des coordonnées.

Bestellbeispiel: Example for ordering: Exemple de commande:

Stück Benennung Typ Art.-Nr. Fabrikationsnummer

Quantity Description Type Ref. nr. Serial number
Quantité Désignation Type Réf. no. No. de fabrication

1 Magnetschraube 6F-50.2 366 114-02 1 503 0001

Magnetic plug
Vis magnétique

Sind bei einem Teil Änderungsstufen In cases where stages of modification S’il s’agit d’une pièce ayant subie des
vermerkt, muß neben der Art.-Nummer are indicated, please give the compres- modifications, veuillez indiquer en dehors
auch die Fabrikationsnummer oder die sor serial number as well as the ref. du numéro de référence de la pièce le
Änderungsstufe angegeben werden. number, without this latest design will numéro de fabrication du compresseur à
Werden keine Angaben gemacht, wird be supplied. réparer. Sans ces coordonnées il vous
die neueste Teileausführung geliefert. sera livré d’office la pièce la plus récente.

Verdichtertypen, die älter als 10 Compressor types older than 10 Les types de compresseurs qui sont
Jahre sind, werden in dieser Liste years are not entered any more in plus âgés que 10 ans ne figurent plus
nicht mehr aufgeführt. this list. dans la liste.

Legende Legend Légende

Artikel-Nr. in Klammern: Ref. no. in brackets: Réf. no. entre paranthèses:

(123 456-78) nicht mehr lieferbar no more available non plus livrable
nicht mehr lieferbar, aber austausch- no more available, but interchangea- non plus livrable, mais interchangea-
(123 456-78)↓ bar durch nächste Änderungsstufe ble by next modification step ble par le prochain no. de modification

[incl. 17,23] enthält Pos. 17 und 23 containing item 17 and 23 inclus no. 17 et 23

17,23 bereits enthalten in Pos. 17 und 23 already contained in item 17 and 23 déjà contenu dans no. 17 et 23

Pos.-Nr. in Klammern: Item no. in brackets: pos. no. in brackets:

(23)
nicht in der Zeichnung dargestellt not shown in the exploded view ne sont pas indiquées sur l’éclaté

 Fortsetzung der Pos. nächste Seite Item continued next page No. continué la page suivante

49／278

2
Die Tabelle zeigt die in dieser Ersatz- The table shows the types and the Le tableau indique les types et les abbre-
teilliste enthaltenen Typen und die ver- abbreviations used in the spare part viations utilisés dans cette liste de pièces
wendeten Abkürzungen: list: détachées:

4J-13.2 .. 4J-13.2 44.. / 66.. 44J-26(.2) S4G-12.2 .. S4G-12.2

6F-50.2 4J-22.2 44J-44(.2) S6F-30.2 S6J-16.2
4H-15(.2) 44H-30(.2) S6H-20.2
4H-25(.2) 44H-50(.2) S6G-25.2
4G-20(.2) 44G-40(.2) S6F-30.2
4G-30(.2) 44G-60(.2)
6J-22.2 66J-44.2
6J-33.2 66J-66.2
6H-25(.2) 66H-50(.2)
6H-35(.2) 66H-70(.2)
6G-30(.2) 66G-60(.2)
6G-40(.2) 66G-80(.2)
6F-40.2 66F-80.2
6F-50.2 66F-100.2
4H .. 6F.2 4H(.2) S66J-32.2 .. S66J-32.2
4G(.2) S66F-60.2 S66H-40.2
6H(.2) S66G-50.2
6G(.2) S66F-60.2
6F.2
W4HA .. W6FA W4HA S6H.2 ... S6F.2 S6H.2
W4GA S6G.2
W6HA S6F.2
W6GA
W6FA

50／278

3
4

4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2

51／278
 4H(.2) .. 6F.2
W4HA .. W6FA

52／278
5
6

Anlaufentlastung „SU“
Start unloader
Dispositif de démarrage á vide

Leistungsregler „CR“
Capacity regulator
Régulateur de puissance

53／278
 44H-30(.2) .. 66F-100.2

54／278
7
8

S4G-12.2 .. S66F-60.2
S6H(.2) .. S6F.2

55／278
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

1 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 10/82/230001 300 028-01 Gehäuse Ø 65

Housing
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 1 10/82/230001 300 028-02 Ø 70
Corps
S4G-12.2 1 300 051-02 [incl. 2,3,4,5] Ø 60/75
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 1 10/82/230001 300 028-03 Ø 75
6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 ca.02/83 300 028-04 Ø 65
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) 1 10/82/232031 300 028-05 Ø 70
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) 1 12/82/232001 300 028-06 Ø 75
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 300 028-07 Ø 82
4H(.2) 1 11/82/231001 300 026-04 Gehäuse Ø 70
Housing
4G(.2) 1 10/82/230001 300 026-05 Corps Ø 75
6H(.2) 1 10/82/230001 300 026-06 [incl. 3,5] Ø 70
6G(.2) 1 10/82/230001 300 026-07 Ø 75
6F.2 1 300 026-08 Ø 82
W4HA(L) 1 1 300 026-04 Ø 70
W4HA(L) 1 2 4/95/484507 300 026-12
W4GA(L) 1 1 300 026-05 Ø 75
W4GA(L) 1 2 3/95/483540 300 026-14
W6HA(L) 1 1 300 026-06 Ø 70
W6HA(L) 1 2 3/95/483513 300 026-13
W6GA(L) 1 1 300 026-07 Ø 75
W6GA(L) 1 2 3/95/483533 300 026-15
W6FA 1 300 026-08 Ø 82

2 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 311 100-04 Lagerbuchse (Motorseite) Ø 50 x Ø 45 x 47,5

Bearing bush (motor side)
Coussinet (côte moteur)

1

3 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 311 100-05 Lagerbuchse Ø 50 x Ø 45 x 47,5

(Kurbelgehäuseseite)
4H .. 6F.2 1 311 100-08 Ø 75 x Ø 70 x 70
Bearing bush (crankcase side)
W4HA .. W6FA
Coussinet (côte carter)

1

4 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 320 500-06 Anlaufscheibe (Motorseite) Ø 62 x Ø 48 x 1,7

Thrust washer (motor side)
Rondelle de butée (côté moteur)

1

5 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 320 500-06 Anlaufscheibe Ø 62 x Ø 48 x 1,7

(Kurbelgehäuseseite)
4H .. 6F.2 1 320 500-08 Thrust washer (crankcase side) Ø 86 x Ø 71 x 1,7
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle de butée (côté carter)

1

6 4H-15(.2) 1 301 007-06 Kubelwelle Hub/Stroke/Course 55

4J-13.2 Crankshaft Ø 45 x 467
S4G-12.2 Vilebrequin
[incl. 7]
4J-22.2 1 301 007-07 Hub/Stroke/Course 55
4H-25(.2) Ø 45 x 522
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 301 007-10 Hub/Stroke/Course 55
6H-25.2 / 6H-35(.2) Ø 45 x 570
6G-30(.2)
S6F-30.2
6G-40(.2) 1 12/88/352001 301 007-16 Hub/Stroke/Course 55
6F-40.2 / -50.2 Ø 45 x 603


56／278

9
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.
4H(.2) 1 301 007-03 Kubelwelle Hub/Stroke/Course 55
4G(.2) Crankshaft Ø 45 x 532
W4HA Vilebrequin
W4GA [incl. 7]
6H(.2) 1 301 007-08 Hub/Stroke/Course 55
6G(.2) Ø 45 x 554
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

7 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2/3 366 112-01 Verschluss-Schraube M 8 x 1, DIN906

Sealing screw
4H .. 6F.2 2/3 366 112-02 Vis de fermeture M 12 x 1,5
W4HA .. W6FA
6

8 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 3/95/483000 — Verschluss-Stopfen

Sealing plug
Bouchon de fermeture

9 4J-13.2 / -22.2 4/6 302 238-25 Pleuel / Kolben komplett Ø 64,96 mm*
6J-22.2 / -33.2 Connecting rod / piston compl.
Bielle / Piston complet
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 4/6 302 238-16 Ø 69,96 mm*
[incl. 10,15,18,19]
4H(.2)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
6H(.2)
W4HA 4/6 6/91/406000 302 257-01 Ø 69,96 mm*
W6HA
S4G-12.2 2 302 237-22 Ø 59,95 mm*
Hochdruck-Seite
High pressure side
Côté haute pression
S4G-12.2 2 302 238-19 Ø 74,96 mm*
Niederdruck-Seite
Low pressure side
* Stempelung des Standard-Kol- Côté basse pression
bens. Ist ein anderer Durchmesser
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 4/6 302 238-19 eingestempelt, muß dieser zusätz- Ø 74,96 mm*
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) lich zur Ersatzteilnummer angege-
4G(.2) ben werden.
* Standard piston marking, when
6G(.2)
stamped with another diameter,
W4GA 4/6 6/91/406000 302 257-04 indicate this in addition to spare Ø 74,96 mm*
W6GA part no.
* Timbrage du piston standard.
6F-40.2 / -50.2 6 302 238-22 Dans le cas où un autre diamètre Ø 81,96 mm*
6F.2 serait timbré sur le piston, il faut
préciser ce diamètre additionelle-
W6FA 6 6/91/406000 302 257-07 ment au numéro de référence. Ø 81,96 mm*

(10) S4G-12.2 2 302 115-03 Pleuel komplett Hochdruck-Seite

Connecting rod complete High pressure side
Bielle complète Côté haute pression
[incl. 11.. 14]
S4G-12.2 2 302 115-01
9 Niederdruck-Seite
Low pressure side
Côté basse pression
4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4/6 302 115-01
4H .. 6F.2
W4HA .. W6FA

(12) 4J-13.2.. 6F.. 8/12 9/95/489000 382 141-01 Sicherungsring A8,DIN6796-FST

4H .. 6F.2 Retaining ring with lugs
W4HA .. W6FA Circlip d’arrêt

10

57／278

10
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

(15) 4J-13.2 / -22.2 4/6 302 233-22 Kolben komplett Ø 64,96 mm*
6J-22.2 / -33.2 Piston complete
Piston complet
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 4/6 302 233-05 Ø 69,96 mm*
[incl. 16,17,18,19]
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)

9
4H(.2)
6H(.2)
W4HA 4/6 6/91/406000 302 233-37 Ø 69, 96 mm*
W6HA
S4G-12.2 2 302 232-16 Ø 59,96 mm*
Hochdruck-Seite
High pressure side
Côté haute pression
S4G-12.2 2 302 233-08 Ø 74,96 mm*
Niederdruck-Seite
Low pressure side
* Stempelung des Standard-Kol-
bens. Ist ein anderer Durchmesser Côté basse pression
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 4/6 302 233-08 eingestempelt, muß dieser zusätz- Ø 74,96 mm*
lich zur Ersatzteil-Nr. angegeben
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
werden.
4G(.2) * Standard piston marking, when
6G(.2) stamped with another diameter,
indicate this in addition to spare
W4GA 4/6 6/91/406000 302 233-40 Ø 74,96 mm*
part no.
W6GA * Timbrage du piston standard.
6F-40.2 / -50.2 6 302 233-11 Dans le cas où un autre diamètre Ø 81,96 mm*
serait timbré sur le piston, il faut
6F.2
préciser ce diamétre additionelle-
W6FA 6 6/91/406000 302 233-43 ment au numéro de référence. Ø 81,96 mm*

(16) S4G-12.2 2 383 401-04 Kolbenbolzen Ø 20 x Ø 13 x 45

Piston pin Hochdruck-Seite
Axe de piston High pressure side

15 Côté haute pression
S4G-12.2 2 383 401-06 Ø 20 x Ø 13 x 56
Niederdruck-Seite
Low pressure side
Côté basse pression
4J-13.2 / -22.2 4/6 383 401-06 Ø 20 x Ø 13 x 56
6J-22.2 / -33.2
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
4H(.2)
6H(.2)
W4HA
W6HA
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
4G(.2)
6G(.2)
W4GA
W6GA
6F-40.2 / -50.2 6 383 401-26 Ø 20 x Ø 13 x 60
6F.2
W6FA

(17) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 8/12 382 231-04 Sicherungsring Ø 20 x 1, DIN472

4H .. 6F.2 Retaining ring with lugs
W4HA .. W6FA Circlip d’arrêt

15

58／278

11
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

18 S4G-12.2 2 382 300-52 Nut 1 - Verdichtungsring Ø 60 x Ø 54,9 x 1,5 Cr

Groove 1 - Compression ring Hochruck-Seite
Rainure 1- Segment étanchéité High pressure side

15 Côté haute pression
S4G-12.2 2 382 300-58 Ø 75 x Ø 68,7 x 1,5 Cr
NiederdruckSeite
Low pressure side
Côté basse pression
4J-13.2 / -22.2 4/6 382 300-46 Ø 65 x Ø 59,2 x1,5
6J-22.2 / -33.2 DIN70910, Cr
(Kolben/Piston Ø 64,96)*
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 4/6 6/88/346000 382 300-55 Ø 70 x Ø 64,1 x 1,5
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) DIN70910, Cr
4H(.2) * Achtung! Bei der Bestellung von (Kolben/Piston Ø 69,96)*
6H(.2) Kolbenringen muß unbedingt die
W4HA Markierung am Kolbenboden, der
W6HA Kolbendurchmesser und die Kol-
benringhöhe angegeben werden.
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 4/6 6/88/346000 382 300-58 * Attention! In case of ordering Ø 75 x Ø 68,7 x 1,5
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) piston rings please specify stam- DIN70910, Cr
4G(.2) ped mark on piston bottom, piston (Kolben/Piston Ø 74,96)*
6G(.2) ring diameter and piston ring
W4GA height.
* Attention! Sur votre commande
W6GA
de segments de piston veuillez
6F-40.2 / -50.2 6 6/88/346000 382 300-61 préciser le marquage sur le fond Ø 82 x Ø 75,1 x 1,5
6F.2 du piston, le diamètre du ségment DIN70910, Cr
et l’hauteur du ségment.
W6FA (Kolben/Piston Ø 81,96)*

19 S4G-12.2 2 382 310-19 Nut 2 - Verdichtungsring Ø 60 x Ø 54,9 x 1,5

Groove 2 - Compression ring Hochruck-Seite
Rainure 2 - Segment étanchéité High pressure side

15 Côté haute pression
S4G-12.2 2 382 310-25 Ø 75 x Ø 68,7 x 1,5
Niederdruck-Seite
Low pressure side
Côté basse pression
4J-13.2 / -22.2 4/6 382 310-13 Ø 65 x 59,5 x 1,5
6J-22.2 / -33.2 DIN70911
(Kolben/Piston Ø 64,96)*
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 4/6 6/88/346000 382 310-22 Ø 70 x 64,1 x 1,5
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) DIN70911
4H(.2) (Kolben/Piston Ø69,96)*
6H(.2)
W4HA 4/6 1 6/88/346000 382 310-22 Ø 70 x Ø 64,1 x 1,5
W6HA DIN70911
4/6 2 1/92/421000 382 330-01 Ø 70 x Ø 64,1 x 3 G-Ring
(Kolben/Piston Ø 69,96)*
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 4/6 6/88/346000 382 310-25 Ø 75 x Ø 68,7 x 1,5
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) DIN70911
4G(.2) (Kolben/Piston Ø 74,96)*
6G(.2)
W4GA 4/6 1 6/88/346000 382 310-25 Ø 75 x Ø 64,7 x 1,5
W6GA DIN70911
* Achtung! Bei der Bestellung von
4/6 2 1/92/421000 382 330-04 Kolbenringen muß unbedingt die Ø 75 x Ø 64,7 x 3 G-Ring
Markierung am Kolbenboden, der (Kolben/Piston Ø 74,96)*
Kolbendurchmesser und die Kol-
6F-40.2 / -50.2 6 6/88/346000 382 310-28 benringhöhe angegeben werden. Ø 82 x Ø 75,1 x 1,5 DIN
6F.2 * Attention! In case of ordering 70911
piston rings please specify stam- (Kolben/Piston Ø 81,96)*
ped mark on piston bottom, piston
W6FA 6 1 382 310-28 ring diameter and piston ring Ø 82 x Ø 75,1 x 1,5
height. DIN70911
* Attention! Sur votre commande
6 2 1/92/421000 382 330-07 Ø 82 x Ø 75,1 x 3 G-Ring
de segments de piston veuillez
préciser le marquage sur le fond (Kolben/Piston Ø 81,96)*
du piston, le diamètre du ségment
et l’hauteur du ségment.
59／278

12
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

(20) 4H-15 / -25 0/0 ca.09/84 — Nut 3 - Ölabstreifring

6H-25 / -35 Groove 3 - Oil scraper ring
4H Rainure 3 - Segment racleur
6H d’huile
W4HA
W6HA
4G-20 / -30 0/0 ca.09/84 —
6G-30 / -40
4G
6G
W4GA
W6GA

(21) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 8/83/248000 — Sechskantschraube

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA..W6GA Vis à tête hexagonale

(22) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 8/83/248000 — Zahnscheibe

4H .. 6F.2 Toothed washer
W4HA..W6GA Rondelle évantail

(23) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 8/83/248000 — Spritzblech

4H .. 6F.2 Splashboard
W4HA..W6GA Tôle de protection

24 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 314-03 Dichtung Ø 182 x Ø 133 x 1

Gasket
Joint
4H .. 6F.2 1 9/80/189001 372 807-01 Dichtungssatz Ø 182 x Ø 133 x 1
W4HA .. W6FA Set of gaskets Ø 182 x Ø 133 x 0,75
Jeu de joints Ø 182 x Ø 133 x 0,5

171, 330, 415 Ø 182 x Ø 133 x 0,8

25 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 12/81/212001 (305 109-01) ↓ Lagerdeckel komplett mit Ölpumpe

4H .. 6F.2 Bearing cover complete with oil pump
Couvercle de palier complet
[incl. 26..31]
1 2 ca.08/95 305 125-03 Lagerdeckel kompl. für MP54, Delta P
Bearing cover complete for MP54, Delta P
Couvercle de palier complet MP54, Delta P
[incl. 34]
W4HA .. W6FA 1 ca.08/95 305 125-04 Lagerdeckel kompl. für MP55A, Delta P
Bearing cover complete for MP55A, Delta P
Couvercle de palier complet MP55A, Delta P
[incl. 34]

(26) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 12/81/212001 361 101-01 Öldruckentlastungs-Ventil 1

/4“-18NPTF
4H .. 6F.2 Oil pressure relief valve
W4HA .. W6FA Soupape de décharge d’huile

25

(27) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 12/81/212001 — Feder

4H .. 6F.2 Spring
W4HA .. W6FA Ressort

(28) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 1/95/481000 380 209-01 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 12

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
0 2 ca.08/95 —
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

(29) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 12/81/212001 382 402-01 Scheibe A 10 x 15 x 1,

4H .. 6F.2 Washer DIN7603, Al.
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle

25

30 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 7/82/227000 311 100-04 Lagerbuchse Ø 50 x Ø 45 x 47,5

4H .. 6F.2 Bearing bush
Coussinet
W4HA .. W6FA 1 10/96/510001 311 110-04 Ø 50 x Ø 45 x 47,5

25

60／278

13
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

31 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 320 500-07 Anlaufscheibe Ø 62 x Ø 48 x 1,7

4H .. 6F.2 Thrust washer
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle de butée

25

32 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 10 1 380 156-05 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 25, DIN933-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale
10 2 ca.08/95 380 306-32 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 30, DIN912-10.9
sechskant
Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

25

(33) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 372 312-04 Dichtung Ø 90 x Ø 51 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
1 2 ca.08/95 — —
W4HA .. W6FA Joint

34 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (362 500-01) ↓ Ölpumpe kpl.

4H .. 6F.2 Oil pump complete
Pompe à huile complete
[incl. 35]
1 2 ca.08/95 305 125-03 Lagerdeckel kompl. für MP54, Delta P
Bearing cover complete for MP54, Delta P
Couvercle de palier complete MP54, Delta P
[incl. Ölpumpe, Oil pump, Pompe à huile]
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 ca.08/95 305 125-04 Lagerdeckel kompl. für MP55A, Delta P
Bearing cover complete for MP55A, Delta P
Couvercle de palier complete MP55A, Delta P
[incl. Ölpumpe, Oil pump, Pompe à huile]
4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 ca.08/95 362 503-02 Ölpumpe kpl.
4H .. 6F.2 Oil pump complete
W4HA .. W6FA Pompe à huile complète
[incl. 35]

25

35 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 372 004-01 O-Ring Ø 59,99 x 2,62

4H .. 6F.2 O-ring
W4HA .. W6FA Joint à section circulare
1 2 ca.08/95 372 001-19 O-Ring Ø 74 x 2
O-ring
Joint à section circulare

34, 25

36 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 1 380 055-04 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 55

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale
6 2 ca.08/95 380 155-05 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 20
Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale

25

37 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 ca.08/95 380 306-86 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 30

4H .. 6F.2 sechskant
W4HA .. W6FA Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

38 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 9/78/149000 320 314-01 Befestigungs-Blech(MP 54) 140 x 40 x 3

4H .. 6F.2 Fixing plate
W4HA .. W6FA Tôle de fixation
oder/or/ou
(320 344-02) Befestigungs-Blech(OMS) 143 x 109,5 x 2
Fixing plate
Tôle de fixation

61／278

14
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

39 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 382 002-01 Unterleg-Scheibe A 4,3; DIN125, Ms.

4H .. 6F.2 Washer
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle

40 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 382 201-51 Federring A 4,3; DIN127

4H .. 6F.2 Spring washer
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle-ressort

41 4J-13.2.. 6F-50 2 380 401-56 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 4 x 8, DIN84- 4.8

4H .. 6F.2 sechskant
W4HA .. W6FA Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

42 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (347 320-01) Öldifferenzdruck-Schalter MP 54

4H .. 6F.2 Differential oil pressure switch
1 2 ca.01/96 (347 320-18) ↓
Pressostat pour de pression
1 3 ca.10/01 347 320-33 différentielle d’huile
oder/or/ou
1 1 ca.10/95 (347 321-03) ↓ Elektron. Ölüberwachungssystem (OMS)
Electronic Oil Monitoring System
Système de surveilance d’huile électronique
1 2 ca.02/01 347 319-01 Öldifferenzdruck-Schalter 230 V , 50/60 Hz
Differential oil pressure switch Delta P
Pressostat pour de pression
différentielle d’huile
W4HA .. W6FA 1 1 (347 320-02) ↓ Öldifferenzdruck-Schalter MP 55A
Differential oil pressure switch
1 2 ca.05/97 347 320-27
Pressostat pour de pression
différentielle d’huile

43 4J-13.2.. 6F-50.2 2 1 361 500-01 Schrader Ventil 7

/16“- 20UNFx1/8“-18NPTF
4H .. 6F.2 Schrader valve
2 2 ca.08/95 361 500-02 Vanne Schrader 7/
20UNFx1/8“-18NPTF
16“-

W4HA .. W6FA 2 366 011-01 T-Verschraubung 1/

8“ - 18 NPTF
T-screwed joint
Vissage en T

(44) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (312 030-03)* Druckring Ø 62 x 7

Thrust collar
Couronne de serrage
[incl. 45]

48
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
*cannot be delivered separately
*pas livrable séparément

(45) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 001-13 O-Ring Ø 45 x 3

O-ring
Join à section circulaire

44,48,171,330,415

(46) 4J-13.2.. 6F-50.2 1 12/90/392001 (325 900-02)* Federscheibe Ø 58.5 x 46 x 0.5

Spring washer
Rondelle élastique

48
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
*cannot be delivered separately
*pas livrable séparément

(47) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (312 006-01)* Stützring Ø 58 x 5

Retaining ring
Bague de support

48
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
*cannot be delivered separately
*pas livrable séparément

62／278

15
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

48 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 374 027-01 Wellenabdichtung

Shaft seal
Boîte détanchéité
[incl. 44,45,46,47]

49 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1/76/Z001T 384 102-01 Nasenkeil für Stator 5 x 5 x 60, DIN 6887
Gib-head key for stator
Clavette à talon pour stator

51 4J-13.2 1 384 001-22 Passfeder A 12 x 8 x 63, DIN6885

4H-15.2 Parallel key
Clavette parallèle
4J-22.2 1 384 001-16 A 12 x 8 x 80, DIN6885
6J-22.2
4G-20.2
6H-25.2
6J-33.2 1 384 001-19 A 12 x 8 x 110, DIN6885
4H-25.2
6H-35.2
6F-40.2
6F-50.2
6G-30.2 1 384 001-18 A 12 x 8 x 100, DIN6885
4G-30.2 1 384 001-24 A 12 x 8 x 125, DIN6885
6G-40.2

52 4J-22.2 1 313 007-01 Distanzhülse Ø 60 x 14

4G-20(.2) Spacer sleeve
6J-22.2 Bague d’espacement
6H-25(.2) [incl. 53]

53 4J-22.2 1 383 101-08 Pass-Kerbstift 5 x 20, DIN1472

4G-20(.2) Half length taper-grooved
6J-22.2 dowel pin
6H-25(.2) Goupille cannelée d’ajustage

52

54 4J-13.2 1 320 502-04 Mitnehmerscheibe Ø 54 x Ø 17 x 5

4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) Driving plate
4G-30(.2) Plaque d’entrainement
6J-22.2
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2

55 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 382 201-08 Federring A 16, DIN127

Spring washer
Rondelle-ressort

56 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 1 (380159-03) ↓ Sechskantschraube M 16 x 40 DIN 933-10.9

4H-15.2 Hexagon head screw
1 2 380 166-03
4G-30.2 Vis à tête hexagonale
4G-20.2
6J-22.2
6H-25.2
6G-30.2
6G-40.2
6F-40.2
6F-50.2
4H-25.2 1 1 (380 059-01) ↓ M 16 x 55 DIN 931-10.9
1 2 380 166-05
6J-33.2 1 1 (380 059-02) ↓ M 16 x 60 DIN 931-10.9
6H-35.2
1 2 380 166-04

57 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 11/79/171000 — Sechskantschraube —

Hexagon head screw
4H .. 6F.2 8 ca.01/83 380 154-02 Vis à tête hexagonale M 6 x 12, DIN933-10.9
W4HA .. W6FA

63／278

16
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

58 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 11/79/171000 325 910-01 Sicherungsring SPI Ø 230

Retaining ring with lugs
Circlip d’arrêt
4H .. 6F.2 8 ca.01/83 382 201-03 Federring A 6, DIN127
W4HA .. W6FA Spring washer
Rondelle-ressort

59 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 11/79/171000 362 004-02 Sauggas-Filter Ø 220 x 50

Suction gas filter (ohne Befestigungsloch)
Filtre d’aspiration (without fastening hole)
(sans trou de fixation)
4H .. 6F.2 1 ca.01/83 362 004-01 Ø 228 x 32
W4HA .. W6FA (8 Befestigungslöcher)
(8 fastening holes)
(8 trous de fixation)

60 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 315-02 Dichtung Ø 286 x Ø 238 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6FA Joint

171, 300, 330, 415

61 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 1/85/281000 305 220-01 Gehäusedeckel Ø 286 x 120

4H-15(.2) Housing cover
Couvercle de corps
4G-20(.2) 1 1/85/281000 305 219-01 Ø 286 x 134
6J-22.2
6H-25(.2)
6G-30(.2)
4H-25(.2) 1 1/85/281000 305 218-01 Ø 286 x 166
4G-30(.2)
6J-33.2
6H-35.2
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
4H(.2) 1 9/83/249000 305 214-02 Ø 286 x 112
4G(.2)
W4HA
W4GA
6H(.2) 1 9/83/249000 305 214-01 Ø 286 x 112
6G(.2)
W6HA
W6GA
6F.2
W6FA
S4G-12.2 1 305 219-02 Ø 286 x 135
S6J-16.2
S6H-20.2
S6G-25.2
S6F-30.2
S6H(.2) 1 9/83/249000 305 214-01 Ø 286 x 112
S6G(.2)
S6F.2

62 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 7/78/141000 366 110-01 Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/8“-27NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
0 2 6/81/206000 — Bouchon de fermeture —
W4HA .. W6FA 1 1 366 110-01 1
/8“-27NPTF, St.
0 2 6/81/206000 — —

63 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 4/80/184000 366 110-02 Verschluss-Stopfen 1/

4“-18NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
Bouchon de fermeture
W4HA .. W6FA 1 366 110-02 1
/4“-18NPTF, St.

64／278

17
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

64 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 366 110-05 Verschluss-Stopfen 3/

4“-14NPTF, St.
Sealing plug
0 2 12/87/332000 — Bouchon de fermeture —
4H .. 6F.2 1 1 366 110-05 3/
4“-14NPTF, St.
0 2 12/87/332000 — —
W4HA .. W6FA 1 1 366 110-05 3
/4“-14NPTF, St.
0 2 12/87/332000 — —

65 4J-13.2 / -22.2 10 1/85/281000 380 057-07 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 110, DIN931-10.9

4H-15(.2) Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale
4G-20(.2) 10 1/85/281000 380 057-08 M 12 x 120, DIN931-10.9
6J-22.2
6H-25(.2)
6G-30(.2)
4H-25(.2) 10 1/85/281000 380 057-11 M 12 x 150, DIN931-10.9
4G-30(.2)
6J-33.2
6H-35(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
4H .. 6F.2 10 1/84/261000 380 057-06 M 12 x 100, DIN931-10.9
W4HA .. W6FA

66 4J-13.2 / -22.2 2 1/85/281000 380 057-09 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 130, DIN931-10.9

4H-15(.2) Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale
4G-20(.2) 2 1/85/281000 380 057-11 M 12 x 150, DIN931-10.9
6J-22.2
6H-25(.2)
6G-30(.2)
4H-25(.2) 2 1/85/281000 380 057-14 M 12 x 180, DIN931-10.9
4G-30(.2)
6J-33.2
6H-35(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
4H .. 6F.2 2 380 057-07 M 12 x 110, DIN931-10.9
W4HA .. W6FA

67 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 372 301-02 Dichtung Ø 70 x Ø 54 x 1

4H-15(.2) Gasket
4H(.2) Joint
4G(.2)
W4HA
W4GA
4H-25(.2) 1 372 301-03 Ø 76 x Ø 61 x 1
4G-20(.2)
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2
6F-50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

65／278

18
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

71 4J-13.2 / -22.2 4 1 (380 057-04) ↓ Sechskantschraube M 12 x 80, DIN931-10.9

4H-15(.2) Hexagon head screw
4 2 ca.12/92 380 007-52 M 12 x 80, DIN931-8.8
4H(.2) Vis à tête hexagonale
4G(.2)
W4HA
W4GA
4H-25(.2) 4 1 (380 059-05) ↓ M 16 x 100, DIN931-10.9
4G-20(.2)
4 2 ca.12/92 380 009-53 M 16 x 100, DIN931-8.8
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

72 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 1 (361 312-01) ↓ Saug-Absperrventil Ø 42 (15/8“)

4H-15(.2) Suction shut-off valve
4H(.2) 1 2 ca.11/96 361 313-01 Vanne d’arrêt à l’aspration
4G(.2) [incl. 73..79]
4H-25(.2) 1 1 (361 312-03) ↓ Ø 54 (21/8“)
4G-20(.2)
1 2 ca.11/96 361 313-02
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W4HA 1 361 334-01 Ø 42 (15/8“) NH3
W4GA
W6HA 1 361 334-02 Ø 54 (21/8“) NH3
W6GA
W6FA

73 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 1 (365 311-01) ↓ Rohr-Anschluss Ø 42 (15/8“) Ms.

4H-15(.2) Pipe connection
4H(.2) 1 2 ca.11/96 365 321-14 Raccord de tube Ø 42 (15/8“) St.
4G(.2)
72
W4HA 1 1 (365 321-01) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“) St.
W4GA
1 2 ca.11/96 365 321-14
4H-25(.2) 1 1 (365 311-03) ↓ Ø 54 (21/8“) Ms.
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 2 ca.11/96 365 321-03 Ø 54 (21/8“) St.
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H .. 6F.2
W6HA 1 365 321-03 Ø 54 (21/8“) St.
W6GA
W6FA

66／278

19
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

74 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 372 303-01 Dichtung Ø 52 x Ø 37 x 2

4H-15(.2) Gasket
4H(.2) Joint
4G(.2)
72, 171
W4HA
W4GA
4H-25(.2) 1 372 303-02 Ø 75 x Ø 61 x 2
4G-20(.2)
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

75 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 367 121-01 Spannplatte 80 x 80

4H-15(.2) Clamping plate
4H(.2) Plaque de serrage
4G(.2)
72
W4HA
W4GA
4H-25(.2) 1 367 121-02 110 x 110
4G-20(.2)
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

76 4J-13.2 / -22.2 4 1 (380 057-15) ↓ Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 12 x 50, DIN931-10.9

4H-15(.2) sechskant
4H(.2) 4 2 ca.11/96 380 302-05 Hexsocket cheese head screw M 12 x 50, DIN912-10.9
4G(.2) Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
W4HA creux
W4GA
72
4H-25(.2) 4 1 (380 059-01) ↓ M 16 x 55, DIN931-10.9
4G-20(.2)
4 2 ca.11/96 380 109-09 M 16 x 55, DIN933-8.8
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

67／278

20
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

77 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 1 (382 401-12) Dichtring Ø 28 x Ø 23,5 x 2, Al.

4H-15(.2) Joint ring
0 2 9/87/329001 — —
4H(.2) Joint annulaire
4G(.2)
72, 171
W4HA
W4GA
4H-25(.2) 1 1 (382 401-16) Ø 40 x Ø 32,5 x 2, Al.
4G-20(.2)
0 2 9/87/329001 — —
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

78 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 9/87/329001 375 014-04 Schutzkappe GFK

4H-15(.2) Protecting cap
4H(.2) Chapeau de protection
4G(.2)
72
W4HA
W4GA
4H-25(.2) 1 9/87/329001 375 014-05 GFK
4G-20(.2)
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

79 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 1 (366 101-01) ↓ Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/4“-18NPTF, Ms.
4H-15(.2) Sealing plug
4H-25(.2) 1 2 ca.11/96 366 110-02 Bouchon de fermeture 1
/4“-18NPTF, St.
4G-20(.2)
72
4G-30(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2
6H-25(.2)
6H-35(.2)
6G-30(.2)
6G-40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
4H .. 6F.2
W4HA .. W6FA

82 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 366 114-02 Magnetschraube M 26 x 1,5

4H .. 6F.2 Magnetic screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis magnétique

83 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 382 403-04 Dichtring A 26 x 31, DIN7603, Al.

4H .. 6F.2 Joint ring
W4HA .. W6FA Joint annulaire

171,330,415

84 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 1 (325 000-02) ↓ Druckfeder Ø 23,5 x 28 x 1,5

4H .. 6F.2 Pressure spring
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 1/89/361001 325 000-34 Ressort de pression Ø 23,5 x 28 x 1,8

68／278

21
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

85 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 362 003-01 Ölfilter Ø 20 x 200

4H .. 6F.2 Oil filter
W4HA .. W6FA Filtre d’huile

86 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (360 110-01) ↓ Ölrückführ-System

Oil return system
1 2 11/97/531001 360 110-06
Systéme de retour d’huile
4H .. 6F.2 1 1 (360 110-02) ↓
1 2 11/97/531001 360 110-07
W4HA .. W6FA 1 ca.08/92 360 115-01

87 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 366 110-02 Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/4“-18NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
W4HA .. W6FA Bouchon de fermeture

88 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 1 (372 302-02) ↓ Dichtung Ø 40 x Ø 30 x 1,5

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
2 2 372 301-12 Ø 40 x Ø 31 x 1
W4HA .. W6FA Joint
1 3 10/82/230001 372 003-15 O-Ring Ø 36,3 x 1,78
O-Ring
Joint à section circulaire

171,330,415

89 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 361 806-02 Schauglas Ø 39,5 x 14

4H .. 6F.2 Sight glass
1 2 10/82/230001 361 802-02 Ø 67 x 8,5
W4HA .. W6FA Voyant

(90) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (367 224-01) Schauglasdeckel Ø 62 x Ø 30 x 8,5

4H .. 6F.2 Sight glass cover
W4HA .. W6FA 0 2 10/82/230001 — Bride de voyant —

91 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4 380 154-06 Sechskantschraube M 6 x 20, DIN933-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

92 4J-13.2.. 6F-50.2 1 366 110-04 Verschluss-Stopfen 1/

2“-14NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
W4HA .. W6FA Bouchon de fermeture

93 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 366 110-05 Verschluss-Stopfen 3

/4“-14NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
W4HA .. W6FA Bouchon de fermeture

94 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 415-01 Dichtung 270 x 250 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6FA Joint

171,330,415

95 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 320 307-04 Bodenplatte 270 x 360 x 12

Bottom plate
4H .. 6F.2 1 302 400-01 350 x 315 x 54
Plaque de fond
W4HA .. W6FA

96 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 23 380 156-05 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 25, DIN933-10.9

Hexagon head screw
4H .. 6F.2 21 380 306-26 M 10 x 55, DIN912-10.9
Vis à tête hexagonale
W4HA .. W6FA

97 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 1 7/88/347000 370 004-01 Dämpfersatz braun Lo= 42 (Feder)

S4G-12 .. S6G-25 (Kurbelgehäuseseite) brown Lo=42 (spring)
Vibration damper set brun Lo=42 (ressort)
(crankcase side)
44.. / 66..(.2) 2 7/88/347000 370 002-02 Amortisseur de vibrations-joi rot „60“ Gummi)
S66H-40(.2) (côté de carter) red „60“ (rubber)
S66G-50(.2) rouge „60“ (caoutchouc)

98 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 2 7/88/347000 325 002-01 Element (Kurbelgehäuseseite) braun Lo=42 (Feder)
S4G-12 .. S6G-25 Mounting (crankcase side) brown Lo= 42 (spring)
Amortiss. (côté de carter) brun Lo=42 (ressort)

97
44.. / 66..(.2) 4 7/88/347000 375 035-02 rot „60“ (Gummi)
S66H-40(.2) red „60“ (rubber)
S66G-50(.2) rouge „60“ (caoutchouc)
69／278

22
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

99 S4G-12.2 1 370 004-01 Dämpfersatz braun Lo=42 (Feder)

(Motorseite) brown Lo=42 (spring)
Vibrationdamper set brun Lo=42 (ressort)
(motor side)
4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 7/88/347000 370 004-02 rot Lo=42 (Feder)
Amortisseur de vibraions-joi
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) red Lo=42 (spring)
(côté motor)
4G-20(.2) rouge Lo=42 (ressort)
4G-30(.2) 1 7/88/347000 370 004-03 blau Lo=48 (Feder)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 blue Lo=48 (spring)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) bleu Lo=48 (ressort)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) 2 7/88/347000 370 002-02 rot „60“ (Gummi)
44G-40(.2) red „60“ (rubber)
rouge „60“ (caoutchouc)
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2) 2 7/88/347000 370 002-03 blau „65“ (Gummi)
44G-60(.2) blue „65“ (rubber)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2) bleu „65“ (caoutchouc)
66F-80.2 / -100.2
66J-44.2 / -66.2

100 S4G-12.2 2 325 002-01 Element (Motorseite) braun Lo=42 (Feder)

Mouting (motor side) brown Lo=42 (spring)
Amortiss. (côté moteur) brun Lo=42 (ressort)

99
4J-13.2 / -22.2 2 7/88/347000 325 002-02 rot Lo=42 (Feder)
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) red Lo=42 (spring)
4G-20(.2) rouge Lo=42 (ressort)
4G-30(.2) 2 7/88/347000 325 002-03 blau Lo=48 (Feder)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 blue Lo=48 (spring)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) bleu Lo=48 (ressort)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
S6H-20
S6G-25
44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) 4 375 035-02 rot „60“ (Gummi)
44G-40(.2) red „60“ (rubber)
rouge „60“ (caoutchouc)
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2) 4 375 035-03 blau „65“ (Gummi)
44G-60(.2) blue „65“ (rubber)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2) bleu „65“ (caoutchouc)
66F-80.2 / -100.2
66J-44.2 / -66.2
S66H-40
S66G-50

101 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (327 305-04) Fuß 360 x 60 x 15 x Ø 19

Mounting foot
1 2 327 309-01 Pied 369 x 60 x 13 x Ø 21

102 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 380 156-05 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 25, DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale

70／278

23
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

103 4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 1 3/80/183000 361 110-03 Gas-Ausgleichsventil

4J-13.2 / -22.2 Gas equalising valve
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) Soupape égalisation du gaz
4H(.2)
4G(.2)
W4HA
W4GA
6J-22.2 / -33.2 2 8/79/168000 361 110-01
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA
W6GA
W6FA

104 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 361 100-01 Druckentlastungs-Ventil 3/

4“-14 NPTF, Ms. 34 bar
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) Pressure relief valve
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) Soupape de décharge
4H(.2)
W4HA 1 361 100-02 3/
4“-14 NPTF, St. 34 bar
6J-22.2 / -33.2 2 ca.07/89 361 100-01 3
/4“-14 NPTF, Ms. 34 bar
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F.2
W6HA 2 ca.07/89 361 100-02 3/
4“-14 NPTF, St. 34 bar
W6GA
W6FA

105 4J-13.2 .. 6G-40.2 1 372 704-01 Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1

4H(.2) .. 6G.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6GA Joint
6F-40.2 / -50.2 2 372 704-01 Dichtung für Zwischenflansch 91 x 52 x 1
6F.2 Gasket for intermediate flange
W6FA Joint pour bride intermédiaire

171, 330

106 4J-13.2 .. 6G-40.2 1 1 367 015-01 Blindflansch 91 x 52 x 13

4H(.2) .. 6G.2 Flange
1 2 367 015-15 91 x 52 x 13
W4HA .. W6GA Bride 1
/8“-27 NPTF

107 4J-13.2 .. 6G-40.2 2 380 156-06 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 30, DIN933-10.9

4H(.2) .. 6G.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6GA Vis à tête hexagonale
6F-40.2 / -50.2 4 380 306-23 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 25, DIN912-10.9
6F.2 sechskant
W6FA Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

108 4J-13.2 .. 6G-40.2 1 372 704-01 Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1

4H(.2) .. 6G.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6GA Joint

171, 330
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 372 301-02 Ø 70 x Ø 54 x 1
6F.2
W6FA

71／278

24
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

109 4J-13.2 / -22.2 2 380 156-05 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 25, DIN933-10.9

4H-15(.2) / 4H-25.2 Hexagon head screw
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) Vis à tête hexagonale
4H(.2)
4G(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 2 380 306-23 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 25, DIN912-10.9
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) sechskant
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) Hexsocket cheese head screw
6H(.2) Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
6G(.2) creux
W4HA 2 380 306-84 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M10 x 35, DIN912-10.9
W4GA sechskant verz.
W6HA Hexsocket cheese head screw
W6GA Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux
6F-40.2 / -50.2 4 380 007-52 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 80, DIN931-8.8
6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

110 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 361 310-07 Druck-Absperrventil komplett Ø 28 (11/8“)

4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) Discharge shut of valve
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) complete
4H(.2) Robinet d’arrêt au refoulement
4G(.2) complète
[incl. 113..117,173,174]
6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 361 311-02 Ø 35 (13/8“)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 1 (361 312-01) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“)
6F.2
1 2 ca.11/96 361 313-01 Ø 42 (15/8“) St.
W4HA 1 1 (361 314-01) ↓ NW 25 St.
W4GA
1 2 9/93/449000 361 316-05
W6HA 1 1 (361 314-02) ↓ NW 32
W6GA
1 2 9/93/449000 361 316-06
W6FA 1 1 (361 313-04) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“)
1 2 ca.11/96 361 313-13 Ø 42 / 54 St.

111 6J-22.2 / -33.2 367 023-01 Anschlussflansch 91 x 42 x 52

6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) Connecting flange Gew. 1 3/4“ UNF
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) Bride de raccord
6H(.2)
6G(.2)

112 6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 372 200-04 Dichtring Ø 38,1 x Ø 35 x 1,5

6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) Joint ring
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) Joint annulaire
6H(.2)
171
6G(.2)

72／278

25
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

113 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 366 000-06 Rohr-Anschluss Ø 28 (11/8“)

4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) Pipe connection
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) Raccord de tube
4H(.2)
110
4G(.2)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 366 000-07 Ø 35 (13/8“)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
6H(.2)
6G(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 1 (365 311-01) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“) Ms.
6F.2
1 2 ca.11/96 365 321-14 Ø 42 (15/8“) St.
W6FA 1 1 (365 321-01) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“) St.
1 2 ca.11/96 365 321-14
4HA- 1 365 321-10 DN 25
4GA-
6HA- 1 365 321-11 DN 32
6GA-

114 4J-13.2 ... 6G-40.2 1 372 200-04 Dichtring Ø 38,1 x Ø 35 x 1,5

4H(.2) ... 6G(.2) Joint ring
Joint annulaire

110,171
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 372 303-01 Dichtung Ø 52 x Ø 37 x 2
6F.2 Gasket
W6FA Joint

110,171
4HA- .. 6GA- 1 372 301-08 Ø 43 x Ø 34,5 x 1

115 4J-13.2 ... 6G-40.2 0 10/85/290000 — Dichtring —

4H(.2) ... 6G(.2) Joint ring
Joint annulaire
6F-40.2 / -50.2 0 9/87/329000 — —

110,171
6F.2
W6FA

116 4J-13.2 ... 6G-40.2 1 10/85/290000 375 014-03 Schutzkappe GFK

4H(.2) ... 6G(.2) Protecting cap
Chapeau de protection
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 9/87/329000 375 014-04
110 GFK
6F.2
W6FA

117 4J-13.2 ... 6G-40.2 1 366 202-01 Verschluss-Mutter 7

/8“-20 UNF
4H(.2) ... 6G(.2) Sealing nut
Écrou de fermeture
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 1 (366 101-01) ↓ Verschluss-Stopfen 1
/4“-18 NPTF, Ms.
6F.2 Sealing plug
W6FA 1 2 366 110-02 Bouchon de fermeture 1/
4“-18 NPTF, St.

110

118 4J-13.2..6F-50 4 366 110-01 Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/8“-27 NPTF, St.
Sealing plug
4H .. 6F.2 3 Bouchon de fermeture
W4HA .. W6FA

73／278

26
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

119 4J-13.2 / -22.2 2/3 304 051-01 Ventilplatte komplett Bohrung

6J-22.2 / -33.2 Valve plate complete Bore
Plaque à clapets complète Aléssage
[incl. 120, 121] Ø 65
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 2/3 304 051-02 Ø 70
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
4H(.2)
6H(.2)
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 2/3 304 051-03 Ø 75
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
4G(.2)
6G(.2)
6F-40.2 / -50.2 3 304 051-15 Ø 82
6F.2
W4HA(L) 2 1 304 051-04 Ø 70
2 2 4/95/484507 304 054-01
W6HA(L) 3 1 304 051-04 Ø 70
3 2 3/95/483513 304 054-01
W4GA(L) 2 1 304 051-05 Ø 75
2 2 3/95/483540 304 054-02
W6GA(L) 3 1 304 051-05 Ø 75
3 2 3/95/483531 304 054-02
W6FA 3 304 051-16 Ø 82

120 4J-13.2 / -22.2 2/3 9/87/329000 372 511-10 Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1,0 (Ø 65)
6J-22.2 / -33.2 Gasket
Joint
4H-15(.2) / -25(.2) 2/3 9/87/329000 372 511-09
119, 171, 330 253 x 155 x 1,0 (Ø 70)
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2)
4H(.2)
6H(.2)
W4HA(L)
W6HA(L)
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 2/3 9/87/329000 372 511-11 253 x 155 x 1,0 (Ø 75)
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2)
4G(.2)
6G(.2)
W4GA(L)
W6GA(L)
6F-40.2 / -50.2 3 372 511-07 253 x 155 x 1,0 (Ø 82)
6F.2
W6FA (L)

121 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 2/3 1 (372 612-01) ↓ Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
2/3 2 ca.11/00 (372 616-01) ↓ 253 x 155 x 0,5
W4HA .. W6FA Joint
2/3 3 ca.09/04 372 616-03
119, 122, 171, 330

122 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 2/3 1 (302 319-01) ↓ Zylinderkopf, luftgekühlt 155 x 253 x 62
4H .. 6F.2 Cylinder head, air cooled
2/3 2 ca.06/93 (302 319-02) ↓
W4HA .. W6FA Tête de culasse refroidie à air
2/3 3 ca.04/05 302 360-22 incl. 121, 130

123 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 28/42 380 056-03 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 60, DIN931-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

(124) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4/6 1 366 110-01 Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/8“-27 NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
W4HA .. W6FA 0 2 ca.06/93 — Bouchon de fermeture —

125

74／278

27
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

125 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2/3 ca.03/83 302 360-03 Zylinderkopf wassergekühlt 253 x 155 x 64
4H .. 6F.2 komplett
oder/or/ou
W4HA .. W6FA Cylinder head, water cooled
302 360-04 complete seewasserbeständig
Tête de culasse refroidie à eau sea-water resistent
complète résistante à leau de mer
[incl. 121,124,126,127]

126 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2/3 1 ca.03/83 (302 326-01) Zylinderkopf, wassergekühlt 253 x 155 x 64
4H .. 6F.2 Cylinder head, water cooled
2/3 2 ca.06/93 302 326-02
W4HA .. W6FA Tête de culasse refroidie à eau
oder/or/ou
125
2/3 1 ca.03/83 (302 351-08) seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistent
2/3 2 ca.06/93 302 351-15
résistante à l’eau de mer

127 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2/3 1 (380 391-51) ↓ Verschluss-Schraube R 3/4“, DIN906

4H .. 6F.2 Sealing screw
W4HA .. W6FA 2/3 2 ca.07/03 (366 132-01) ↓ Vis de fermeture R 3/4“,DIN906 - Ms.

125
2/3 3 ca.11/03 380 391-55

(128) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 ca.03/83 — Dichtung —

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6FA Joint

(129) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 0 ca.03/89 — Flansch —

4H .. 6F.2 Flange
W4HA .. W6FA Bride

130 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2/3 380 056-07 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 80

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw DIN 931- 10.9
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

122

131 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4/6 1 (383 011-02) ↓ Zylinderstift 6 x 20 DIN668

4H .. 6F.2 Parallel pin
4/6 2 3/95/483000 327 000-01 6h11 x 20
W4HA .. W6FA Goupille cylindrique

(132) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 ca.06/85 (380 354-05) ↓ Gewindestift M 10 x 12, DIN916

Set-screw
1 2 ca.03/95 380 358-01
Vis sans tete

133 6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 300 903-01 Zwischenflansch 225 x 96 x 93, GG-25

6F.2 Intermediate flange
Bride intermédiaire

134 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 343 416-02 Stromdurchführungs-Platte komplett

Teminal plate complete
Plaque à bornes complète
[incl. 135..139,151,152,159,160]

135 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 421-02 Dichtung Ø 165 x 120 x 1

Gasket
Joint

134, 171, 330, 415

136 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 304 900-01 Stromdurchführungs-Platte 165 x 120 x 15,5

Terminal plate
Plaque à bornes

134

137 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 1 382 002-03 Unterleg-Scheibe A 6,4; DIN125

Washer
0 2 ca.09/89 —
Rondelle

134

75／278

28
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

138 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 380 402-04 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 6 x 10, DIN84
sechskant
Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux
1 2 ca.09/89 343 417-07 Anschluss komplett für Erdung
Connection complete for earthing
Raccord complète pourprise de terre

134

139 4J-13.2.. 6G-50 1 372 124-01 Dichtung 165 x 120 x 3

Gasket
Joint

(140) 4J-13.2.. 6G-50 1 375 002-03 Isolierplatte 85 x 25 x 6

Insulating plate
Plaque isolante

151

(141) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 12 375 001-03 Druckbuchse Ø 8 x Ø 24 x 8

Pressure bush
Douille de pression

151

(142) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 375 000-03 Dichtring Ø 16 x Ø 8 x 8,5

Joint ring
Joint annulaire

151

(143) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 382 042-01 Unterleg-Scheibe A 8,4; DIN333, Ms.

Washer
Rondelle

151

(144) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 12 381 301-05 Sechskantmutter M 8; DIN EN 24032

Hexagon nut
Écrou hexagonal

151

(145) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 382 002-02 Unterleg-Scheibe A 5,3; DIN125, Ms.

Washer
Rondelle

151

(146) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 381 301-03 Sechskantmutter M 5; DIN934, Ms.

Hexagon nut
Écrou hexagonal

151

(147) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 382 201-54 Federring A 8; DIN127

Spring washer
Rondelle-ressort

151

(148) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 375 007-01 Führungsplatte 86 x 34 x 12

Plate
Plaque

151

(149) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 1 (302 915-01) ↓ Kabelklemme

Cabel connector
6 2 302 915-02
Serre-cable

151

(150) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 3 320 318-03 Schaltbrücke

Connection bridge
Pont de raccordement

160

151 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 343 414-08 Stromdurchführung komplett

Terminals complete
Ensemble de raccordement complète
[incl. 140..149]

134 76／278

29
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

152 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 343 414-07 Stromdurchführung komplett

Terminals complete
Ensemble de raccordement complète
[incl. 153..158]

134

(153) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 375 002-01 Isolierplatte 53 x 18 x 6,5

Insulatin plate
Plaque isolante

152

(154) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4 375 001-01 Druckbuchse Ø 4,5 x 18,5 x 8,5

Pressure bush
Douille de pression

152

(155) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 375 000-01 Dichtring Ø 8,6 x Ø 4,5 x 6

Joint ring
Joint annulaire

152

(156) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 6 382 002-01 Unterleg-Scheibe A 4,3; DIN125, Ms.

Washer
Rondelle

152

(157) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4 381 301-02 Sechskantmutter M 4; DIN934, Ms.

Hexagon nut
Écrou hexagonal

152

(158) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 375 013-01 Winkel

Angle
Cornière

152

159 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 375 006-01 Zwischenplatte 86 x 70 x 3

Intermediate plate
Plaque intermédiaire

134

160 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 343 413-01 Umbausätze für Y oder ∆ Schaltung

Conversion kit for Y or ∆ connection
Kit de remplacement étoile-triangle

134

161 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 10 1 (380 306-22) ↓ Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 20, DIN912-10.9
sechskant
10 2 ca.06/01 380 306-89
Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

162 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 321 202-01 Zentrierblech 167 x 122 x 12

Cover sheet
Plaque de centrage

163 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 120-01 Dichtung 133 x 117 x 2

Gasket
Joint

171, 330, 415

164 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (324 500-02) Anschlusskasten 300 x 170 x 70 St.

Terminal box
1 2 ca.12/93 300 950-04 313 x 175 x 84 Al.
Boîte de raccordement

165 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 1 382 002-01 Unterleg-Scheibe A 4,3; DIN125, Ms.

Washer
0 2 ca.12/93 — Rondelle —

166 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 1 380 402-01 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 4 x 10, DIN84, Ms.
sechskant
6 2 ca.12/93 380 508-51 M 5 x 20, DIN7985
Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux
77／278

30
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

167 4J-13.2.. 6F-50.2 1 1 (324 908-01) Deckel 305 x 175 x 6 St.

Cover
1 2 ca.12/93 (305 904-02) ↓ 313 x 175 Al.
Couvercle
1 3 ca.10/01 305 914-02

168 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (347 002-02) ↓ Schutzgerät INT 69VS, 230 V ,50/60Hz
Protection device
1 2 ca.12/04 347 028-01 SE-B2 , 230 V ,50/60Hz
Dispositif de protection

169 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 2 380 402-01 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 4 x 10, DIN84, Ms.
sechskant
Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

170 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 4 1 380 501-52 Linsenschraube M 6 x 12, DIN7985- 4.8

Oval head screw
4 2 ca.12/93 380 501-54 Vis à tête ovale M 6 x 16, DIN7985

171 4J-13.2 / -22.2 1 372 811-02 Dichtungssatz

Set of gaskets
4H-15(.2) 1 372 811-03
Jeu de joints
4G-20(.2) / -30(.2) 1 372 811-04 [incl. 24, 33, 35, 45, 60, 67, 70, 74, 77, 83, 88, 94, 105,
108, 112, 114, 115, 120, 121, 212, 135, 163]
6J-22.2 / -33.2 1 372 811-05
4H-25(.2) 1 372 811-06
6H-25(.2) / -35(.2) 1 372 811-07
6G-30(.2) / -40(.2) 1 372 811-08
6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 372 811-09
4H-(.2) 1 372 812-01 Dichtungssatz
Set of gaskets
W4HA(L) 1 372 812-06
Jeu de joints
4G(.2) 1 372 812-02 [incl. 24, 33, 35, 60, 67, 74, 77, 83, 88, 94, 105, 108, 112,
114, 115, 120, 121, 206, 211, 212, 213, 220]
W4GA(L) 1 372 812-07
6H(.2) 1 372 812-03
W6HA(L) 1 372 812-08
6G(.2) 1 372 812-04
W6GA(L) 1 372 812-09
6F.2 1 372 812-05
W6FA(L) 1 372 812-10

172 Stator / Rotor komplett

4J-13.2 1 346 277-12 9,5 kW, Ø 223, 146 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 277-14 9,5 kW, Ø 223 x 146 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 277-46 9,5 kW, Ø 223 x 146 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
4H15(.2) 1 1/78/141000 346 277-12 11,0 kW, Ø 223 x 146 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 277-14 11,0 kW, 223 x 146 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 277-46 11,0 kW, Ø 223 x 146 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
4J-22.2 1 346 294-12 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 294-14 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 294-46 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
4G-20(.2) 1 2/78/142000 346 294-12 15,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 294-14 15,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 294-46 15,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
6J-22.2 1 346 306-12 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 306-14 16,0 kW, Ø 223, x 190,5 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
 346 306-46 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)

78／278

31
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.
4H-25(.2) 1 12/77/132000 346 306-12 18,5 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
6H-25(.2)
346 306-14 18,5 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 306-46 18,5 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
4G-30(.2) 1 1/85/281000 346 318-12 22,0 kW, Ø 223 x 203,2 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
6G-30(.2)
346 318-14 22,0 kW, Ø 223 x 203,2 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 318-46 22,0 kW, Ø 223 x 203,2 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
6J-33.2 1 346 332-12 24,0 kW, Ø 223 x 222 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 332-14 24,0 kW, Ø 223 x 222 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 332 46 24,0 kW, Ø 223 x 222 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
6H-35(.2) 1 9/77/129000 346 332-12 26,0 kW, Ø 223 x 222 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
346 332-14 26,0 kW, Ø 223 x 222 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 332-46 26,0 kW, Ø 223 x 222 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
6G-40(.2) 1 1/85/281000 346 330-12 30,0 kW, Ø 223 x 234,9 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
6F-40
346 330-14 30,0 kW, Ø 223 x 234,9 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 330-46 30,0 kW, Ø 223, 234,9 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
6F-50.2 1 346 331-51 37,0 kW, Ø 223 x 234,9 380 YY-3-50 (PW)

173 6F-40.2 / -50.2 1 367 121-01 Spannplatte 80 x 80

Clamping plate
Plaque de serrage

110

174 6F-40.2 / -50.2 4 380 302-05 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 12 x 50, DIN912-10.9
6F.2 sechskant
W6FA Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

110

(175) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 124-01 Dichtung 165 x 120 x 3

Gasket
Joint

(176) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 372 137-02 Dichtung 905 x 2,5

Gasket
Joint

190 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 2/94/462001 343 213-04 Ölsumpfheizung 140 W / 220 V

4H .. 6F.2 Crankcase heater
oder/or/ou
W4HA .. W6FA Résistance de carter
343 213-03 [incl. 191] 140 W / 110 V
oder/or/ou
343 213-02 140 W / 24 V
Achtung! Nur verwendbar mit Tauchhülse Pos. (192).
Attention! Only usable with immersion sleeve (item 192).
Attention! Seulement utilisable avec doigt de gant (no. 192).

191 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 1 (389 006-01) ↓ Gerätesteckdose kompl. DIN43650

4H .. 6F.2 Elect. connector
1 2 1/95/481000 389 002-01
W4HA .. W6FA Contact à fiches

190

192 4J-13.2..6F-50 1 2/94/462001 345 906-02 Tauchhülse 3

/8“- NPTF
4H .. 6F.2 Heater sleeve
W4HA .. W6FA Doigt de gant

193 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 366 110-01 Verschluss-Stopfen 1/

8“-27 NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
W4HA .. W6FA Bouchon de fermeture

125

79／278

32
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

200 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 (366 102-01) ↓ Verschluss-Stopfen 3/

8“-18 NPTF, Ms.
W4HA .. W6FA Sealing plug
1 2 ca.03/98 366 110-03 Bouchon de fermeture 3
/8“-18 NPTF, St.

201 4H .. 6F.2 1 366 012-01 Winkel-Verschraubung

W4HA .. W6FA Angle screwed joint
Vissage á vis coudé

202 4H .. 6F.2 1 360 101-03 Leitung für Ölrückführung Ø6x1

W4HA .. W6FA Pipe for oil return
Conduite pour retour d’huile

203 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 3/93/443 001 (374 017-01) ↓ Wellenabdichtung komplett

Shaft seal complete
1 2 10/94/470000 374 017-03
Garniture d’étancheité com-
W4HA .. W6FA 1 1 3/93/443001 (374 017-02) ↓ plète NH3
[incl. 204..208]
1 2 10/94/470001 374 017-04
W4HAL .. W6FAL 1 374017-05 SIC

204 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 3/93/443001 (374 001-04) Wellenabdichtung, rotier. Teil

Shaft seal, rotary part
1 2 10/94/470001 374 001-06* Ensemble presse étoupe mobile
W4HA .. W6FA 1 1 3/93/443001 (374 001-05) [incl. 205, 206, 210, 211] NH3

203
1 2 10/94/470001 374 001-07* *nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
W4HAL .. W6FAL 1 374 001-08* pas livrable séparément SIC

(205) 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 (374 009-03) Gleitring Ø 64 x 50,8 x 8,5

W4HA .. W6FA Slip ring
1 2 3/93/443001 —* —
Bague d’étanchéité
[incl. 206]

204
* nicht einzeln lieferbar
* cannot be delivered separately
* pas livrable séparément

(206) 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 372 001-15 O-Ring Ø 47 x Ø 4

O-ring
1 2 3/93/443001 372 003-28 Ø 50,39 x 3,53
Joint à section circulare
W4HA .. W6FA 1 3/93/443001 372 010-05
203, 204 Ø 50,39 x 3,53 NH3

207 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 12/74/F001R (383 101-05) Steckkerbstift Ø 4 x 10, DIN1472

W4HA .. W6FA Half length reserve taper
0 2 10/94/470000 — grooved dowel pin —
Goupille entaillée à inseration

208 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 12/74/F001R (305 416-03) Wellenabdichtung stat. Teil

W4HA .. W6FA Shaft seal stationary part
0 2 3/93/443001 —*
Ensemble étanchéite fixe
[incl. 209..214]

203
* nicht einzeln lieferbar
* cannot be delivered separately
* pas livrable séparément

209 4H .. 6F.2 1 10/94/470001 305 413-07* Verschlussdeckel Ø 142 x 31

W4HA .. W6FA Sealing cover
1 305413-08* spezielle Ausführung - SIC
Couvercle de fermeture

208
* nicht einzeln lieferbar
* cannot be delivered separately
* pas livrable séparément

(210) 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 12/74/F001R (312 003-01) Gegenring Ø 69,5 x Ø 50,4 x 13,5

W4HA .. W6FA Stationary ring
1 2 3/93/443001 —* Bague fixe —

204
* nicht einzeln lieferbar
* cannot be delivered separately
* pas livrable séparément

80／278

33
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

(211) 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 (372 001-18) O-Ring Ø 60 x Ø 5

O-ring
1 2 3/93/443001 (372 001-21) Ø 61 x Ø 4,5
Joint à section circulaire
1 3 10/94/470001 372 001-25
203, 204 Ø 63,09 x 3,53
W4HA .. W6FA 1 1 3/93/443001 (372 001-21) Ø 61 x 4,5 (NH3)
1 2 10/94/470001 372 010-04 Ø 63,0 x 3,53 (NH3)

212 4H .. 6F.2 1 372 313-02 Dichtung Ø 142 x Ø 106,5 x 0,5

W4HA .. W6FA Gasket
Joint

171, 203

213 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 379 000-01 Filzring Ø 64 x Ø 50 x 3, Filz

W4HA .. W6FA Felt ring
1 2 11/91/411000 382 501-05 Ø 58 x Ø 50 x 4, RWD
Bague feutre

171, 208, 415

214 4H .. 6F.2 1 1 (366 100-01) ↓ Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/8“-27NPTF
W4HA .. W6FA Sealing plug
1 2 ca.03/98 366 110-01 Bouchon de fermeture 1/
8“-27NPTF, St.

208

215 4H .. 6F.2 8 7/76/Z001T 380 155-08 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 30, DIN933-10.9

W4HA .. W6FA Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale

216 4H .. 6F.2 1 384 001-06 Passfeder A8 x 7 x 45, DIN6885

W4HA .. W6FA Parallel key
Clavette parallèle

217 4H .. 6F.2 1 303 602-11 Riemenscheibe komplett Ø 230 x86

W4HA .. W6FA Pulley complete
Poulie complète

218 4H .. 6F.2 1 382 112-01 Sicherungsblech

W4HA .. W6FA Locking plate
Plaque d’arret

219 4H .. 6F.2 1 381 214-01 Nutmutter M 40 x 1,5

W4HA .. W6FA Grooved nut
Ecrou cannelé

220 4H .. 6F.2 1 372 001-20 O-Ring Ø 126 x Ø 4

W4HA .. W6FA O-ring
Joint à section circulaire

171, 415

221 4H .. 6F.2 0 1/84/26100 — Stiftschraube —

W4HA .. W6FA Double-ended stud
Boulon filetée

222 4H .. 6F.2 0 1/84/261000 — Federring —

W4HA .. W6FA Spring washer
Rondelle-ressort

223 4H .. 6F.2 0 1/84/261000 — Sechskantmutter —

W4HA .. W6FA Hexagon nut
Écrou hexagonal

224 4H .. 6F.2 1/2 380 902-02 Ringschraube M 12, DIN580

W4HA .. W6FA Eye bolt
Vis à bague

81／278

34
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

250 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 302 355-10 Leistungsregler „CR“ komplett luftgekühlt

4H .. 6F.2 Capacity regulator complete air cooled
W4HA .. W6FA Régulator de puissance compl. refroidie à air
[incl. 251,265,268]
oder/or/ou
302 355-05 wassergekühlt
water cooled
refroidie à eau
oder/or/ou
302 355-06 seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistant
résistant à l’eau de mer

251 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 302 354-08 Zylinderkopf mit Kolben „CR“ luftgekühlt
4H .. 6F.2 Cylinder head „CR“ with piston air cooled
W4HA .. W6FA Tête de culasse „CR“ inclus refroidie à air
piston
oder/or/ou [incl. 252.. 263]
302 354-03
250 wassergekühlt
water cooled
refroidie à eau
oder/or/ou
302 354-04 seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistant
résistant à l’eau de mer

252 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 2/3 1 (372 612-01) ↓ Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6FA 2/3 2 ca.11/00 (372 616-01) ↓ Joint 253 x 155 x 0,5
2/3 3 ca.09/04 372 616-03
171,251,330

253 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 ca.06/93 (302 350-17) Zylinderkopf mit Sitzring „CR“ luftgekühlt
4H .. 6F.2 Cylinder head with bush air cooled
W4HA .. W6FA oder/or/ou Tête de culasse inclus baque refroidie à air
de butée
1 ca.06/93 (302 350-13) [incl. 255] wassergekühlt

251 water cooled
oder/or/ou refroidie à eau
1 ca.06/93 (302 351-20) seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistant
résistant à l’eau de mer

(254) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 366 110-01 Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/8“-27 NPTF, St.
4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
W4HA .. W6FA 0 2 ca.06/93 — Bouchon de fermeture —

253

(255) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (380 391-51) ↓ Verschluss-Schraube R 3/4“, DIN906

4H .. 6F.2 Sealing screw
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 ca.07/03 (366 132-01) ↓ Vis de fermeture R 3/4“, DIN906 - MS.

253
1 2 ca.11/03 380 391-55

256 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (382 111-01) Sicherungsring 7 x 1 DIN6799

4H .. 6F.2 Retaining ring with lugs
1 2 (382 221-11)* 9 x 1 DIN471
W4HA .. W6FA Circlip d’arrêt

260
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

257 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 8/87/328000 (313 000-10)* Verschluss-Scheibe Ø 37 x 3,3 x 9,1

4H .. 6F.2 Blanking plate
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle de fermeture

260
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

82／278

35
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

258 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 383 103-04 Steckkerbstift 3 x 8, DIN1474

4H .. 6F.2 Half length reserve taper
W4HA .. W6FA grooved dowel pin
Goupille entaillée à inseration

251

259 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (325 000-07)* Druckfeder Ø 27,5 x 29,5

4H .. 6F.2 Pressure spring
W4HA .. W6FA Ressort de pression

260
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

260 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (314 200-01) ↓ Kolben komplett Ø 31,4 x 34,4 x Ø 9

4H .. 6F.2 Piston complete
1 2 ca.01/01 347 654-02
W4HA .. W6FA Piston complet
[inc.256,257,259,261,262,263]

251

261 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (375 003-01)* Verschluss-Scheibe Ø 31,6 x 3,1

4H .. 6F.2 Blanking plate
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle de fermeture

260
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

262 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (313 000-04)* Scheibe Ø 22,5 x 1,2 x 9,1

4H .. 6F.2 Washer
W4HA .. W6FA Rondelle

260
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

263 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (382 111-01) Sicherungsscheibe 7 x 1 DIN6799

4H .. 6F.2 Circlip
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 (382 221-11)* Rondelle circlip 9 x 1 DIN 471

260
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

264 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 13 380 056-03 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 60, DIN931-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

265 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 9/87/329000 (347 602-03) ↓ Magnetventil „CR“ komplett NH3, R12, R22, R502
4H .. 6F.2 Solenoid valve „CR“ complete
1 2 ca.07/96 347 600-03
W4HA .. W6FA Vanne magnétique „CR“ com-
plète
[incl. 266,277,281,283,284]

250

266 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (372 704-02) ↓ Dichtung 89 x 52 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
1 2 ca.04/97 372 712-01 89 x 52 x 0,25 Retall
W4HA .. W6FA Joint

265

268 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 380 056-10 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 100, DIN931-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

250

83／278

36
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

277 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (343 308-01) ↓ Spule 220V 50/60 Hz

4H .. 6F.2 Coil
1 2 ca.06/05 343 309-02 220V 50 Hz
W4HA .. W6FA Bobine
oder/or/ou
265
343 311-01 220V 60 Hz
1 1 (343 305-01) ↓ 110V 50/60 Hz
1 2 ca.04/05 343 311-02 110V 60 Hz
343 305-02 24V 50 Hz
1 343 304-05 115V DC
1 1 (343 304-03) ↓ 24V DC
1 2 ca.09/04 343 304-04
1 343 304-01 48V DC
1 343 304-02 42V DC

281 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 9/87/329000 (347 155-02) ↓ Magnetventil „CR“ NH3, R12, R22, R502
4H .. 6F.2 Solenoid valve „CR“ (Danfoss)
1 2 ca.04/96 347 690-02
W4HA .. W6FA Vanne magnétique „CR“

265

283 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 7/81/207001 389 002-01 Gerätesteckdose DIN43650

4H .. 6F.2 Elect.connector
W4HA .. W6FA Prise de courant

265

284 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 9/87/329000 (375 038-01) ↓ Befestigungsmutter

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon nut
W4HA .. W6FA Ecrou à six pans
1 2 ca.01/00 375 068-01 Spulenbefestigung
Coil fixation
0 3 ca.06/02 —
Fixation de bobine

265

84／278

37
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

300 44J-26(.2) 1 302 909-01 Umbausatz, Tandem Verdichter

44H-30(.2) Conversion kit, Tandem compressor
Kit de couplage, Compresseur tandem
44H-50(.2) 1 302 909-03
[incl. 60, 301.. 317, 327,328]
44J-44(.2) 1 302 909-02
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

301 44J-26(.2) 1 302 902-01 Zwischenstück Ø 286 x 326

44H-30(.2) Intermediary
Pièce intermédiaire
44J-44(.2) 1 1/85/281000 302 908-01 Ø 286 x 381

300
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

302 44J-26(.2) 20 380 057-06 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 100, DIN931-10.9

44H-30(.2) Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale
44J-44(.2) 20 1/85/281000 380 057-07
300 M 12 x 110, DIN931.10.9
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

303 44J-26(.2) 4 380 703-02 Stiftschraube M 12 x 100, DIN939-10.9

44H-30(.2) Double-ended stud
Boulon filetée
44J-44(.2) 4 1/85/281000 380 703-03
300 M 12 x 110, DIN939-10.9
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

304 44J-26(.2) 4 381 101-07 Sechskantmutter M 12

44H-30(.2) Hexagon nut
Écrou hexagonal
44J-44(.2) 4 381 101-07 M 12
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

305 44J-26(.2) 1 372 301-03 Dichtung Ø 76 x Ø 60 x 1

44H-30(.2) Gasket
Joint
44J-44(.2) 1 372 301-05 Ø 105 x 86 x 1

330
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

306 44J-26(.2) 1 362 002-01 Sauggas-Filter Ø 61 x 201

44H-30(.2) Suction gas filter
Filtre d’aspiration
44J-44(.2) 1 362 002-02 Ø 85 x 201
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2
85／278

38
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

307 44J-26(.2) 1 372 301-03 Dichtung Ø 76 x Ø 60 x 1

44H-30(.2) Gasket
Joint
44J-44(.2) 1 372 301-05 Ø 105 x Ø 86 x 1

330
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

308 44J-26(.2) 4 1 (380 059-05) ↓ Sechskantschraube M 16 x 100, DIN931-10.9

44H-30(.2) Hexagon head screw
4 2 ca.12/92 380 009-53 Vis à tête hexagonale M 16 x 100, DIN931-8.8
44J-44(.2) 4 1 (380 059-07) ↓ M 16 x 140, DIN931-10.9
44H-50(.2)
4 2 ca.12/92 380 009-54 M 16 x 140, DIN931-8.8
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

309 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 4 382 001-57 Unterleg-Scheibe A17; DIN125, St.

44H-50(.2) Washer
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Rondelle
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

310 44J-26(.2) 1 1 (361 312-03) ↓ Saug-Absperrventil Ø 54 (21/8“) (Nobis)

44H-30(.2) Suction shut-off valve
1 2 361 313-02 Vanne d’arrêt à l’aspration Ø 54 (21/8“) (Nobis) St.
[incl. 311..317]
44J-44(.2) 1 1 (361 312-05) ↓ Ø 76 (31/8“) (Nobis)
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) 1 2 361 313-03 Ø 76 (31/8“) (Nobis) St.
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

311 44J-26(.2) 1 1 (365 311-03) ↓ Rohr-Anschluss Ø 54 (21/8“) Ms.

44H-30(.2) Pipe connection
1 2 365 321-03 Raccord de tube Ø 54 (21/8“) St.

310
44J-44(.2) 1 365 321-05 Ø 76 (31/8“) St.
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

312 44J-26(.2) 1 372 303-02 Dichtung Ø 75 x Ø 60 x 2

44H-30(.2) Gasket
Joint
44J-44(.2) 1 372 303-03 Ø 105 x Ø 85 x 2

310, 330
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

86／278

39
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

313 44J-26(.2) 1 367 121-02 Spannplatte 110 x 110 (Nobis)

44H-30(.2) Clamping plate
Plaque de serrage
44J-44(.2) 1 367 121-03 140 x 140 Nobis)

310
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

314 44J-26(.2) 4 380 109-09 Sechskantschraube M 16 x 55, DIN933-8.8

44H-30(.2) Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale
44J-44(.2) 4 380 111-01 M 18 x 70, DIN931-8.8,
44H-50(.2) Nobis
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

315 44J-26(.2) 1 1 (382 401-16) Dichtring Ø 40 x Ø 32,5 x 2 Al

44H-30(.2) Joint ring
0 2 — —
Joint annulaire
44J-44(.2) 1 1 (382 401-16)
310, 330 Ø 40 x Ø 32,5 x 2 Al
44H-50(.2)
0 2 — —
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

316 44J-26(.2) 1 9/87/329001 375 014-05 Schutzkappe GFK (Nobis)

44H-30(.2) Protecting cap
Chapeau de protection
44J-44(.2) 1 9/87/329001 375 014-05
310 GFK (Nobis)
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

317 44J-26(.2) 1 366 110-02 Verschluss-Stopfen 1

/4“-18NPTF, St.
44H-30(.2) Sealing plug
Bouchon de fermeture
44J-44(.2) 2 366 110-02 1

310 /4“-18NPTF, St.
44H-50(.2)
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2)
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

318 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 4 5/80/185000 380 306-23 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 25, DIN912-10.9
44H-30(.2) sechskant
44H-50(.2) Hexsocket cheese head screw
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
66J-44.2 / -66.2 creux
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 8 1 (380 057-04) ↓ M 12 x 80, DIN931-10.9
8 2 ca.12/92 380 007-52 M 12 x 80, DIN931-8.8

87／278

40
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

319 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 5/80/185000 361 311-01 Druck-Absperrventil komplett Ø 28 (11/8“) Löt.
44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Discharge shut of valve
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) complete
Robinet d’arrêt au refoulement
66J-44.2 / -66.2 2 361 311-02 Ø 35 (13/8“) Löt.
complète
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
[incl. 322..326]
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 361 313-01 Ø 42 (15/8“)

320 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 5/80/185000 367 023-01 Anschlussflansch 91 x 48

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Connecting flange
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Brude de raccord
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 300 903-01 Zwischenflansch 295 x 96 x 93 GG
Intermediate flange
Bride intermédiaire

321 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 372 200-04 Dichtring Ø 38 x Ø 35 x 1,5

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Joint ring
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Joint annulaire
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 372 301-02 Dichtung Zwischenflansch Ø 70 x Ø 54 x 1
Gasket intermediate flange
Joint bride intermédiaire

319, 330

322 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 366 000-06 Rohr-Anschluss Ø 28 (11/8“) Löt.

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Pipe connection
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Raccord de tube

319
66J-44.2 / -66.2 2 366 000-07 Ø 35 (13/8“) Löt.
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 1 (365 311-01) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“) Ms.
2 2 365 321-14 Ø 42 (15/8“) St.

323 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 372 200-04 Dichtring Ø 38 x Ø 35 x 1,5, Tefl.

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Joint ring
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Joint annulaire
66J-44.2 / -66.2
319, 330
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 372 303-01 Dichtung Ø 52 x Ø 37 x 2
Gasket
Joint

319, 330

324 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 0 10/85/290000 — Dichtring —

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Joint ring
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Joint annulaire
66J-44.2 / -66.2
319, 330
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 0 9/87/329000 — —

88／278

41
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

325 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 10/85/290000 375 014-03 Schutzkappe GFK

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Protecting cap
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Chapeau de protecion
66J-44.2 / -66.2
319
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 9/87/329000 375 014-04 GFK

326 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 366 202-01 Verschluss-Stopfen 7/

16“-20UNF
44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Sealing plug
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Bouchon de fermeture
66J-44.2 / -66.2
319
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 1 (366 101-01) ↓ 1/
4“-18NPTF, Ms
2 2 ca.03/98 366 110-02 1/
4“-18NPTF, St.

327 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 0 12/87/332000 — Verschluss-Stopfen —

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Sealing plug
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Bouchon de fermeture
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

328 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 0 12/87/332000 — Verschluss-Stopfen —

44H-30(.2) / -50(.2) Sealing plug
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) Bouchon de fermeture
66J-44.2 / -66.2
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2)
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2)
66F-80.2 / -100.2

329 44J-26(.2) / -44(.2) 2 1 7/88/347000 (327 501-05) ↓ U-Schiene 80 x 45 x 1400

44H-30(.2) U-rail
Rail en U
1 2 ca.01/99 326 055-03 Rahmen 1342 x 470 x 88
Frame
Chássis
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) 2 1 7/88/347000 (327 501-06) ↓ U-Schiene 80 x 45 x 1490
44H-50(.2) U-rail
Rail en U
1 2 ca.01/99 326 055-03 Rahmen 1342 x 470 x 88
Frame
Chássis
66J-44.2 / -66.2 2 1 7/88/347000 (327 501-07) ↓ U-Schiene 80 x 45 x 1490
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2) U-rail
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2) Rail en U
66F-80.2 / -100.2
1 2 ca.01/99 326 055-03 Rahmen 1342 x 470 x 88
Frame
Chássis

330 44J-26(.2) 1 372 813-01 Dichtungssatz

44J-44(.2) Set of gaskets
44H-30(.2) Jeu de joints
[incl. 24, 33, 35, 45, 60, 83, 94, 105, 108, 120, 121, 135,
44G-40(.2) / -60(.2) 1 372 813-02 163, 305, 307, 312, 315, 321, 323, 324]
44H-50(.2) 1 372 813-03
66J-44.2 / -66.2 1 372 813-04
66H-50(.2) / -70(.2) 1 372 813-05
66G-60(.2) / -80(.2) 1 372 813-06
66F-80.2 / -100.2 1 372 813-07

89／278

42
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

331 66F-80.2 / -100.2 2 367 121-01 Spannplatte 80 x 80

Clamping plate
Plaque de serrage

319

332 66F-80.2 / -100.2 8 380 302-05 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 50, DIN912-10.9

Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale

319

90／278

43
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

350 S4G-12.2 1 366 104-02 Verschluss-Stopfen 3/

4“-14 NPTF
Sealing plug
S6J-16.2 2 366 104-02 Bouchon de fermeture
S6H-20.2
S6G-25.2
S6F-30.2
S6H.2
S6G.2
S6F.2
S66J-32.2 4 366 104-02
S66H-40.2
S66F-50.2 / -60.2

351 S4G-12.2 1 304 018-01 Ventilplatte komplett Hochdruck-Seite

Valve plate complete High pressure
S6J-16.2 1/2 304 016-01
Plaque à clapets complète Côte haute pression
S66J-33.2
[incl. 354, 355]
S6H-20.2 1/2 304 016-02
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2 1/2 304 016-03
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2 1/2 1 304 016-04 [incl. 358]
S66F-60.2
1/2 2 1/92/421000 304 016-04
S6F.2

352 S4G-12.2 1 304 016-07 Ventilplatte komplett Niederdruck-Seite

mit Verschluss-Stopfen Low pressure side
S6J-16.2 1/2 304 016-05
Valve plate complete Côte basse pression
S66J-33.2
with plug
S6H-20.2 1/2 304 016-06 Plaque à clapets complète
S66H-40.2 avec bouchon de fermeture
S6H [incl. 354, 356, 357]
S6G-25.2 1/2 304 016-07
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2 1/2 304 016-08
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

353 S6J-16.2 1/2 304 016-09 Ventilplatte komplett Niederdruck-Seite

S66J-32.2 mit Druckentlastungs-Ventil Low pressure side
Valve plate complete Côte basse pression
S6H-20.2 1/2 304 016-10 with pressure relief valve
S66H-40.2 Plaque à clapets complète
S6H.2 avec soupape de décharge
S6G-25.2 1/2 304 016-11 [incl. 354, 356, 358]
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2 1/2 304 016-12
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

91／278

44
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

354 S4G-12.2 1 372 511-09 Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1,0 Ø 70

Gasket Hochdruck-Seite
Joint High pressure side

351, 352, 353, 415 Côte haute pression
1 372 511-06 253 x 155 x 1,2 Ø 75
Niederdruck-Seite
Low pressure side
Côte basse pression
S6J-16.2 3/6 372 511-05 253 x 155 x 1,2 Ø 65
S66J-32.2
S6H-20.2 3/6 372 511-04 253 x 155 x 1,2 Ø 70
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2 3/6 372 511-06 253 x 155 x 1,2 Ø 75
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2 3/6 372 511-08 253 x 155 x 1,2 Ø 82
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

355 S4G-12.2 1/2 1 (372 612-04) ↓ Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1

S6J-16.2 Gasket
1/2 2 ca.11/00 (372 616-02) ↓ 253 x 155 x 0,5
S6H-20.2 Joint
S6G-25.2 1/2 3 ca.03/05 372 616-04
S6F-30.2 Hochdruck-Seite
S66J-32.2 High pressure side
S66H-40.2 Côté haute pression
S66G-50.2
351, 359,415
S66F-60.2
S6H.2
S6G.2
S6F.2

356 S4G-12.2 2/4 1 (372 612-01) ↓ Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1

S6J-16.2 Gasket
S6H-20.2 2/4 2 ca.11/00 (372 616-01) ↓ Joint 253 x 155 x 0,5
S6G-25.2 2/4 3 ca.09/04 372 616-03
S6F-30.2 Niederdruck-Seite
S66J-32.2 Low pressure side
S66H-40.2 Côté basse pression
S66G-50.2
352, 353,359,415
S66F-60.2
S6H.2
S6G.2
S6F.2

357 S4G-12.2 1/2 3/76/L001T 366 110-05 Verschluss-Stopfen 3/

4“-14NPTF, St.
S6J-16.2 Sealing plug
S66J-32.2 Bouchon de fermeture
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2 Niederdruck-Seite
S6H.2 Low pressure side
S6G-25.2 Côté basse pression
S66G-50.2
352
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

92／278

45
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

358 S4G-12.2 0 — Druckentlastungs-Ventil —

Pressure relief valve
S6J-16.2 1/2 361 100-03 NPTF 3/4“, 15 bar
Soupape de décharge
S66J-32.2

351, 353 Niederdruck-Seite
S6H-20.2 Low pressure side
S66H-40.2 Côté basse pression
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2 1/2 361 100-03 NPTF 3/4“, 15 bar
S66F-60.2 Niederdruck-Seite
S6F.2 Low pressure side
und/and/et Côté basse pression
1/2 1/92/421000 361 100-01 NPTF 3/4“, 34 bar
Hochdruck-Seite
High pressure side
Côté basse pression

359 S4G-12.2 1/2 1 (302 335-01) ↓ Zylinderkopf 155 x 253 x 68

S6J-16.2 Cylinder head
1/2 2 ca.06/02 302 360-14
S66J-32.2 Tête de culasse
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2 Hochdruck-Seite
S6H.2 High pressure side
S6G-25.2 Côté basse pression
S66G-50.2
S6G.2 [incl. 355]
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

360 S4G-12.2 1 302 320-02 Zylinderkopf 155 x 253 x 62,5

S6J-16.2 Cylinder head
2/4 1 302 320-02 155 x 253 x 62,5
S66J-32.2 Tête de culasse
S6H-20.2 2/4 2 1/92/421003 (302 339-01) ↓ 155 x 253 x 62,5
S66H-40.2 Niederdruck-Seite
S6H.2 2/4 3 ca.06/02 302 360-16 Low pressure side
S6G-25.2 Côté basse pression
S66G-50.2
S6G.2 [incl. 356]
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

366 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 361 500-01 Schrader Ventil 7/ x 1/8“-

16“-20UNF
S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Schrader valve 27 NPTF
S6H..S6F.2 Vanne Schrader

367 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 1 (372 704-01) ↓ Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Gasket
S6H..S6F.2 1/2 2 ca.01/01 372 712-01 Joint 91 x 52 x 0,25

415

368 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 1 (369 101-01) ↓ Flansch 91 x 52 x 68

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Flange
1/2 2 ca.11/00 367 015-21 91 x 52 x 13
S6H..S6F.2 Bride

369 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 1 (372 704-01) ↓ Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Gasket
1/2 2 ca.01/01 372 712-01 91 x 52 x 0,25 Retall
S6H..S6F.2 Joint

415

370 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 380 056-12 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 120, DIN931-10.9

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Hexagon head screw
S6H..S6F.2 Vis à tête hexagonale

371 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 1 (380 156-08) ↓ Sechskantschraube M 10 x 40, DIN933-10.9

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Hexagon head screw
1/2 2 380 156-09 M 10 x 45, DIN933-10.9
S6H..S6F.2 Vis à tête hexagonale

93／278

46
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

372 S4G-12.2 1 361 310-07 Druck-Absperrventil komplett Ø 28 (11/8“)

Discharge shut of valve
S6J-16.2 1/2 361 310-08 complete Ø 35 (13/8“)
S6H-20(.2) Robinet d’arrêt au refoulement
S6G-25(.2) complète
S6F-30.2 [incl. 373..377]
S66J-32..S66F-60.2
S6H..S6F.2

373 S4G-12.2 1 366 000-06 Rohr-Anschluss Ø 28 (11/8“)

Pipe connection
S6J-16.2 1/2 366 000-07 Raccord de tube Ø 35 (13/8“)
S6H-20(.2)
372
S6G-25(.2)
S6F-30.2
S66J-32..S66F-60.2
S6H..S6F.2

374 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 372 200-04 Dichtring Ø 38,1 x Ø 35 x 1,5

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Joint ring
S6H..S6F.2 Joint annulaire

372, 415

376 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 10/85/290001 375 014-03 Schutzkappe GFK

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Protecting cap
S6H..S6F.2 Chapeau de protection

372

377 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 366 202-01 Verschluss-Mutter 7/

16“-20UNF
S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Sealing nut
S6H..S6F.2 Écrou de fermeture

372

378 S4G-12.2 1 1 (372 704-01) ↓ Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1

Gasket
1 2 ca.01/01 372 712-01 Joint 91 x 52 x 0,25 Retall
S6J-16.2 1/2 372 301-02
415 Ø 70 x Ø 54 x 1
S66J-32.2
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

379 S4G-12.2 1 362 001-10 Sauggas-Filter Ø 30 x 60

Suction gas filter
S6J-16.2 1/2 362 002-06 Filtre d’aspiration Ø 50 x 140
S66J-32.2
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

94／278

47
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

380 S4G-12.2 1 380 056-10 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 100, DIN931-10.9

Hexagon head screw
S6J-16.2 4/8 ca.12/92 380 007-52 M 12 x 80, DIN931-10.9
Vis à tête hexagonale
S66J-32.2
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

381 S4G-12.2 1 361 310-08 Saug-Absperrventil Ø 35 (13/8“)

Suction shut-off valve
S6J-16.2 1/2 1 (361 312-01) ↓ Vanne d’arrêt à l’aspiration Ø 42 (15/8“)
S66J-32.2 [incl. 382..388, 424, 425]
1/2 2 ca.11/96 361 313-01
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2 1/2 1 (361 312-13) ↓ Ø 42 (15/8“) Ø 54 (21/8“)
S66G-50.2
1/2 2 ca.11/96 361 313-13
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66-60.2
S6F.2

382 S4G-12.2 0 — Anschlussflansch —

S6J-16.2 Connecting flange
S66J-32.2 Brude de raccord
S6H-20.2
381
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66-60.2
S6F.2

383 S4G-12.2 0 — Dichtring —

S6J-16.2 Joint ring
S66J-32.2 Joint annulaire
S6H-20.2
381, 415
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

384 S4G-12.2 1 366 000-07 Rohr-Anschluss Ø 35 (13/8“)

Pipe connection
S6J-16.2 1/2 1 (365 311-01) ↓ Raccord de tube Ø 42 (15/8“) Ms.
S66J-32.2
381
S6H-20.2 1/2 2 365 321-14 Ø 42 (15/8“) St.
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2 1/2 365 321-08 Ø 42 (15/8“) Ø 54 (21/8“)
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

95／278

48
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

385 S4G-12.2 1 372 200-04 Dichtring Ø 38,1 x Ø 35 x 1,5

Joint ring
Joint annulaire

381, 415
S6J-16.2 1/2 372 303-01 Dichtung Ø 52 x Ø 37 x 2
S66J-32.2 Gasket
S6H-20.2 Joint
S66H-40.2
381, 415
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

386 S4G-12..S6F-30 0 10/85/290001 — Dichtring —

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Joint ring
S6H..S6F.2 Joint annulaire

381, 415

387 S4G-12.2 1 10/85/290001 375 014-03 Schutzkappe GFK

Protecting cap
S6J-16.2 1/2 ca.11/96 375 014-04 GFK
Chapeau de protection
S66J-32.2

381
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

388 S4G-12.2 1 366 202-01 Verschluss-Mutter 7/

16“-20UNF
Sealing nut
Écrou de fermeture

381
S6J-16.2 1/2 1 (366 101-01) ↓ Verschluss-Stopfen 1
/4“-18 NPTF, Ms.
S66J-32.2 Sealing plug
S6H-20.2 1/2 2 366 110-02 Bouchon de fermeture 1
/4“-18 NPTF, St.
S66H-40.2
381
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

389 S4G-12..S6F-30 1 372 301-03 Dichtung Ø 76 x Ø 60 x 1

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Gasket
S6H..S6F.2 Joint

415

390 S4G-12..S6F-30 4 380 159-05 Sechskantschraube M 16 x 50, DIN933-10.9

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Hexagon head screw
S6H..S6F.2 Vis à tête hexagonale

391 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 372 704-03 Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1,5

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Gasket
S6H..S6F.2 Joint

415

96／278

49
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

392 S4G-12..S6F-30 2/4 1 (380 156-06) ↓ Sechskantschraube M 10 x 30, DIN933-10.9

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Hexagon head screw
S6H..S6F.2 Vis à tête hexagonale
2/4 2 380 306-32 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 10 x 30, DIN912-10.9
sechskant
Hexsocket cheese head screw
Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
creux

394 S4G-12.2 1 360 508-01 Zwischendruckmischleitung

Interstage manifold
S6J-16.2 1 360 504-01 Conduite de pression intermêdiaire
S6H-20.2
S6G-25.2
S6F-30.2
S66J-32.2 1 360 505-01
S66H-40.2
S66G-50.2
S66F-60.2
S6H.2 1 360 504-02
S6G.2
S6F.2

395 S4G-12.2 1 377 006-01 Isolierung

Insulation
S6J-16.2 1 377 002-02
Tuyau flexible isolant
S6H-20.2
S6G-25.2
S6F-30.2
S66J-32.2 1 377 002-03
S66H-40.2
S66G-50.2
S66F-60.2
S6H.2 1 377 002-01
S6G.2
S6F.2

396 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 1 (347 002-02) ↓ Schutzgerät INT 69VS, 230 V ,50/60Hz
S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Protection device
S6H..S6F.2 1/2 2 ca.12/04 347 028-01 Dispositif de protection SE-B2 , 230 V ,50/60Hz
oder/or/ou
1 347 004-01 INT 389,230 V ,50/60Hz

397 S4G-12..S6F-30 1/2 1 (347 023-01) ↓ Druckgas-Temperaturfühler NPTF 1/8“, 140 °C

S66J-32..S66F-60.2 Discharge gastemperatur sen-
S6H..S6F.2 1/2 2 347 023-03 sor
Sonde de temperature du gaz
de refoulement

398 S4G-12.2 Kältemittel-Einspritzventil ohne Unterkühler

Liquid injection valve without subcooler
Détendeur d’injection de liquid sans sous-refroidisseur

1 ca.12/97 361 404-09 R 22 TEX 2 , Düse 02

361 404-02 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 01
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
 1 ca.12/97 361 404-04 R 22 ,R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 03
361 404-03 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 02(to<-60°C)

97／278

50
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.
S6J-16.2 ohne Unterkühler
S66J-32.2 without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-03 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 02
361 404-09 R 22 TEX 2 , Düse 02
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-05 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 04
361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 03(to<-60°C)
361 404-04 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 03
S6H-20.2 ohne Unterkühler
S66H-40.2 without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-03 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 02
361 404-09 R 22 TEX 2 , Düse 02
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-06 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 05
361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 03(to<-60°C)
361 404-06 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 05
S6G-25.2 ohne Unterkühler
S66G-50.2 without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 03
361 404-10 R 22 TEX 2 , Düse 03
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-06 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 05
361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 03(to<-60°C)
361 404-06 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 05
S6F-30.2 ohne Unterkühler
S66F-60.2 without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 03
361 404-10 R 22 TEX 2 , Düse 03
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1/2 ca.12/97 361 404-07 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 06
361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 03(to<-60°C)
361 404-06 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 05
S6H.2 ohne Unterkühler
without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1 ca.12/97 361 404-03 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 02
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1 ca.12/97 361 404-04 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 03
361 404-03 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 02(to<-60°C)
361 404-06 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 05 98／278

51
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.
S6G.2 ohne Unterkühler
without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1 ca.12/97 361 404-04 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 03
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1 ca.12/97 361 404-05 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 04
361 404-03 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 02(to<-60°C)
361 404-06 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 05
S6F.2 ohne Unterkühler
without subcooler
sans sous-refroidisseur
1 ca.12/97 361 404-04 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 03
mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1 ca.12/97 361 404-06 R 404A TEVI 2 , Düse 05
361 404-03 R 404A TEVI 2,Düse 02(to<-60°C)
361 404-06 R 22 TEVI 2 , Düse 05

399 S4G-12.2 1 360 401-17 Leitung für Druckausgleich Ø6

Equalizing line
S6J-16.2 1/2 360 401-16 Conduite
S6H-20(.2)
S6G-25(.2)
S6F-30.2
S66J-32..S66F-60.2
S6H..S6F.2

400 S4G-12.2 1/2 1 (361 800-02) ↓ Schauglas Ø 10, Löt. x 109

S6J-16.2 Sight glass
S6H-20(.2) 1/2 2 8/97/528000 361 822-01 Voyant
S6G-25(.2) oder/ou/or
S6F-30.2
S66J-32..S66F-60.2 1/2 1 (361 800-03) ↓ Ø12, Löt. für Betrieb
S6H..S6F.2 mit Unterkühler
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur
1/2 2 8/97/528000 361 822-02 Ø 12, Löt x 146

401 S4G-12.2 1/2 347 100-02 Magnetventil Ø 10, Löt. EVR 6

S6J-16.2 Solenoid valve
oder/or/ou
S6H-20(.2) Vanne magnétique
S6G-25(.2) 347 101-02 Ø 12, Löt. für Betrieb mit
S6F-30.2 Unterkühler,EVR 10
S66J-32..S66F-60.2 with subcooler
S6H..S6F.2 avec sous-refroidisseur

402 S4G-12.2 1/2 1 (362 101-03) ↓ Filtertrockner Ø 10

S6J-16.2 Filter drier
1/2 2 362 101-05
S6H-20(.2) Filtre déhydrateur
S6G-25(.2) oder/or/ou
S6F-30.2
S66J-32..S66F-60.2 1/2 1 (362 101-04) ↓ Ø 12, Löt. für Betrieb mit
S6H..S6F.2 Unterkühler
1/2 2 362 101-06
with subcooler
avec sous-refroidisseur

99／278

52
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

403 S4G-12.2 1 353 002-02 Unterkühler 312 x 72 x 34

Subcooler
S6J-16.2 1/2 353 002-01 312 x 72 x 47,5
Sous-refroidisseur
S66J-32.2
S6H-20.2
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

406 S4G-12.2 1 384 001-14 Passfeder A 12 x 8 x 60

Parallel key
S6J-16.2 1/2 384 001-18 Clavette parallèle A 12 x 8 x 100
S66J-32.2
S6H-20.2 1/2 384 001-18 A 12 x 8 x 100
S66H-40.2
S6G-25.2 1/2 384 001-16 A 12 x 8 x 80
S66G-50.2
S6F-30.2 1/2 384 001-18 A 12 x 8 x 100
S66F-60.2

407 S6J-16.2 1/2 311 000-06 Distanzhülse Ø 60 x 55

S66J-32.2 Spacer bush
Bague d’espacement
S6H-20.2 1/2 311 000-08 Ø 60 x 35
S66H-40.2

408 S4G-12.2 1 ca.11/00 380 166-05 Sechskantschraube M 16 x 55, DIN933-10.9

Hexagon head screw
S6J-16.2 1/2 ca.11/00 380 166-03 M 16 x 40, DIN933-10.9
Vis à tête hexagonale
S6H-20(.2)
S6G-25(.2)
S6F-30.2
S66J-32..S66F-60.2
S6H..S6F.2

409 S66J-32..S66F-60.2 1 302 902-01 Zwischenstück Ø 286 x 326

Intermediary
Pièce intermédiaire

410 S66J-32..S66F-60.2 20 2/77/Y001U 380 057-06 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 100, DIN931-10.9

Hexagon head screw
Vis à tête hexagonale

411 S66J-32..S66F-60.2 4 2/77/Y001U 380 703-02 Stiftschraube M 12 x 100, DIN939-10.9

Double-ended stud
Boulon filetée

412 S66H-40.2 1 372 301-03 Dichtung Ø 76 x Ø 60 x 1

S66G-50.2 Gasket
Joint

415

413 S66H-40.2 1 362 002-01 Sauggas-Filter Ø 61 x 201

S66G-50.2 Suction gas filter
Filtre d’aspiration

414 S66J-32.2 1 326 055-03 Rahmen 1342 x 470 x 88

S66H-40.2 Frame
S66G-50.2 Chássis
S66F-60.2

100／278

53
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

415 S4G-12.2 1 372 818-01 Dichtungssatz

Set of gaskets
S6J-16.2 1 372 816-01
Jeu de joints
S6H-20.2 1 372 816-02 [incl. 24,33,35,45,60,83,88,94,105,135,163,354,355,356,
367,369,374,378,385,389,391,418,423]
S6G-25.2 1 372 816-03
S6F-30.2 1 372 816-04
S66J-32.2 1 372 816-05
S66H-40.2 1 372 816-06
S66G-50.2 1 372 816-07
S66F-60.2 1 372 816-08
S6H.2 1 372 816-09 [incl. 24,33,35,60,83,88,94,105,206,211,212,213,220,
354,355,356,367,369,374,378,385,386,389,391,418,423]
S6G.2 1 372 816-10
S6F.2 1 372 816-11

416 Stator / Rotor komplett

S4G-12.2 1 1 (346 266-06) ↓ 9,2 kW, Ø 223 x 133 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
1 2 346 098-46
1 1 (346 266-04) ↓ 9,2 kW, Ø 223 x 133 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
1 2 346 098-14
1 1 (346 266-02) ↓ 9,2 kW, Ø 223 x 133 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
1 2 346 098-12
S6J-16.2 1/2 346 277-46 9,2 kW, Ø 223 x 146 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
S66J-32.2
346 277-14 9,2 kW, Ø 223 x 146 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 277-12 9,2 kW, Ø 223 x 146 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
S6H-20.2 1/2 346 294-46 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
S66H-40.2
346 294-14 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 294-12 16,0 kW, Ø 223 x 165,1 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
S6G-25.2 1/2 346 306-46 18,5 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
S66G-50.2
346 306-14 18,5 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 306-12 18,5 kW, Ø 223 x 190,5 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50
S6F-30.2 1/2 346 318-46 22,0 kW, Ø 223 x 203,2 380 .. 420 YY-3-50 (PW)
S66F-60.2
346 318-14 22,0 kW, Ø 223 x 203,3 380 ∆ / 660 Y-3-50
346 318-12 22,0 kW, Ø 223 x 203 220 ∆ / 380 Y-3-50

417 S6J-16.2 1/2 1/92/421003 360 503-02 Saug-Kollektor

S66J-32.2 Suction header
S6H-20.2 Collecteur d’aspiration
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

101／278

54
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

418 S6J-16.2 2/4 1 (372 704-03) ↓ Dichtung 91 x 52 x 1,5

S66J-32.2 Gasket
2/4 2 ca.01/01 372 712-01 91 x 52 x 0,25
S6H-20.2 Joint
S66H-40.2
415
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

419 S6J-16.2 1/2 1 (380 702-08) Stiftschraube M 10 x 100, DIN939-8.8

S66J-32.2 Double-ended stud
0 2 1/92/421003 — —
S6H-20.2 Boulon filetée
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

420 S6J-16.2 1/2 1 382 201-05 Federring A 10, DIN127

S66J-32.2 Spring washer
S6H-20.2 0 2 1/92/421003 — Rondelle-ressort —
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

421 S6J-16.2 1/2 1 381 101-06 Sechskantmutter M 10, DIN934-8.8

S66J-32.2 Hexagon nut
0 2 1/92/421003 — —
S6H-20.2 Écrou hexagonal
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

422 S6J-16.2 3/6 1 380 056-10 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 100, DIN931-10.9

S66J-32.2 Hexagon head screw
S6H-20.2 4/8 2 1/92/421003 (380 156-06) ↓ Vis à tête hexagonale M 10 x 30, DIN931-10.9
S66H-40.2 4/8 3 ca.03/03 380 306-32 M 10 x 30, DIN912-10.9
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

423 S6J-16.2 1/2 372 301-02 Dichtung Ø 70 x Ø 54 x 1

S66J-32.2 Gasket
S6H-20.2 Joint
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

102／278

55
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

424 S6J-16.2 1/2 367 121-01 Spannplatte 80 x 80

S66J-32.2 Clamping plate
S6H-20.2 Plaque de serrage
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2 1/2 367 121-08
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

425 S6J-16.2 4/8 380 057-15 Sechskantschraube M 12 x 50, DIN931-10.9

S66J-32.2 Hexagon head screw
S6H-20.2 Vis à tête hexagonale
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2 4/8 380 302-05 Zylinderschraube mit Innen- M 12 x 50, DIN912-10.9
S66G-50.2 sechskant
S6G.2 Hexsocket cheese head screw
S6F-30.2 Vis à tête cylindrique á six pans
S66F-60.2 creux
S6F.2

426 S6J-16.2 1/2 1 (377 003-01) Isolierung

S66J-32.2 Insulation
1/2 2 5/91/405000 377 003-02
S6H-20.2 Tuyau flexible isolant
S66H-40.2
S6H.2
S6G-25.2
S66G-50.2
S6G.2
S6F-30.2
S66F-60.2
S6F.2

103／278

56
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

450 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 302 357-10 Anlaufentlastung komplett „SU“ luftgekühlt

4H .. 6F.2 Start unloader complete air cooled
W4HA .. W6FA Dispositif de démarrage refoidie à air
à vide complet
oder/or/ou
[incl. 451,463,465]
302 357-05 wassergekühlt
water cooled
refroidie à eau
oder/or/ou
302 357-06 seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistant
résistant à l’eau de mer

451 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 302 356-06 Zylinderkopf mit Kolben „SU“ luftgekühlt
4H .. 6F.2 Cylinder head „SU“ with piston air cooled
W4HA .. W6FA.. Tête de culasse „SU“ inclus refoidie à air
piston
oder/or/ou [incl.452..456,460,461]
302 356-03
450 wassergekühlt
water cooled
refroidie à eau
oder/or/ou
302 356-04 seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistant
résistant à l’eau de mer

452 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50 2/3 1 (372 612-01) ↓ Dichtung 253 x 155 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6FA 2/3 2 ca.11/00 (372 616-01) ↓ Joint 253 x 155 x 0,5
2/3 3 ca.09/04 372 616-03
171, 451

453 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (302 350-06) Zylinderkopf mit Sitzring „SU“ luftgekühlt
4H .. 6F.2 Cylinder head with bush air cooled
W4HA .. W6FA Tête de culasse incl. bague de refoidie à air
butée
oder/or/ou
451
(302 350-02) [incl. 455] wassergekühlt
water cooled
refroidie à eau
oder/or/ou
(302 351-12) seewasserbeständig
sea-water resistant
résistant à l’eau de mer

454 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 1 (366 100-01) ↓ Verschluss-Stopfen 1/8“-27NPTF, Ms.

4H .. 6F.2 Sealing plug
2 2 366 110-01 1/8“-27NPTF, St.
W4HA .. W6FA Bouchon de fermeture

451

(455) 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (380 391-51) ↓ Verschluss-Schraube DIN960, R3/4“

4H .. 6F.2 Sealing screw
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 ca.07/03 (366 132-01) ↓ Vis de fermeture R3/4“,DIN960 - MS.
1 3 ca.11/03 380 391-55

456 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 383 103-04 Steckkerbstift 3 x 8, DIN1474

4H .. 6F.2 Taper grooved dowel pin
W4HA .. W6FA Coupille fendue

451

457 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 7/85/287000 (380 906-03)* Sperrzahnschraube M 5 x 12

4H .. 6F.2 Self locking screw with serrated
W4HA .. W6FA bearing surface
Vis de sécurité à action mécha-
nique par dents de blocage

460
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
*cannot be delivered separately
*pas livrable séparément

104／278

57
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

458 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (311 008-01)* Druckbuchse Ø 14 x 3,7

4H .. 6F.2 Pressure bush
W4HA .. W6FA Douille depression

460
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
*cannot be delivered separately
*pas livrable séparément

459 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 (375 005-01)* Dichtring PTFE Ø 21 x 3

4H .. 6F.2 Joint ring
W4HA .. W6FA Joint annulaire

460
*nicht einzeln lieferbar
*cannot be delivered separately
*pas livrable séparément

460 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (314 201-01) ↓ Kolben komplett Ø 31,7 x 20,8

4H .. 6F.2 Piston complete
1 2 ca.01/01 347 650-02
W4HA .. W6FA Piston complet
[incl. 457,458,459]

451

461 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 325 010-06 Feder Ø 20 x 40

4H .. 6F.2 Spring
W4HA .. W6FA Ressort

451

462 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 13 380 056-03 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 60, DIN931-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

463 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 9/87/329000 (347 602-04) ↓ Magnetventil „SU“ komplett NH3, R12, R22, R502
4H .. 6F.2 Solenoid valve „SU“ complete
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 ca.07/96 347 600-04 Vanne „SU“ complète
[incl. 464,466,467,468,469]

450

464 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (372 704-02) ↓ Dichtung 89 x 51 x 1

4H .. 6F.2 Gasket
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 ca.04/97 372 712-01 Joint 89 x 52 x 0,25 (Retall)

463

465 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 2 380 056-10 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 100, DIN931-10.9

4H .. 6F.2 Hexagon head screw
W4HA .. W6FA Vis à tête hexagonale

450

466 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 9/87/329000 (347 156-02) ↓ Magnetventil „SU“ (NH3, R12, R22, R502)
4H .. 6F.2 Solenoid valve „SU“ (Danfoss)
1 2 ca.07/96 347 691-02
W4HA .. W6FA Vanne magnétique „SU“

463

467 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 (343 308-01) ↓ Spule 220V 50/60 Hz

4H .. 6F.2 Coil
W4HA .. W6FA 1 2 ca.06/05 343 309-02 Bobine 220V 50 Hz
oder/or/ou
463
343 311-01 220V 60 Hz
1 1 (343 305-01) ↓ 110V 50/60 Hz
1 2 ca.04/05 343 311-02 110V 60 Hz
343 305-02 24V 50 Hz
1 343 304-05 115V DC
1 1 (343 304-03) ↓ 24V DC
1 2 ca.09/04 343 304-04
1 343 304-01 48V DC
1 343 304-02 42V DC

105／278

58
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

468 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 389 002-01 Gerätesteckdose komplett DIN 43650

4H .. 6F.2 Elect. connector of the device
W4HA .. W6FA Prise de courant de appareil

463

469 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 1 375 068-01 Spulenbefestigung

4H .. 6F.2 Coil fixation
0 2 ca.05/05 —
W4HA .. W6FA Fixation de bobine

463

470 4J-13.2 .. 6F-50.2 1 347 023-03 Druckgas-Temperaturfühler 140°C

4H .. 6F.2 Discharge gastemperatur sen-
W4HA .. W6FA sor
Sonde de temperature du gaz
de refoulement

106／278

59
 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change / Toutes modifications résérvées 09.05

Bitzer Kühlmaschinenbau GmbH

Eschenbrünnlestraße 15
71065 Sindelfingen (Germany)
Tel. +49(0)7031 932-0
Fax +49(0)7031 932-146 & -147
www.bitzer.de • www.bitzer-corp.com
eMail: [email protected]

107／278
 JL Marine & Engineering Pte Ltd
1 Kian Teck Drive Singapore 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

COMPRESSORS FAIL MAIN REASONS

PART A. REFRIGERANT FLOOD BACK

Refrigerant flood back occurs during the running cycle of the machine. This is where large volumes of
liquid refrigerant are returned to the running compressor down through the Suction pipe work, in an
uncontrolled manner.

Depending on the degree of liquid returning to the compressor, determines as to what damage will
occur. This can often be seen as foaming in the compressors’ oil level sight glass.

If liquid is drawn into the cylinder bores, the lubrication to the cylinders and pistons will be washed
away causing scoring and overheating in the cylinder, which in turn will lead to small metallic
particles contaminating the inside of the machine. This liquid will also dilute the lubricating oil in the
compressor sump. As the oil becomes more and more diluted with liquid refrigerant, its ability to
lubricate becomes compromised.

when this liquid rich oil is drawn up through the crankshaft to lubricate the bearings, con rods,
cylinder walls, etc due to friction the refrigerant in the oil starts to flash Off into a vapour, this then
prevents the oil being able to lubricate the necessary parts, and typically the main bearing and the con
rods, furthest from the oil pick up point, will quickly dry out and then seize. Sometimes the upper
main bearing will wear so badly
that it can cause rotor / stator contact and a burnout, or more often, the upper most con rods seize onto
the crankshaft and as the motor continues to rotate the crank, thereby breaking the aluminum con rods,
and eventually the pistons as well. When liquid has caused con rods to seize onto the crankshaft the
crankshaft journal will be found to have aluminum from the con rod welded onto the bearing surface
of the crankshaft. This is caused by the liquid refrigerant virtually exploding from the oil due to the
heat of friction from the bearing surfaces. As the con rods and pistons are broken, large pieces of
debris are thrown around the compressor shell and motor area, these can cause motor winding
insulation damage and motor burn out. Very often the initial diagnosis is the motor burn out, but the
actual failure was refrigerant flood back.
Flood back often occurs during night time operation when the duty requirements are low, and the
equipment has excess capacity. Often expansion valves are oversized for the system duty and each time
the compressor starts or large product loads are introduced to the plant, the expansion valve will be
forced to open, and over feeding of the evaporator, even more so if the superheat setting has been set too
low, will be the result. Thermostatic expansion valves are forced to open by the suction pressure falling
which causes a fall in pressure under the expansion valves’ diaphragm. This pressure fall reacts faster
than the charge in the expansion valve bulb and initially the expansion valve is driven open. Until the
bulb charge reacts and the bulb pressure starts to fall to help close the valve, liquid refrigerant will rush
into the evaporator in a virtually uncontrolled manner (The bigger the valve the larger the liquid
quantity). Once this liquid reaches the suction pipe work its next port of call is back to the compressor.

1
108／278
 JL Marine & Engineering Pte Ltd
1 Kian Teck Drive Singapore 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg
Monitoring the expansion valve superheat setting under all conditions and setting the superheat to a
point that is stable and can be maintained under all load conditions will often cure the problem. Fitting a
smaller capacity orifice may be needed to achieve this stable control. Upgrading to an electronic
expansion valve or by fitting a suction line accumulator may be necessary in systems that cannot be
controlled by older conventional controls.

CAUSE OF LIQUID FLOOD BACK.

1. Low Evaporator loads

2. Oversized equipment
3. Cold room product distribution (poor air circulation in cold room caused by lights, racking etc)
4. Faulty evaporator fans
5. Oil logging in evaporator
6. Poor evaporator defrosting or defrost schedules (Iced up evaporator / No air flow poor heat transfer)
7. Oversized Expansion Valve Orifice
7a. Wrong type expansion valve
7b. Expansion valve equalization tube restricted or blocked (Capillary tube?
Oil logged? Etc)
7c. Expansion valve bulb strap loose or bulb in the wrong position on the suction pipe. 7d. Superheat
Setting too low

Preventative measures to avoid Refrigerant Flood back.

1. Expansion Valve duty must be checked for the correct size orifice
2. Superheat setting must be set for minimum 6-8 Degree K Superheat
(Thermostatic). Can be lower if electronic EEV used
3. Fit correct size Suction Accumulator with proper oil return function
4. Check and reset Defrost control as necessary
5. Fully check the system operation or re-commission the plant

NOTE
Liquid Flood back very often occurs during LOW LOAD conditions, which tends to be during the
night, due to the lack of activity such as Door Openings, product movements, fork truck and the cold
room Personnel which all give an increase to the plant duty. Therefore 24 hour logging of the plant
operating conditions will often help to pinpoint plant problems that only occur during the night
operation, when the plant is unattended.

This series of Field Service Notes has been designed to assist Technicians and Refrigeration Engineers
in understanding the causes of compressor failures, their dia gnosis, rectification and prevention.

2
109／278
 JL Marine & Engineering Pte Ltd
1 Kian Teck Drive Singapore 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

PART B. COMPRESSOR FAIL OTHER REASONS

1. Flooded Starts
2. Liquid Slugging
3. Overheating
4. Lack of Lubrication

The first 4 of these Field Service Notes will cover the above topics and there will be further Notes
covering other causes of failure such as Moisture, Acids, Electrics, Dirt (Copper debris, Welding
debris, ferrous particles etc.)

The answers to what caused a compressor to fail are, in 99.9% of cases, found inside the compressor.
During the compressor strip down the evidence as to the cause will be revealed!

Simply replacing a failed compressor with a new compressor without finding out why the first
compressor failed will most likely simply lead to another failed compressor.

Associated Photo_A

3
110／278
 JL Marine & Engineering Pte Ltd
1 Kian Teck Drive Singapore 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

Associated Photo_B

Associated Photo_C

INFORMATION FROM MAIN COMPRESSOR MAKER AS BELOW:

CARRIER & BITZER & BOCK & SABROE

We hope that the information in this series of Field Service Notes will be of assistance to engineers in
preventing unnecessary compressor failures in the future.

4
111／278
 DATE : 2012-10-15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 33
Page 0

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

AIR HANDLING UNIT

OPERATION MANUAL

112／278
 Operation Instruction

JL MARINE & ENGINEERING PTE LED

Installation and Maintenance

Instructions
for
Air Handling Units

Owing to continued product development JL reserves the right to introduce alterations without prior notice
Document No: OI-03.20100622-1.SG

1
113／278
 Table of Contents

Pages

General Safety, Inspection, Safety precautions & General Warranty Policy 3-4

Handling, Placement & Installation 5-6

Electrical Information 7

Compound Information 8-13

Leak Testing, Evacuation & Dehydration 14-15

Line Insulation 15

System Start-up Check List 16-20

Fan Startup 21

Operating Guideline 21-23

Maintains 23-27

System Troubleshooting 28-29

Customer Instructions 30

Maintenance Program 30

Service Parts Availability 30

Finished Goods Warranty & Service Log 31

Start-up Information 32

Service Parts List 33

2
114／278
 General Safety

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTE

Only a qualified refrigeration mechanic who is familiar with refrigeration systems and
components, including all controls should perform the installation and start-up of the system.
To avoid potential injury, use care when working around coil surfaces (if applicable) or sharp
edges of metal cabinets. All piping and electrical wiring should be installed in accordance with
all applicable codes, ordinances and local by-laws.

WARNING
Always, disconnect and lock off the main power supply on any system that will be worked
on to avoid accidental start up of the equipment.

Inspection
Inspect all equipment before unpacking for visible signs of damage or loss. Check shipping list
against material received to ensure shipment is complete.

IMPORTANT: Remember, you, the consignee, must make any claim necessary against the
transportation company. Shipping damage or missing parts, when discovered at the outset, will
prevent later unnecessary and costly delays. If damage or loss during transport is evident,
make claim to carrier, as this will be their responsibility, not that of the manufacturer.

Should carton be damaged, but damage to equipment is not obvious, a claim should be filed for
“concealed damage” with the carrier.

IMPORTANT: Check the electrical ratings on the unit to make sure they correspond to those
ordered and to electrical power available at the job site. Save all shipping papers, tags, and
instruction sheets for reference by installer and owner.

Safety precautions

Caution
The handling of the unit must be achieved by using the lifting systems suitable for the size
and the weight of the unit.

Caution

NEVER penetrate in a fan section or stay in the unit when the fan is running.

3
115／278
 Caution
DISCONNECT power to the fan-motor assembly before working on this one. Take the fuse
with you if the disconnect switch is not close by.

Caution
DISCONNECT power to the electric heater battery before working on or close to this one. If
the battery was in operation, wait that the heat is dissipated.

Caution
DO NOT open a door before the fan is completely stopped. The pressure generated by the
rotation of the fan can project or open brutally the access door on the person opening this
one.

Caution

DO NOT work on dampers before these are blocked and disconnected.

Caution

MAKE SURE that the fan is well fixed before working on this one.

Caution

DO NOT restart the unit before having checked that all components have been reset.

Caution
NEVER pressurize the unit beyond these specifications and make certain that the dampers
are open.

General Warranty Policy

Please refer to the “Finished Goods Warranty” on page 24.

4
116／278
 Handling, Placement and Installation
IMPORTANT: When selecting a location for the Air handling unit, consideration should be given to some of
the following:

(a) Loading capacity of the floor or roof. Check building codes for weight distribution requirements.
(b) Distance to suitable electrical supply.
(c) Adequate air circulation and ventilation.
(d) Close proximity to water source and floor drains.
(e) Accessibility for maintenance.
(f) Adjacent buildings relative to noise levels.
(g) Wishes of the end user / owner.
When all of the above points have been considered and a specific location chosen, it is advisable to obtain
written approval of this location from the building and/or packaged unit owner. This may be a means of
avoiding disagreement and expense at a later date used to prevent damage.

The unit should be placed on a base, which is level and even. Units should be lagged to sleepers or
support base. Place unit where it will not be subject to damage by traffic or flooding. On critical installations
where noise is liable to be transmitted through the floor structure, vibration isolators should be installed.
Isolators should be installed under mounting base and may be rubber or cork or equal.

A fully qualified and properly equipped crew with the necessary tackle and rigging should be engaged to
locate the unit in position.

LIFTING AND HANDLING: The good method of handling depends on the equipment, the size of the
shipping sections, their final destination.

1. Use a spreader to prevent damage to the unit cabinetry.

2. Before hoisting into position, test lift to insure stability and balance. Avoid twisting or uneven lifting of
the units.
3. Special care shall be taken when handling the fan section.
4. All fans are dynamically balanced before leaving the plant. Rough handling, however, can cause
misalignment of belt drive system. The fan sections shall be carefully inspected before unit installation to
make sure this has not happened.
5. The coil sections as well as the mixing sections having dampers shall also be handled with special
care.
6. All these sections have been inspected before leaving the factory. It is therefore important to insure
that no bolts, screws or other fixing system are loosened or missing before the commissioning.

Caution
All panels of unit cabinetry are coated with a removable plastic film to protect them during the
transportation. This protection shall be removed as soon as the units are received on site, at
the risk of meeting later on with difficulties of peeling caused by sun radiations and bad
weathers.

Caution
For all manipulation, the units must be placed WITH CARE on the ground, the structure and
the welding cannot resist violent shocks. In case of transportation by containers, precautions
shall be taken to avoid these shocks.

5
117／278
 Caution
Make sure the position of the centre of gravity before the handling.
If the centre of gravity would be off-set compared to the location of the slinging bars (or lifting
lugs), take the necessary measures in order to avoid the swing of the module (risk of swing
which can be accentuated by the action of the wind).
The fixing screws of the base frame not being studied to support the weight of the casing
such a swing would tear off the casing from the base frame and would be likely to cause
damage during its fall.

Caution
The handling personnel shall make sure that the lifting straps cannot slip and cause the fall of
the casing.

Caution
If there is a top/bottom opening, a foam gasket shall be installed on the periphery of the
opening BEFORE the installation of the upper casing to ensure the air tightness.

DO NOT USE THE SHIPPING SKID AS A PERMANENT BASE.

The packaged unit should be positioned to allow adequate space for performing service work.

Units equipped with spring-mounted compressors have shipping spacers that are designed to hold the
compressor rigidly during transit to prevent possible damage. Before operating the unit, it is necessary to
remove these spacers. To remove the shipping spacers, follow these steps:
(a) Remove the upper nuts / washers.
(b) Discard the shipping spacers.
(c) Install the rubber cone washers (located in the electrical box).
(d) Replace the upper mounting nuts / washers.
(e) Allow 1/16 inch space between the mounting nuts / washers and the compressor foot.
On units equipped with rigid mounted compressors, check the compressor mounting bolts to insure they
have not vibrated loose during shipping.

6
118／278
 Electrical Information

WARNING
All wiring and connections to the unit must be made in accordance with national as well as local
electrical codes and by-laws.

Electrical wiring should be sized in accordance with the minimum circuit ampacities shown on the unit
nameplate and applicable electrical codes. The unit power connections are approved for copper wire only.

Connect the field power supply through a fused branch circuit disconnect switch. The entering service fuse
must not exceed the maximum over current protection (MOP) value on the unit data plate.

Field connected control circuit wires are terminated directly at the control circuit terminal block in accordance
with the appropriate wiring diagram.

Voltage at the unit terminals must not vary more than the allowable variation during start-up and while under
full load. If the voltage is normal at the supply with the compressor not running and drops considerably when
the switch is closed and the motor is trying to start, there is a high resistance due to undersized wires or
faulty connections. Voltage drop between inoperative and full load must not exceed 3% of line voltage. In
addition, the phase imbalance at the motor terminals should be within 2% on three phase units.

60 Hz Supply 50 Hz Supply
Power Allowable Variation Power Allowable Variation
115-1-60 103-127 V 100-1-50 90-110 V
230-1-60 197-254 V 200/220-1-50 190-242 V
230-3-60 207-254 V 200/220-3-50 180-242 V
440-3-60 396-484 V 380/415-3-50 342-457 V
690-3-60 621-759 V

All systems should use a liquid line solenoid valve (installed at the evaporator) and should be energized by
the room or fixture thermostat.

WARNING
Any deviation or change to the electrical components or wiring as supplied on the original equipment,
or noncompliance with the voltage and phase balance requirements without written authorization will
void the warranty.

7
119／278
 Components Information
1. Water coils

Coils are equipped with steel headers of which the connections are extended to exterior of the unit. Each coil
has two connection orifices one is at higher part and the other at lower part, permitting the same coil to be
used for left hand or right hand water supply.

To insure optimal heat transfer efficiency, water supply of coil should be arranged in counter-flow to the
direction of air. Water inlet and water outlet change from top to bottom orifice depending on whether the coil
connection side is left hand or right hand.

(left hand) (right hand)

Coil connections

Water piping should be in accordance with accepted industry standards. Undue stress should not be applied
at the connection to coil headers. Pipe work should be supported independently of the coils. It is strongly
recommended to install flexible isolators on water inlet and water outlet.

Water piping should have air vent and drain orifice, respectively located at the highest point and the lowest
point of the installation. Manual shut off valves should be used on water inlet and water outlet of the coils to
allow their maintenance. Units must be leveled to insure proper operation and drainage of coils and drain
pan.

WARNING
Check the venting and draining screws. Turn off if needed.

WARNING
When installing couplings, do not apply undue stress to the connection extending through unit panel.
Use backup pipe wrench to avoid breaking the weld between coil connection and header.

2. Condensate drain Pipe

Drain lines should have the same diameter as that of the drain pan connection. Drain pan should have traps
to permit the condensate from the coils to drain freely.
On both blow-through and draw-through units, the trap depth and the distance between the trap outlet and
the drain pan outlet should be twice the static pressure in the drain pan section under normal operation to
assure the trap remains sealed.

8
120／278
 Caution
Drain Pipe should be connected both side of drain pan.

Caution
In case of a coil with optional extractable drain pan, the draining of coil is located inside the casing.
Check the good tightness of the screw.
Sufficient spaces shall be provided to allow the withdrawal of drain pan and/or eliminator (if present)
located behind access door.
The extraction of the eliminator gives access to the draining point of the coil. Install a removable
evacuation allowing to extract and clean the drain pan.

3. Direct expansion coils

The direct expansion coils are supplied charged with nitrogen. They can have several cooling steps (1, 2 or
4 steps). Each coil and/or cooling step has its own refrigerant inlet (equipped with a distributor) and outlet.
Check that coil is complied with requirement, one inlet/outlet per refrigerant circuit.

The 4-step coils will be of the type with 2 distributors top and 2 distributors bottom (see diagram
hereafter).The refrigerant inlet, equipped with a distributor for each circuit, is situated at the battery outlet in
the direction of the air flow.

If the full load evaporation temperature is acceptable, check that it is always suitable under partial load
conditions. We recommend the fitting of a hot gas injection valve to maintain an acceptable evaporation
temperature (battery outlet).

9
121／278
4. Electric heating coils

Standard electric heating coils are STAR wired for 3 phase power supply. Each coil is equipped with an
automatic reset safety thermostat and a manual reset safety thermostat to be wired in the coil control
circuit.

In addition to this protection that you must not forget to connect, we also strongly recommend that you
install- An air flow switch to cut off the power supply in the event of a major reduction in unit air volume- A
control of the electric heater multi-stages acting in relation to air volume changes caused by a multi-speed
fan or a variable speed drive.

Caution
Envisage a time delay maintaining the fan operation 15 minutes after the electric heating coil power
supply is switched off.
The electric heating coils require permanent ventilation.
It is essential to make sure that the ventilation is properly engaged before power supplying electric
heating coil, and that there is a post-ventilation after the stopping of electric heating coil.
The discharge temperature of standard electric heating coils must not exceed 40 °C, if motor and fan
are located downstream the coil.
The installation must allow a dissipation of heat generated by electric heating coil in case of a sudden
current failure.

10
122／278
 We decline all liability for any incidents that might occur due to non-compliance with the above measures.

Warning
When an electric heating coil is used, the damper servo-motors must not have pull-back spring in
order to avoid any inopportune closing of the dampers before complete shutdown of fan caused by a
current failure.
This would prevent evacuation of calories produced by electric heating coil and would involve a rise in
temperature in the air handling unit being able to deteriorate the internal components, to even cause
a fire.

5 Electric motors

The units are not supplied with electrical panel. Wiring on the electric motors must be done at site. All
motors are designed and produced in accordance with the standards in use. The connection of these
motors will be done according to the indications affixed on the nameplate and on the diagram located in the
terminal box. All motors are equipped, as standard, with a normally closed internal overload protection
sensor. This safety device shall be imperatively connected to the control circuit of the motor. The
non-respect of this instruction will cancel compulsorily the warranty on the motor. Electrical panels must not
be mounted on doors or panels providing access to interior of the unit. Power supply cables entering into
the unit, must be run through cable glands (optional) mounted on unit panel. All orifices (for cable entry,
temperature sensors) done on the panels must be sealed to prevent leakage.

Caution
The maintenance and repair switch supplied on single speed motor is not compatible with a
Star/Delta starting.
Use an appropriate switch for such a starting system.

Single speed motors

Dual voltage motors with Skeleton diagrams External connection diagrams
Y/△connection D.O.L. starting Y/△starting

- Voltage : U
- Connection: △(at Lower
marked voltage)
- E.G:110/215/230V/△

- Voltage : U/√3
- Connection: Y(at Higher
marked voltage)
- E.G:400-415/440/690V/Y

Diagrams valid for :

--3 phase 110/215/230V/△ or 400-415/440/690V/Y motors with power from 0.25kw to 4.0kw.
--3 phase 400-415/440/690V/Y motors with power higher or equal to 5.5kw using Y/△starting.

11
123／278
On high kW motors, it is recommended to use a variable speed drive. This equipment limits the absorbed
current at start-up of motors, limits the torque on motor/fan bearings and avoid reducing the lifetime of the
equipment.
Warning: In case of duct in textile, it is mandatory to perform a progressive starting of 10 seconds
minimum.
The standard motors are not equipped with grease nipples. The bearings are factory-greased and have a
lifetime of 40 000 hours in normal conditions of use.
In case of motor is equipped with grease nipples (optional), the greasing shall be carried out every 800
hours.
The lifetime of 40 000 hours is given for a motor used in standard conditions of use (T max = 40 °C). A use
with 50 °C, for example, gives a lifetime of 20 000 hours.

2-speed motors-1
Connection type Skeleton diagrams External connection diagrams
Manually operated Switch operated

△/Y for constant torque

Diagrams valid for 3-phase 400-415/440/690V at 1500 / 750 rpm and 3000 / 1500 rpm.

2-speed motors-2
Connection type Skeleton diagrams External connection diagrams
Manually operated Switch operated

Two separated windings Y/Y

Diagrams valid for 3-phase 400 V at 1500 / 1000 rpm.

12
124／278
6. Humidifier

Water/Steam Humidifiers may be required to ensure minimum humidity levels and to control the air
humidity in rooms served by HVAC systems.

Water/Steam should normally be introduced to ductwork by a single injection point or by a dispersion panel
fitted with calibrated orifices to ensure even water/steam distribution and rapid absorption. Dispersion panel
devices are generally preferred, since they provide shorter absorption distances enabling more compact
installations, with less risk of steam re-condensing on downstream obstructions.

Caution
Humidifiers should generate fresh, odorless from the platform's water system, whether using
un-softened, softened or dematerialized water.

7. System Accessories

In order to ensure trouble free operation of the refrigeration system it is important that the following system
accessories be reviewed and installed.

(a) A moisture indicating LIQUID SIGHT GLASS should be installed in the liquid line between the receiver
and as close as possible to the expansion valve on the evaporator. If it is mounted on the packaged unit, it
will be mounted downstream of the receiver outlet service valve and immediately after the liquid line drier. It
will change color if there is moisture present in the system. It also allows the contractor to detect a shortage
of refrigerant or flash gas in the liquid line. Bubbles are not normally visible in the sight glass of a properly
charged system however it is normal to see bubbles appear in the sight glass for a few minutes when the
compressor starts. Bubbles in a sight glass installed on the packaged unit must never be used as the final
indicator for shortage of refrigerant in the system.

(b) A LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE must be installed at the evaporator. Installing a solenoid valve will
allow all of refrigerant to be pumped out of the low side (evaporator and suction line) when the thermostat
has been satisfied. This reduces the risk of refrigerant migrating or flooding back to the compressor. Locating
the solenoid at the evaporator (instead of the packaged unit) will minimize the pump-down time and
refrigerant capacity required by the receiver.

(c) Units equipped with spring-mounted compressors should have VIBRATION ELIMINATORS in both the
suction and discharge lines. They minimize noise transmission and provide flexibility if it is ever necessary to
remove a compressor. Vibration eliminators should be installed at ninety degrees to the vibration for best
results and whenever possible, in a horizontal position, parallel to the compressor crankshaft. Suction
vibration eliminators MUST be insulated on low temperature systems to prevent refreezing of condensate,
causing expansion damage to the bellows inside the eliminator. This expansion can eventually fatigue the
copper bellows causing rupture and loss of refrigerant.

13
125／278
 Leak Testing
IMPORTANT: All system piping, including the condensing unit and accessories should be thoroughly tested
for leaks prior to start up and charging. The system should be initially pressurized to a maximum of 150 psig
(1136 kPa) with dry nitrogen to ensure that the system is free of major leaks. With the system free of major
leaks, a more detailed leak check should be performed. Discharge the initial dry nitrogen charge and add
enough refrigerant to raise the system pressure up to 10 psig (170 kPa) (tracer amount). Add dry nitrogen to
increase the system pressure to a maximum of 150 psig (1136 kPa). It is recommended that an electronic
leak detector be used when checking for leaks because of its greater sensitivity to small leaks. As a further
check it is recommended that this pressure be held for a minimum of 12 hours and then rechecked. The
system must be leak free for satisfactory operation.

WARNING
HFC-134a has been shown to be combustible at pressures as low as 5.5 psig (140 kPa) at 350 F
(176.7 °C) when mixed with air at concentrations more than 60% air by volume. At lower temperature,
higher pressures are required to support combustion. Therefore, air should never be mixed with
HFC-134a for leak detection.

IMPORTANT ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE

When conventional leak detection methods are employed using HCFC or CFC tracer gas, all of the
tracer gas must be reclaimed and disposed of in a proper manner.

Evacuation and Dehydration

When the system is completely free of refrigerant leaks, an evacuation of the entire system should be
completed by using a “high vacuum” pump. This evacuation, if completed correctly, will ensure long life for
the system as well as elimination of moisture and non-condensable gas problems. Moisture problems
causing compressor failure will void warranty. Follow the recommended procedure carefully.

CAUTION
Do not use the refrigeration compressor to evacuate the system. Never start the compressor or
perform a megger insulation test while the system is in a vacuum.

Dehydration Procedure
Use only a “high vacuum” pump capable of drawing a vacuum of 100 microns. Change the vacuum pump oil
frequently. Gauges or vacuum measuring instruments should be suitable to measure conditions at any stage
of the process in order to give the operator indications of progress. For specific recommendations, refer to
the vacuum pump supplier for these instruments.

Copper jumper lines should be used to interconnect both high and low-pressure sides of the system. These
lines should be at least 3/8” O.D. in order to handle the light density vapor at high vacuum obtained at
completion of operation. Lines smaller than 3/8” O.D. will slow down the process considerably as well as
making final system vacuum questionable. The entire system temperature should be over 60 F (16 °C) for
evacuation to be effective. If the temperature is less than 60 F (16 °C), the final vacuum should be 50
microns. Double evacuation with a “sweeping’’ of dry nitrogen is recommended. First evacuation should be
to at least 750-micron depth. When this point is reached, break the vacuum with refrigerant or dry nitrogen to
melt any moisture, which may have frozen during the first vacuum stage.

14
126／278
 IMPORTANT ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE
When conventional leak detection methods are employed using HCFC or CFC tracer gas, all of the
tracer gas must be reclaimed and disposed of in the proper manner.

Reclaim any tracer gas from the system and re-evacuate to a final vacuum of at least 100 microns at a
minimum 60 F (16 °C) system temperature. With this degree of evacuation, all moisture and
non-condensable will be removed from the entire system.

Line Insulation
After the final system leak test is complete, it is important that all refrigerant /chilled water lines exposed to
high ambient conditions must be insulated to reduce the heat pick-up and prevent the formation of flash gas
in the liquid lines. Suction /chilled water lines should be insulated with 3/4 inch wall insulation, Armstrong
“Armaflex” or equal. To prevent rupture due to condensate re-freezing, all suction vibration eliminators on
low temperature systems must be completely insulated. Liquid lines exposed to high ambient temperatures
should be insulated with 1/2 inch wall insulation or better. Any insulation that is to be located in an outdoor
environment should be protected from UV exposure to prevent deterioration of the insulating value.

15
127／278
 System Start-up Check List

IMPORTANT START-UP NOTE

Only a qualified refrigeration system which is familiar with unit performance and the function and
adjustment of all controls and components should start up the air handling unit, Finishing up work on
the installations should be planned so that a qualified mechanic is on the job for at least the first full
day that the unit is in operation.

When performing startup and service, thorough safety precautions shall always be taken. Only qualified
individuals should perform these functions.

1. Check that the unit is completely and properly installed with ductwork connected and that the
protective plastic film has been removed.

2. Check that all construction debris is removed and filters are clean.

3. Check that the electrical work is complete and properly terminated.

4. Check that the electrical connections are tight and that the proper voltage is connected.

5. Check that all holes for cable entry are tightly sealed.

6. Check tightness of setscrews on motor, bearing and fans.

7. Check alignment of fan and motor pulleys and belt tension (see drawings below). Check pulley
tightening.

8. Check that venting and draining caps are properly closed. Be careful, in case of coil with
extractable drain pan and "T" headers, the draining cap is located inside the unit (cap can be
reached through a 4-lock access door).

9. Check that coil and drain pan connections are properly done.

10. Leak test thermal system to insure that connections are tight.

11. Check that condensate drain is trapped.12. Check that fans rotate freely.

During the first 2 hours of operation :

- Observe the running to detect possible vibrations, abnormal noises, excessive

absorbed current.
- If required, check pulley tightening, control belt tension and carry out the adjustments.

After the first 24 hours of operation :

- Check and if necessary realign the pulleys and retighten the belts.
- Check tightening of fan-motor assembly screws and nuts and of the pulleys by
referring to the tightening guide.
- Check bearing locking on fan shafts.
- Check free rotation of fan wheel, its position and its tightening on the shaft.

16
128／278
Fans

Belt alignment

Belt tensioning
If you do not posses a special belt tension measurement tool, you can apply the following methods :

Approximate method :

Proper fan operation is determined by correct belt tension. To ensure correct belt tension you must measure
the tension of each belt with the aid of a dynamometer. At the mid-point of the free length "T", measure a
perpendicular force capable of guiding the belt with a 1.5 mm deflection "f" for every 100 mm of "T". Then
compare the result with the dynamometric values F' and F" on the following chart.

17
129／278
Simplified method :

The majority of the belts used allows to ensure the right belt tension obtained from a tension indicator printed
on the back of the belt.

1. Tighten the belt progressively by controlling the length between the two points of reference.

2. When it is equal to that marked on the belt, turn the pulley for few rotations.

Check again the length from the exterior of the indicator reference marks.

The good respect of the installation rules ensures the best optimization of your transmission.

Comments :

1. If F< F', a higher belt tension is required. If F>F', the belts are too tight.

2. A rapid reduction in belt tension occurs during the fan belt running in period. Therefore, when fitting
belts you must tension them 1.3 times more than the deflection "f" indicated in the charts. Belt tension
should be checked regularly and always after the first eight hours of operation.

Problems related to slack drive belts

- Belts spli in the pulley grooves due to excessive wear.

- Excessive noise- Serious belt vibrations - Abnormal loads.

Problems related to over

- Tight drive belts

- Excessive loads on the bearings, the drive shaft and the motor with a resulting decrease in their service
life.

- Increased load on all the other components - Increased vibration and noise.

CAUTION
Any excessive effort can damage fiber of traction.

CAUTION
Never use fatty products or solvents which reduce considerably the adherence factor of the belt.

18
130／278
 CAUTION
If several belts are used, it is imperative to replace, in case of breakdown of one of them, the whole
and never only one.

CAUTION
All transmission changes make null and void the energy classes and the performances given by the
selection sheets.

Shaft parallelism and pulley alignment

Maximal misalignment :  maxi. = 0.5° or  maxi. = 8 mm per meter of centre distance of axes.

Tightening torque of pulleys

Maximal misalignment :  maxi. = 0.5° or  maxi. = 8 mm per meter of centre distance of axes. Control the
tightening of pulleys before the startup, then after one hour of operation.

Screw sizes Torque (Nm)

M6 10
M8 25
M10 49
M12 85

Adjustable pulley adjustment

Mounting

1. The pulley must be mounted on the motor shaft with the aid of the set screws "A".

2. Be sure that both driving and driven pulleys are in alignment and that shafts are parallel (see
paragraph "Belt alignment").

3. Securely tighten the set screw "A" on the keyway of the motor shaft.

19
131／278
Adjusting

1. Loosen the set screw "B" located in the pulley moving

sheave.
2. Adjust the sheave pitch diameter for a desired rotational
speed by opening the moving sheave by half turns or full turns
from the closed position.
3. Securely tighten the set screw "B" on the flat surface of the
pulley fixed sheave.

4. Put on the belt and adjust its tension. Do not force the belt
on the pulley sheaves (see paragraph "Belt tensioning").
5. The future adjustments should be performed by loosening
the belt tension and by increasing or decreasing the pulley
pitch diameter by half turns or full turns as required.
Re-adjust the belt tension before starting the motor.
6. Make certain that all parts are in place and that all set
screws are tight before starting the motor. Check set screws
and belt tension after a 24 hour operation.
Remark: The authorized maximum opening of the pulley is 3.5
turns from the completely closed position. If this maximum
opening is not followed, there is a risk of early breaking of
the belt.

20
132／278
 Fan startup

CAUTION
Before entering any fan section, make sure the electrical power source to the fan motor is
disconnected and locked.

Fan should start and run.

Observe the rotation and if it is not correct, reverse two cables of the 3-phase motor power supply.

Safety precautions

The standard units are not equipped with door guard for personal protection. The access doors must not be
opened while the unit is running to avoid the hazard of moving machinery and strong suction forces tending
to keep the doors in a closed position.

After first 48 hours of operation

1. Disconnect and lock electrical power source. Check the tightness of bearings, wheel and sheave
setscrews (or cap screws).

2. Re-check belt tension and tightening (see table "Tightening torque"), adjust if necessary. Belts
tensioned sufficiently to slip one to two seconds at startup will perform satisfactorily extending life and
reducing vibrations. If re-tensioning is necessary, be certain pulley sheave alignment is retained.

3. Check tightening of plug fan wheel on motor shaft.

Unit storage

If air handling units are to be stored for any period of time, it is important to periodically rotate the fan wheel.
The fan wheel needs to be rotated to prevent any deflection in the fan shaft which could cause unbalanced
fan operation, and or damage the bearings.

Also it is important to keep the fan bearings lubricated. If the fan wheel is not periodically rotated, gease will
settle in the lower part of the bearing. This can lead to oxidation on the upper portion of the bearing surface
which can cause bearing failure.

Operating guidelines
Operating limits

1. Do not exceed operating limits indicated in the following tables. A fan wheel that is operated beyond the
rpm and temperature limits may suffer permanent distortion or fracture. The resulting unbalance may
cause severe unit vibration.

2. Vibrations Fans have been statically and dynamically balanced at works. Any running vibration indicates
an abnormal working and should be stopped.

3. Condensation In certain cases of use, condensation can appear (see table "Operating limits -
Condensation").

21
133／278
Operating limits – Pressure

Type of unit Maximum negative pressure Maximum positive pressure

Low and medium pressure units 1500 Pa 1500 Pa

Temperature limits for some internal components

Fan type L -20 °C / +85 °C

Fan type K -20 °C / +100 °C

Filters -20 °C / +70 °C

Carbon filter -20 °C / +30 °C and 50% HR

Eliminator PPTVb** -20 °C / +80 °C

Dampers -20 °C / +80 °C

Rubber anti-vibration pads -30 °C / +70 °C

Pulleys -20 °C / +80 °C

Thermal wheel -20 °C / +40 °C

Mastic -30 °C / +90 °C

Motor* +60 °C

* For temperatures between 40 and 60 °C, motors must be undersized. At 50 °C, life expectancy of the
motor is divided by 2.
** PPTVb : Polypropylene reinforced by talc.

Under sizing factors of motor power according to the temperature

T(°C) 40 45 50 55 60

Factor 1 0.96 0.92 0.87 0.82

Operating limits - Condensation

Temp./RH of room or Minimum temperature

exterior in AHU

27 °C/50% 3 °C

33 °C/70% 18 °C

45 °C/40% 24 °C

22
134／278
Storage conditions

1. The units are packed with a packaging provided for a short period. Make moving parts turn (motor, wheel,
etc.) at least one time per week. Store safe from bad weather.

2. Do not superpose the units (except they are provided from factory).

Maintenance

Warning
When dismantling a panel or disassembling a module, replace if required the gasket in order to
guarantee the good air tightness of the casing.

The user of the air handling units is responsible for the maintenance of the equipments to keep them in good
condition of operation.

1. Electrical supply to the fan motor must correspond to the rated voltage on the motor nameplate and be
in conformity with the National Electrical Code and local restrictions.

2. Earth wiring to the unit metal structure must be regularly checked.

3. Motor thermal relays and electrical contacts must be regularly checked.

4. Regular servicing: To guarantee the performances and the longevity of the material, the frequency of the
maintenance actions must be regular, adapted to operating conditions and at least 2 times per year. Check
and if required, realign the pulleys and retighten the belts. Check tightening of fan-motor assembly screws
and nuts and of the pulleys by referring to the tightening guide. Check bearing locking on fan shafts, check
free rotation of fan wheel.

5. Filters must be clean to obtain maximum efficiency. They should be inspected periodically and be
replaced if necessary. Units should never be operating without filters.

6. Due to the fact that drain pans in any air conditioning unit will have some moisture in them, algae, etc.,
will grow due to airborne spores and bacteria. Periodic cleaning is necessary to prevent this build-up from
plugging the drain and causing the drain pan to overflow. Also, the drain pans should be kept clean to
prevent the spread of disease. Cleaning should be performed by qualified personnel.

7. The condensate drain pan can pick up lint and dirt, especially with dirty filters. Inspect twice a year to
avoid the possibility of overflow.8. Coils must be clean to obtain the maximum performance. Check once a
year under normal operating conditions and, if dirty, brush or vacuum clean. Care must be taken not to
damage the fins while cleaning.

Caution
Fin edges are sharp and can cause injury hazard. Avoid contact with them.

Fan bearings

The appropriate tools must be used for each maintenance operation. Initial bearing inspection can be
performed by simply listening to the bearing. A bearing in good condition produces a light, uniform noise
when running, whereas a damaged bearing produces a loud and irregular noise.

23
135／278
A low metallic noise created by the standard gap between the components is quite normal, particularly at low
speed.

Vibrations or excessive operating temperature are often a sign of possible damage.

Regularly check seal tightness and the bearing retention system.

Ensure that there are no excessive bearing grease leaks. A small amount of grease seepage is quite normal,
particularly during to first few hours of operation.

We estimate that the bearings fitted to the fans have a mechanical life (L10h) of 40,000 hours when they are
selected in accordance with the standard operating limits and conditions mentioned in the catalogue or when
operated on a properly selected transmission system.

The actual life of the grease contained inside the bearing depends on conditions of use. Therefore, it can be
shorter than the bearing’s mechanical life, e.g: case of chlorinated environment reduces the life time.

L and R version fans are equipped with sealed, greased for life, ball bearings with eccentric ring tightening.
They are mounted on rubber vibration dampers with low electrical resistance and bolted to side cross pieces
(Figure 1).

K version fans are equipped with sealed ball bearings with eccentric ring tightening. They are mounted on
cast iron brackets with greaser, bolted to the side frames (Figure 2).

K1 series fans are equipped with reinforced sealed ball bearings with conical traction sleeve tightening. They
are mounted on self-aligning cast iron brackets with greaser, bolted to the side frames (Figure 3).

K2 series fans are equipped with heavy-duty sealed bearings with a single ball bearing crown (500), a dual
bearing crown (560, 630, 710 and 800) or a dual crown with roller bearings (900 and 1000) mounted on cast
iron brackets with greaser, bolted to the side frames (Figure 4).

Regular lubrication is necessary to guarantee maximum bearing service life.

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4

Bearing lubrication

Many factors may influence re-lubrication requirements: bearing type and dimensions, operating speed,
ambient temperature, pulley dimensions, installed motor capacity, type of grease used and the operating
environment. Therefore, it is only possible to provide a few indications based on available statistical data.

For these reasons, re-lubrication intervals "tf" (period of time after which 99% of bearings are still safely
lubricated, and representing a grease life "L1" with grease life "L10" being approximately 2.7 times the life
L1), can be obtained from the graph opposite by taking account of the rotation speed and bearing diameter.

This graph is valid for bearings on horizontal shafts with normal loads and for temperatures not exceeding 70
°C.

24
136／278
For higher temperatures we suggest that you divide the time between each re-lubrication by two for each 15
°C temperature increase, without exceeding the maximum operating temperature stated in the catalogue.

These values do not apply in the presence of water, humidity or major impurities inside the bearings. In such
circumstances, we recommend that you replace all the grease at frequent intervals.
Never program re-lubrication intervals longer than 30,000 hours.

The quantity of grease to add can be obtained from the following equation for applications under normal
conditions (temperatures not exceeding 70 °C) :
(g/h) = 0.005 x D x B
where :g = quantity of grease (g)h = operating hours D = bearing exterior diameter (mm)B = total bearing
width (mm)

When re-lubricating, you must use the same grease as used for initial lubrication.

Bearing type Grease type

Y* Lithium soap grease DIN 51825-K3N

* For K, K1 and K2 fan versions.

25
137／278
Insertion of plug fan wheel around its inlet cone

Reference Ø (mm) e (mm) P (mm)

2528 280 3.22 3.22

2831 315 3.77 3.07

3735 355 2.97 3.87

3540 400 3.95 4.37

4045 450 3.92 4.27

4550 500 3.98 5.0

5056 560 4.97 5.0

5663 630 4.94 5.3

6371 710 4.97 6.43

7180 800 5.93 6.94

8090 900 7.14 7.5

9010 1000 7.54 8.0

1011 1120 6.04 8.5

Air flow calculation:

qv = Air flow (in m3/h)

K = Calibration factor (see table in section

"Operating guidelines") (in m2.s/h)

ρ= Air density (in kg/m3)

ΔP=Pressure difference (in Pa)

Air filters

Air filters must be used inside the units. In any case they should run without filters. The cleaning of these
filters must be regularly performed according to the utilization or be replaced if necessary.

The tables below show the dimensions and the quantities of the filters to be used for each unit.

CAUTION
An accumulation of dust on the wheel can unbalance the fan.

26
138／278
Winterizing water coils

In winter, due to a general shutdown of the installation or a failure of outdoor air damper control, coil
freeze-up may occur.

To avoid coil damage, it is recommended to drain completely the non used coils or to fill them or other
devices with an anti-freeze solution.

The concentration of anti-freeze solution must be regularly and carefully checked before each winter season.

Caution
The freezing of coils is not the responsibility of the manufacturer.

Preventing heat radiation from heating coils

Run the fan for 30 minutes after using the heating coils.

The humidifier shall be dried if the system is shut down for over 4 hours. Ensure that the fan runs for 30
minutes after the pump is stopped.

Protect the installation against freezing in the event of a prolonged shutdown (drain the pan and the
hydraulic pipes).

During periods when the humidification system is in use

- Regularly drain, clean and disinfect the pan in order to maintain the risks of bacterial proliferation below
the maximum recommended values (refer to the legislation in use).

- Frequently clean and regularly disinfect the pan in a thorough manner.

- De-concentration: Open the de-concentration bleed valve ¼ of a turn and run the pump for ¼ hour. Close
the bleed valve ¼ turn. The frequency of this operation depends on the characteristics of the water supply
network.

During periods when the humidification system is not in use

- Drain the washer pan when the humidification system is not in use.

- Frequently clean and regularly disinfect the pan in a thorough manner.

- Clean each spray nozzle and its orifice (for dismantling, unclip the nozzle and remove it for cleaning by
unscrewing the translucent section). The nozzle should be replaced as required.

27
139／278
 System Troubleshooting
The following System Troubleshooting Guide lists the most common types of malfunctions encountered with
HVAC systems. These simple troubleshooting techniques can save time and money minimizing
unnecessary downtime and end-user dissatisfaction.

Contact the factory or your local sales representative for further information or assistance.

System Troubleshooting Guide

Air Handling Unit
Possible Causes
Problem
1. Check that the pulleys are tightened and aligned properly in accordance with the
recommendations contained in this manual.
ABNORMAL 2. Check that the pulleys do not touch against any metal parts or other components.
TRANSMISSION NOISE 3. Ensure that the belt tension complies with the recommendations contained in this
manual and that, in the case of multi-groove pulleys, the tensions are identical.
4. Ensure that the belts are in good condition, and are not worn greasy or dirty.
1. Ensure that the motor is attached correctly.
2. Ensure that the voltage is correct and that the 3 phases are balanced. Check as
ABNORMAL MOTOR required (qualified personnel) the connections to the terminal blocks and the tightness
NOISE of the connection bars.
3. If the voltage is not correct, check the supply voltage and/or whether the 3 phases are
out of balance. Check bearing resistance.
1. If fan operation seems unbalanced, check that there is sufficient expansion after the
fan and that the network is not blocked and/or dampers are not closed.
2. Ensure that the fan is attached correctly.
3. Ensure that the turbine is centered properly in the scroll and that it has not suffered
any impact (For plug fans, see corresponding section).
4. Ensure that the turbine is in good condition, and is not damaged, greasy or dirty.
5. Check the balancing (No dust accumulation/presence of balancing piece).
ABNORMAL FAN 6. Ensure that there are no foreign bodies in the scroll.
NOISE/VIBRATION 7. Check that the bearings are properly greased (if required) and not faulty.
8. Check that the bearings are properly lubricated, free of any traces of rust, and aligned
properly.
9. Check that the shaft support (if present) is properly tightening.
10. Check that the speed of rotation complies with the operating point. If this is not the
case, check that the network pressure losses comply with the demand.
11. Check that belt tension is sufficient.
12. Check that transmission is not overloaded.
1. Ensure that the duct cross section is appropriate and that the firebreak dampers and
other components inside the duct are properly dimensioned and correctly attached
and do not create pressure losses different to those initially planned.
ABNORMAL
2. Ensure that the transition duct cross section is properly dimensioned and that there
INSTALLATION NOISE
are no brutal changes in duct cross section.
3. Also check that the installation does not contain any excessively tight bends.
4. Check that belt tension is sufficient check that transmission is not overloaded.
1. Ensure that the network pressure losses comply with demand and are perfectly
balanced.
2. Check that motor phase sequence is correct for normal direction of rotation.
3. Ensure that the fan inlet cones are not blocked.
4. Ensure that the duct cross section is appropriate and that the firebreak dampers and
other components inside the duct are properly dimensioned and correctly attached
and do not create pressure losses different to those initially planned.
5. Ensure that the dampers are in the open position.
INSUFFICIENT AIR
6. Ensure that the air intake is not blocked.
FLOW
7. Ensure that expansion of 1.5 times the turbine diameter is present after the fan, before
the elbow.
8. Check that the air handling units internal components are not clogged: filters, coils.
9. Check that the flexible connector/foam seal is in good condition.
10. Check that the air diffuser is fitted properly as detailed in the present manual.
11. Check the belt condition.
12. Check whether transmission initially dimensioned is always appropriate with new
operating point.

28
140／278
 System Troubleshooting Guide
Air Handling Unit
Possible Causes
Problem
1. Ensure that the network pressure losses comply with demand and are perfectly
balanced
HIGH AIR FLOW
2. Ensure that the doors are closed properly.
3. Ensure the presence of all initially planned components: filters, coils.
1. Check that the absorbed power complies with the selection.
2. Check that the installed motor capacity complies with the selection.
MOTOR OVERHEATING
3. Check that the mains supply voltage is normal.
(CHECK TO BE
4. Check the terminal block connections and connection bar tightness and coupling.
PERFORMED BY
5. Check the windings electrical continuity and resistance and/or the installation electrical
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL)
continuity and that there are no partial short circuits.
6.Check that the ambient air temperature does not exceed 40° C.
MOTOR DOES NOT 1. Check (mains supply off) that the motor shaft rotates without any abnormal mechanical
START (CHECK TO BE resistance.
PERFORMED BY 2. Check (mains supply off) that the supply is continuous: fuse, thermal overload
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL) protection (TOP),

1. Check that the pan drain is not blocked.

2. Check that the siphon is correctly dimensioned as detailed in this manual.
STAGNANT WATER IN
3. Check that air handling unit installation is level.
THE COOLING COIL
4. Check in the case of air handling unit has several base frames, that all base frames are
properly on a levelled support.
1. Check whether motor is running normally.
2. If a controller is installed, refer to controller technical specification.
3. If there is a constant drive installed : check that the drive is correctly connected. Note
that all electrical maintenance and installation must be performed by qualified
personnel.
THERMAL WHEEL DOES
4. Disconnect the belt and check that the motor is running correctly.
NOT ROTATE PROPERLY
5. Rotate the wheel by hand (belt disconnected from the motor). Is it possible to smoothly
rotate the wheel or does the wheel interacts with the casing ? If there is mechanical
friction, locate the position.
6. Make sure the diagonal measures of the casing side where the motor is positioned are
equal.
1. Fan unbalanced: Dust accumulation or foreign bodies on the wheel, loss of wheel
balancing piece, wheel damaged following a shock or an over-speed of operation.
2. Fan shaft damaged.
3. Drive failure: Misalignment of pulleys, defective belts or incorrect tension, unscrewing of
VIBRATION CAUSES
pulleys or wheels.
4. Faulty bearings.
5. Electric motor unbalanced.
6. Defective fan suspension.

IMPORTANT TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE

Before any components are changed on the refrigeration/HAVC system, the cause of the failure must
be identified. Further problems will exist unless the true cause or problem is identified and corrected.

29
141／278
 Customer Instructions
Completely fill in Warranty Activation Certificate located inside of the back cover of this Installation and
Maintenance Manual. The top (white) copy should be faxed or mailed per the instructions on this form. The
(pink) copy is for the installing contractor’s files and the (yellow) copy is to be left attached inside of the
Installation and Maintenance Manual for the owner / end user’s future reference.

Give the owner / end user instructions on normal operation of the system. Explain electrical characteristics,
location of disconnect switches as well as other safety precautions. Advise on keeping equipment area clean
and free of debris. If system has operational features, point these out to the operator.

Maintenance Program
In order to ensure that the refrigeration system runs trouble free for many years, a follow-up maintenance
program (consisting of a minimum of two inspections per year) should be set up. A qualified refrigeration
service mechanic should carry out this semi-annual inspection.

The main power supply must be disconnected and locked off to avoid accidental start up of the equipment.
(1) Check electrical components and tighten any loose connections.
(2) Check all wiring and electrical insulators.
(3) Check contactors to ensure proper operation and contact point for wear.
(4) Check that fan motors (if applicable) are operational, ensure fan blades are tight and all mounting
bolts are tight.
(5) Check oil and refrigerant levels in the system.
(6) Ensure that the condenser surface (if applicable) is cleaned and free of dirt and debris.
(7) Check the operation of the control system. Make certain that all of the safety controls are operational
and functioning properly.
(8) Check all refrigeration piping. Make sure that all mechanical joints and flare nuts are tight.

Service Parts Availability

Genuine replacement service parts should be used whenever possible. Refer to the Service Parts List on the
back cover of this Installation and Maintenance Manual or attached to the unit. Parts may be obtained by
contacting your local sales representative or authorized distributor.

30
142／278
 FINISHED GOODS WARRANTY
The terms and conditions as described below in the General Warranty Policy cover all products
manufactured by National Refrigeration.

GENERAL WARRANTY POLICY

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company warrants all Products, including Service Parts,
manufactured by the Company to be free of defects in material or workmanship, under normal use and
application for a period of one (1) year from the original date of installation, or eighteen (18) months from the
date of shipment from the Company, whichever occurs first. Any replacement part(s) so supplied will be
warranted for the balance of the product’s original warranty. The part(s) to be replaced must be made
available in exchange for the replacement part(s) and reasonable proof of the original installation date of the
product must be presented in order to establish the effective date of the warranty, failing which, the effective
date will be based upon the date of manufacture plus thirty (30) days. Any labour, material, refrigerant,
transportation, freight or other charges incurred in connection with the performance of this warranty will be
the responsibility of the owner at the current rates and prices then in effect. This warranty may be
transferred to a subsequent owner of the product.

THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER

(a) Damages caused by accident, abuse, negligence, misuse, riot, fire, flood, or Acts of God
(b) Damages caused by operating the product in a corrosive atmosphere
(c) Damages caused by any unauthorized alteration or repair of the system affecting the product’s
reliability or performance
(d) Damages caused by improper matching or application of the product or the product’s components
(e) Damages caused by failing to provide routine and proper maintenance or service to the product
(f) Expenses incurred for the erecting, disconnecting, or dismantling the product
(g) Parts used in connection with normal maintenance, such as filters or belts
(h) Products no longer at the site of the original installation
(i) Products installed or operated other than in accordance with the printed instructions, with the local
installation or building codes and with good trade practices
(j) Products lost or stolen.

No one is authorized to change this WARRANTY or to create for or on behalf of the Company any
other obligation or liability in connection with the Product(s). There is no other representation, warranty or
condition in any respect, expressed or implied, made by or binding upon the Company other than the above
or as provided by provincial or state law and which cannot be limited or excluded by such law, nor will we be
liable in any way for incidental, consequential, or special damages however caused.

The provisions of this additional written warranty are in addition to and not a modification of or subtraction
from the statutory warranties and other rights and remedies provided by Federal, Provincial or State laws.

Service Log
Date Comments

31
143／278
 Start-up Information
Important: This start-up information should be completely filled in on each installation and remain with the
unit as a permanent record for future reference. Future service work may be logged on the proceeding page.
Service parts list are attached to the back cover. PLEASE PRINT LEGIBLY

Name & address of installation___________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________
Name, address, phone & fax # of Installing contractor________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Design Expansion Temperature _____°C

Air Handling Unit QTY ______

System start-up date ______________________ Unit model # _____________________________
Unit serial # ____________________________ Fan QTY ______
Fan model #____________________________ Compressor serial #_______________________

Air Handling Unit electrical rating: Volts __________Phase __________Hz __________

Voltage at Fan terminals: L1/L2___________ L2/L3 ____________ L1/L3__________
Amperage at Fan Motor: L1___________ L2____________ L3______________

Voltage at Heater terminals: L1/L2___________ L2/L3 ____________ L1/L3__________

Amperage at Electric Heater: L1___________ L2____________ L3______________

Expansion valve - Manufacturer________________________________ Model # ____________________

Evaporator drain line trapped outside of unit ____Yes _____No

System Conditions (Record just before desired design temperature is reached)

Refrigerant Type ______Total Charge _______System evacuation # of times ______Final micron_______
Ambient at start-up ______°C Operating box temperature ______°C
Thermostat setting ______ °C

Suction line temperature at evaporator TX valve bulb______ °C Superheat at evaporator______ °C

Comments:_____________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________

32
144／278
 Service Parts List

Service Parts
List Label
To Be Attached
Here

JL MARINE & ENGINEERING PTE LTD

No 45 GUL CIRCLE SINGAPORE 629579
Tel:(65)65587079 Fax:(65)65587098
Company Email: [email protected]
Sales email: [email protected]

wing to continued product development JL reserves the right to introduce alterations without prior notice

33
145／278
 JL Marine（Offshore） & Engineering Pte Ltd
NO.1 KIAN TECK DRIVE, SINGAPORE 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

Operation Details for Air Handling Unit

1. Protect the nearby valves from high temperature damage by twined wet cloth when weld the copper
pipe.

2. Make sure the power source is matched with vessel’s and the fan turns on right direction.

3. For the steam coil, the steam pressure should be below 7 bar.

4. The thermostatic expansion valve had adjusted already. Don’t change its opening degree optionally.

5. Add some grease appropriate after trial turning, and add it 1~2 times a month after running normally
to keep it’s lubricate of bearing.

6. Adjust the tightness of belt potbelly after running one week, check its tightness once two weeks.
Much loose may lead overheat and fracture shortage of air volume, vibration and noisy etc.

7. Clean the filter once a week, new and back dampers should meet the design opening
demands .check the fire dampers & supply fan dampers, make sure they could open normally.

8. Coil also should be kept from dirty to act its best effect.

9. Close the inlet valve and open the drain valve to release water out if long time no use or no preheat
for the coil, otherwise the freeze water inside may make a crack.

146／278
 JL Marine（Offshore） & Engineering Pte Ltd
NO.1 KIAN TECK DRIVE, SINGAPORE 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

空调器使用与保养注意事项

1.焊接铜管时注意用湿布将附近阀件包覆，以免高温损坏。

2.确认空调器电制与船电相符，风机转向正确。

3.蒸汽盘管的进汽压力不能超过 7 公斤。

4.调试完成后膨胀阀已经调整到最佳位置，不可随意改变其开启度。

5.试车后加注适量黄油，正常运行后每月加 1-2 次黄油保证轴承润滑。

6.运行一周后调整皮带的松紧，以后每两周检查一次皮带松紧。过松会导致过热、断裂、风量
不足以及噪音振动等。

7.每周清洁一次空调器滤网，新回风闸开度要适应设计开启度要求，检查防火风闸、送风风
闸，确定能够正常开启。

8.冷媒盘管应该保持清洁以发挥其最佳换热效果。

9.如果长时间不用或对于没有预加热的蒸汽加热盘管，停用后要关闭进汽阀打开泄放阀将残水
放出，否则残存水在内部结冰会破坏盘管。

2
147／278
 JL Marine（Offshore） & Engineering Pte Ltd
NO.1 KIAN TECK DRIVE, SINGAPORE 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

Manual & Attention of Steam Heater for Main Air Condition

1. Pre-heat the piping before using heating system, in case of fracture under too much different
temperature.

2. Open the drain valve fully before opening stop valve of heater, then open the stop valve and
regulate valve of steam slowly after eliminating the residual water ,let the steam to per- heater the
coil .close the drain valve unless some steam came out and open the stop and regulate valve of
steam as need.

3. Make sure the residual water is eliminated when stop air condition system. If the temperature
outside is below 0 degree, please close the new fan damper.

4. If you want to start the heater, but the system is under cold condition, refer to step 2.

5. Check the filter of steam system usually, make sure its cleanness.

6. The steam pressure should refer to the design of air condition system, usually set at 4 bars.

148／278
 JL Marine（Offshore） & Engineering Pte Ltd
NO.1 KIAN TECK DRIVE, SINGAPORE 628818
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

主空调蒸汽加热器使用方法和注意事项

1. 暖气系统使用前请先对其管路进行预热,以免由于冷热温差过大产生剧烈的热胀冷缩导致管
路破裂。

2. 打开蒸汽加热器截止阀之前要先将放泻阀完全开启,将蒸汽加热器里面的残留的水分彻底排
除后再缓慢开启蒸汽截止阀和调节阀,让蒸汽缓缓进入加热器盘管进行预热,直到放泄管路有
少量蒸汽排出即可关闭放泄阀, 再根据实际需要打开蒸汽截止阀和调节。

3. 在空调系统停止运行时,务必将加热盘管内部残留水分放出,如室外温度低于零度,关闭新风。

4. 在空调系统完全处于冷态的状态下,如需开启加热器,请务必按照第 2 项的操作步骤进行操
作。

5. 要经常检查蒸汽系统的过滤器,确保其处于清洁状态。

6. 蒸汽系统压力请不要超过空调加热系统设计压力,通常为 4Bar。

2
149／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 20
Page 0

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

CONTROL EQUIPMENT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

150／278
Data sheet Pressure controls,
Type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Introduction

KP pressure controls are for use in refrigeration KP pressure controls are fitted with a single-pole
and air conditioning systems to give protection double-throw (SPDT) switch. The position of the
against excessively low suction pressure or switch is determined by the pressure control
excessively high discharge pressure. setting and the pressure at the connector.
KP pressure controls are also used for starting KP pressure controls are available in IP 33 and
and stopping refrigeration compressors and fans IP 44 enclosures.
on air-cooled condensers.

Features · Ultra-short bounce times · KP 7 and 17 with fail-safe bellows element

Reduces wear to a minimum and increases
reliability. · Vibration and shock resistant

· Manual control · Compact design

Electrical contact function can be tested
without the use of tools. · Fully welded bellows element

· KP 2 with low differential for low-pressure · High reliability both electronically and
regulation mechanically.

Approvals CE-marked in accordance with EN 60947-4/-5 RINA, Registro Italiano Navale, Italy
for sale in Europe.
BV, France
F Germanischer Lloyd, Germany LR, England
m DIN 32733, Germany MRS, Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia
(KP1, KP2, KP7, KP17)
P Polski Rejestr Statków, Poland Versions with UL and CSA approvals can be
DnV, Det norske Veritas, Norway supplied to special order.

Materials in contact with the Unit type Material

medium
KP 1, 2, 5, 7, 15 Tinbronze, no. 2.1020 to DIN 17662
and 17 Free cutting steel, no. 1.0737 / 1.0718 to DIN 1651
KP 1A, 5A, 7A Stainless steel 18/8, no. 1.0737 / 1.0718 to DIN 17440
and 15A only Free cutting steel, no. 1.0719 to DIN 1651
Steel, no. 1.0330 to DIN 1624
Aluminium, no. 3.0255 to DIN 1712

ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 RD.5A.B2.02 151／278

1
Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Technical data Ambient temperature Contact systems

-40 ® +65°C (+80°C for max. 2 hours).

DIN-approved units:
-25 ® +65°C (+80°C for max. 2 hours).

Max. working pressure

LP: PB = 17 bar Low pressure (LP)
HP: PB = 32 bar

Max. test pressure

LP: p’ = 20 bar
HP: p’ = 35 bar

Contact load
Alternating current:
AC1: 16 A, 400 V High pressure (HP)
AC3: 16 A, 400 V
AC15: 10 A, 400 V
Max. starting current (L.R.): 112 A, 400 V

Direct current:
DC13: 12 W, 220 V control current
Dual pressure
(HP/HP)
Cable connection
The cable entry can be used for 6 ® 14 mm dia.
cables.
A Pg 13.5 screwed cable entry can also be used
for 6 ® 14 mm cable. With 8 ® 16 mm cable a
standard Pg 16 screwed cable entry can be
used.
Dual pressure
Enclosure (LP/HP)
IP 33 to EN 60529 / IEC 529
Enclosure IP 33 is obtained when the units
without top cover are mounted on a flat surface
or bracket. The bracket must be fixed to the unit
so that all unused holes are covered.

IP 44 to EN 60529 / IEC 529

Enclosure IP 44 is obtained when the units
with top cover are mounted on a flat surface or
bracket. The bracket must be fixed to the unit so
that all unused holes are covered.
Dual pressure
(LP/HP)
KP pressure controls with auto reset are
supplied with top cover. For KP pressure
controls with manual reset, the top cover must
be separately ordered.

IP 55 to EN 60529 / IEC 529

IP 55 is obtained when the KP pressure controls
are mounted in an IP 55 enclosure, (code no.
060-0330 for single pressure controls and code
no. 060-0350 for dual pressure controls).
IP 55 enclosure has to be ordered separately.

2 RD.5A.B2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 152／278

Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Ordering
Low pressure (LP) High pressure (HP) Reset Code no.
Regulating Differential Regulating Differential Low High Contact 1/4in. 1/4
in.
Pressure Type 6 mm
range Dp range Dp pressure pressure system 6 mm ODF ODF
bar bar bar bar LP HP flare solder solder

For fluorinated refrigerants

Low KP 1 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 Aut. 060-1101 060-1112 060-1110
Low KP 1 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 Aut. 060-11411)
Low KP 1 -0.9 ® 7.0 Fixed 0.7 Man. 060-1103 060-1111 060-1109
Low KP 2 -0.2 ® 5.0 0.4 ® 1.5 Aut. SPDT 060-1120 060-1123
High KP 5 8 ® 32 1.8 ® 6.0 Aut. 060-1171 060-1179 060-1177
High KP 5 8 ® 32 Fixed 3 Man. 060-1173 060-1180 060-1178
Dual KP 15 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. Aut. 060-1241 060-1254
Dual KP 15 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. Man. 060-1243
SPDT +
Dual KP 15 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. Man. 060-11481)
LP signal
Dual KP 15 -0.9 ® 7.0 Fixed 0.7 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Man. Man. 060-1245
Dual KP 15 -0.9 ® 7.0 Fixed 0.7 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Conv.2) Conv.2) 060-1261
Dual KP 15 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. Aut. 060-1265 060-1299
Dual KP 15 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. Man. SPDT + 060-1264 060-1284
Dual KP 15 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Conv.2) Conv.2) LP and HP 060-1154 060-0010
signal
Dual KP 15 -0.9 ® 7.0 Fixed 0.7 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Conv.2) Conv.2) 060-1220

Low pressure (LP) High pressure (HP) Reset Code no.

Type Regulating Differential Regulating Differential Contact system 1 m cap.
Pressure M10 ´ 0.75
range Dp range Dp LP / HP tube with
IP 44
bar bar bar bar M10 ´ 0.75

For fluorinated refrigerants and R 717 (NH3)

Low KP 1A -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 Aut. / - 060-11624) 060-11604)
Low KP 1A -0.9 ® 7.0 Fixed 0.7 Man. / - SPDT 060-11613)
High KP 5A 8 ® 32 1.8 ® 6.0 - / Aut. 060-12304)
High KP 5A 8 ® 32 1.8 ® 6.0 - / Aut. 060-11471)4)
High KP 5A 8 ® 32 Fixed 3 - / Man. 060-11533) 060-12313)
Dual KP 15A -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut./Aut. SPDT + LP and HP 060-1295 060-12934)
Dual KP 15A -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut./Man. signal 060-12963) 060-12943)
Dual KP 15A -0.9 ® 7.0 Fixed 0.7 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Conv./Conv.2) SPDT LP signal 060-12833)

1) Pressure controls with gold-plated contacts

2) Conv.: optional automatic or manual reset
3) Enclosure IP 33
4) Enclosure IP 44

Accessories for KP pressure controls with M10 ´ 0.75 connections:

Weld connections: M10 ´ 0.75 nut and Æ6 ´ 150 mm seamless steel pipe, code no. 060-0057
Steel cap. tube: 1 m with 2 ´ M10 ´ 0.75 nuts, code no. 060-0078
Steel cap. tube: 1 m with 1 ´ M10 ´ 0.75 and G 3/8 nut, code no. 060-0082
Adaptor: M 10 ´ 0.75 1/4 to 1/8 NPT int. thread, code no. 060-0141
IP 55 enclosure for single pressure controls, code no. 060-0330
IP 55 enclosure for dual pressure controls, code no. 060-0350

For other accessories: see "Spare parts and accessories", RK.0X.G2.02.

ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 RD.5A.B2.02 153／278

3
Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Ordering Pressure control setting with convertible reset

(continued)

Low press. Manual reset 1) Automatic reset Automatic reset Manual reset
High press. Manual reset 1) Manual reset Automatic reset Automatic reset
1) Factory setting

Pressure controls with DIN 32733 approval 1)

Low pressure (LP) High pressure (HP) Reset Code no.
2) Regulating Differential Regulating Differential Contact system DIN 1/4in. 6 mm
Pressure Type
range Dp range Dp LP / HP approvals 6 mm ODF
bar bar bar bar flare solder

For fluorinated refrigerants

Low KP 1 -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4.0 Aut. / - SPDT DWFK 4B06899 060-1101 060-11104)
Low KP 1 -0.9 ® 7 Fixed 0.7 Man. / - SPDT DBFK 4B06999 060-1103 060-1109
Low KP 1 -0.5 ® 3.0 Fixed 0.7 Aut. / - SPDT DWFK 4B06899 060-11174)
Low KP 2 -0.2 ® 5 0.4 ® 1.5 Aut. / - SPDT DWFK 4B07099 060-1120 060-1123
High KP 7W 8 ® 32 4 ® 10 - / Aut. SPDT DWK 4B00199 060-11904) 060-12034)
High KP 7B 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 - / Man. SPDT DBK 4B00399 060-11913)
High KP 7S 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 - / Man. SPDT DBK 4B00399 060-11923)
Dual KP 7BS 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Man. / Man. SPST DBK 4B00299 060-12003)
Dual KP 17W -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. / Aut. SPDT + LP and HP signal DWK 4B00599 060-12754) 060-12764)
Dual KP 17W -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. / Aut. SPDT DWK 4B00599 060-12674)
Dual KP 17B -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7 ® 4 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 Aut. / Man. SPDT DBK 4B00499 060-12683) 060-12743)

Pressure controls with DIN 32733 approval 1)

Low pressure (LP) High pressure (HP) Reset Code no.
Pressure Regulat. Different. Regulat. Different. Contact system DIN 1 m cap.
Type M10 ´ 0.75
range Dp range Dp LP / HP approvals tube with
IP 44
bar bar bar bar M10 ´ 0.75

For ammonia
Low KP 1A -0.2 ® 7.5 0.7®4.0 Aut. / - SPDT DBFK 4B06899 060-11623) 060-11604)
Low KP 1A 0.9 ® 7 Fixed 0.7 Man. / - SPDT DBFK 4B06999 060-11613)
High KP 7ABS 8 ® 32 Fixed 4 - / Man. SPST DBK 4B00299 060-12053)

1) Meets the requirements in VBG 20 dealing with safety equipment and excess pressures.
2) W = Wächter (pressostat), B = Begrenzer (pressure control with ext. reset), S = Sicherheitsdruckbegrenzer (pressure control with int. reset).
A bellows rupture in inner bellows will cause the refrigeration plant compressor to stop.
A rupture of the outer bellows will cause the stop pressure to fall approx. 3 bar under the set value.
3) Enclosure IP 33.
4) Enclosure IP 44.

4 RD.5A.B2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 154／278

Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Design

Capillary tube

Key sketch of KP pressure control

Capillary tube for KP 1A, 5A and 15A

flare

KP 1

1. Low pressure (LP) setting spindle

2. Differential setting spindle, LP
3. Main arm
5. High pressure (HP) setting spindle
7. Main spring
8. Differential spring
9. Bellows
10. LP connection
11. HP connection
12. Switch
13. Terminals
14. Earth terminal
15. Cable entry
16. Tumbler flare
18. Locking plate
19. Arm KP 15
30. Reset button

The switch in the KP has a snap-action function The design of the KP affords the following
and the bellows moves only when the cut-in or advantages:
cut-out value is reached. - high contact load
- ultra-short bounce time
The bellows becomes connected to the low - high resistance to pulsation
or high pressure side of the plant through - vibration resistance up to 4 g in the range
connection (10) or (11). 0-1000 Hz
- long mechanical and electrical life

ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 RD.5A.B2.02 155／278

5
Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Design KP 1, KP 2, KP 7 and KP 17 units with designa- Versions with designation W or AW cut in again
(continued) tion W, B or S have been tested and approved automatically when the pressure has fallen to
by J (Technischer Über-wachungs Verein, the set value minus the differential.
Federal Republic of Versions with designation B or AB can be cut in
Germany) in accordance with DIN 32733. manually with the external reset button when
W = Wächter (pressure control) the pressure in KP 1 has raised 0.7 bar above
B = Begrenzer set value and in KP 7 has fallen 4 bar under the
(pressure control with external reset) set value.
S = Sicherheitsdruckbegrenzer
(pressure control with internal reset). Versions with designation S or AS can be cut in
manually with the internal reset arm when the
KP 7 and KP 17 have a double bellows: an outer pressure has fallen 4 bar under the set value.
bellows and a regulating bellows. When system
pressure exceeds the set value, the KP will All KP pressure controls, including those which
automatically stop the plant. The double bellows are DIN-approved, operate independently of
system prevents loss of charge in the event of changes in the ambient temperature around
bellows rupture. the control housing. Therefore the set cut-out
pressure and differential are held constant
A rupture in the outer bellows will cause the provided the permissible ambient temperatures
control cut-out pressure to fall to about 3 bar are not exceeded.
under the set value, thus providing a fail-safe
function.

flare
KP 7W, flare

KP 7W, solder

1. Pressure setting spindle

2. Differential setting spindle
3. Main arm flare
5. Pressure setting spindle, DBK
15. Cable entry
18. Locking plate
19. Arm
25. Int. reset arm KP 7BS
30. Ext. reset button

6 RD.5A.B2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 156／278

Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Terminology Reset Test pressure

1. Manual reset: The test pressure is the pressure used in
Units with manual reset can only be reset strength tests and/or leakage tests on
during operation by activation of the reset refrigerating systems or individual parts in
button. systems. The test pressure is designated p’.
2. Automatic reset:
After operational stop, these units reset "Snap function"
automatically. A certain contact force is maintained until
3. Convertible reset: irrevocable "snap" is initiated. The time during
Units with optional reset can be activated by which the contact force approaches zero is thus
automatic and/or manual reset. limited to a very few milliseconds. Therefore
contact bounce cannot occur as a result of, for
Permissible working pressure example, slight vibrations, before the cut-out
The permissible working pressure is determined point. Contact systems with "Snap function" will
by the pressure that can be safely allowed in the change over even when micro-welds are
refrigerating system or any of the units within it. created between the contacts during cut-in. A
The permissible working pressure is designated very high force is created during cut-out to
PB (Der zulässige Betriebsüberdruck). separate the contacts. This force immediately
shears off all the welds. Thus the cut-out point
of the unit remains very accurate and
completely independent of the
magnitude of the current load.

Setting Pressure controls with automatic reset - LP: Pressure controls with automatic reset - HP:
Set the LP start pressure on the "CUT-IN" scale Set the HP pressure on the "CUT-OUT" scale.
(range scale). One rotation of the HP spindle ~ 2.3 bar.
One rotation of the low pressure spindle ~ Set the HP differential on the "DIFF" scale.
0.7 bar. One rotation of the differential spindle ~ 0.3 bar.
Set the LP differential on the "DIFF" scale. One The HP start pressure is the HP stop pressure
rotation of the differential spindle ~ 0.15 bar. minus the differential.
The LP stop pressure is the LP start pressure Start and stop pressures for both the LP and HP
minus the differential. sides of the system should always be checked
with an accurate pressure gauge.
Note:
The LP stop pressure must be above Pressure controls with manual reset
absolute vacuum (pe = -1 bar)! Set the stop pressure on "CUT-OUT" scale
(range scale).
If with low stop pressure the refrigeration Low pressure controls can be manually reset
compressor will not stop, check to ensure that when the pressure is equal to the stop pressure
the differential value has not been set too high! plus the differential.
High pressure controls can be manually reset
when the pressure is equal to the stop pressure
minus the differential.

ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 RD.5A.B2.02 157／278

7
Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

Dimensions and weights

Flare connection KP with top cover

KP 1, 2, 5, 7B, 7S and 7W KP 15 and 17W

M10 ´ 0.75 connection KP with IP 55 enclosure

KP 1A, 2A and 5A KP 15A, 7 AS and 7ABS

Solder connection KP with IP 55 enclosure

IP 55 enclosure

KP 1, 2, 5, 7B, 7S and 7W KP 15, 17W

IP 55 enclosure

Weld nipple for KP-A Weight

KP 1, 2, 5 and 7: approx. 0.3 kg
KP 15, 17 and 7BS: approx. 0.5 kg
KP 1A and 5A: approx. 0.3 kg
KP 15A and 7ABS: approx. 0.5 kg

8 RD.5A.B2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 158／278

Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 RD.5A.B2.02 159／278

9
Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

10 RD.5A.B2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 160／278

Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 RD.5A.B2.02 161／278

11
Data sheeet Pressure controls, type KP, with enclosure IP 33 or IP 44

12 RD.5A.B2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 12 - 1999 162／278

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Controls

Technical leaflet

Differential pressure controls

Type MP 54, 55 and 55A

R E F R I G E R AT I O N A N D A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G

163／278
Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

Contents Page

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 3
Features ....................................................................................................................................... 3
Approvals ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Materials in contact with the medium ........................................................................................... 3
Technical data .............................................................................................................................. 4
Ordering ....................................................................................................................................... 4
Design .......................................................................................................................................... 5
Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 5
Funktion .................................................................................................................................... 5-6
Dimensions and weight ................................................................................................................ 7

2 RD.5C.A3.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 164／278

Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

Introduction MP 54 and MP 55 oil differential pressure

controls are used as safety switches to protect
refrigeration compressors against low lubricating
oil pressure.
If the oil pressure fails the oil differential pres-
sure control stops the compressor after a cer-
tain time period.

MP 54 and 55 are used in refrigerating systems

using fluorinated refrigerants.
MP 55A is used in refrigerating systems with
R 717 (NH3). MP 55A can also be used in
systems with fluorinated refrigerant.

MP 54 has a fixed differential pressure setting.

It also incorporates a thermal time relay with a
fixed release time setting.
MP 55 and 55A have adjustable differential
pressure and are available both with and without
thermal time relay.

Features · Wide regulating range · Suitable for both alternating and direct current
Can be used for deep freeze, refrigeration
and air conditioning plant · Screwed cable entry for cables from
6 to 14 mm diameter
· Can be used for all normal fluorinated
refrigerants · Small contact differential
· Electrical connection at the front of the unit · Meets the requirements of EN 60947

Approvals M DEMKO, Denmark EZU, The Czech Republic

O NEMKO, Norway RINA, Italy
W FIMKO, Finland CE mark according to EN 60947-5
DSRK, Deutsche-Schiffs-Revision und
-Klassifikation, Germany Versions having UL and CSA approvals can be
P Polski Rejestr Statków, Poland supplied to special order.
F Germanischer Lloyd, Germany

Materials in contact Unit type Material

with the medium
MP 54 Stainless steel 19/11, no. 1.4306 to DIN 17440
MP 55 Deep-drawn steel plate, no. 1.0338 to DIN 1624
Free cutting steel, no. 1.0718 to DIN 1651
MP 55A Stainless steel 19/11, no. 1.4306 to DIN 17440
Deep-drawn steel plate, no. 1.0338 to DIN 1624
Free cutting steel, no. 1.0401 to DIN 1652

ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 RD.5C.A3.02 165／278

3
Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

Technical data Control voltage Contact loads

230 V or 115 V a.c. or d.c. Type A:
On time relay output contacts M-S:
Permissible voltage variation AC15: 2 A, 250 V
+10 ® -15% DC13: 0,2 A, 250 V
Type B without time relay:
Max. working pressure AC15: 0,1 A, 250 V
PB = 17 bar DC13: 12 W, 125 V

Max. test pressure Type C without time relay:

p’ = 22 bar AC1: 10 A, 250 V
AC3: 4 A, 250 V
Temperature compensation DC13: 12 W, 125 V
The time relay is temperature-compensated in
the range -40 to +60°C Properties according to EN 60947:
Wire dimensions
Screwed cable entry solid/stranded 0.2 - 1.5 mm2
Pg 13.5 flexible, w/out ferrules 0.2 - 1.5 mm2
flexible, with ferrules 0.2 - 1 mm2
Cable diameter Tightening torque max. 1.2 NM
6 ® 14 mm
Rated impulse voltage 4 kV
Max. bellows temperature Pollution degree 3
100°C Short circuit protection, fuse 2 Amp
Insulation 250 V
Enclosure IP 20
IP 20 to IEC 529

Ordering For fluorinated refrigerants

Code no.
Operation Time Contact
Switch Connection
range, relay load
Type Differential differential
LP release (see 1 m cap.tube
max.
side time technical 1/4 in./6 mm 1/4 in. Cutting ring
data)
Dp bar Dp bar bar s Flare ODF solder 6 mm
MP 54 Fixed 0.65 0.2 -1 ® +12 0 2) B 060B0297
Fixed 0.65 0.2 -1 ® +12 45 A 060B0166
Fixed 0.9 0.2 -1 ® +12 60 A 060B0167
Fixed 0.65 0.2 -1 ® +12 90 A 060B0168
Fixed 0.65 0.2 -1 ® +12 120 A 060B01693)
MP 55 0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 45 A 060B0170 060B0133
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 60 A 060B0171 060B0134 060B0188
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 60 A 060B01781)
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 90 A 060B0172
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 120 A 060B0173 060B0136
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 0 2) B 060B0299 060B0295
0.65 ® 4.5 0.4 -1 ® +12 0 2) C 060B02944)

For fluorinated refrigerants and R717 (NH3)

Code no.
Operation Time Contact
Switch Connection
range, relay load
Type Differential differential
LP release (see Æ 6,5 /
side technical Cutting ring
max. time Æÿ 10 mm
data)
Dp bar Dp bar bar s weld nipple 6 mm
MP 55A 0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 45 A 060B0174 060B0182
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 60 A 060B0175 060B0183
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 60 A 060B0179 1)
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 90 A 060B0176 060B0184
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 120 A 060B0177 060B0185
0.3 ® 4.5 0.2 -1 ® +12 0 2) B 060B0298 2) 060B0296
1) With operational light that remains on during normal operation.
Note: If the operational light goes out, the compressor should not run longer than the release time.
2) Versions without time relay are for applications where an external time relay is required - perhaps with a different
release time than the one specified.
3) 060B0169 meets Copeland specifications. UL-approved versions can be supplied.
4) Approved according to EN 60947-4, -5.

4 RD.5C.A3.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 166／278

Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

Design The operation of the pressure control is

conditional only on the differential pressure, i.e.
the difference in pressure between the two
counteracting bellows, whereas it is
independent of the absolute pressure acting on
both bellows.

The MP 55 and 55A can be set for different

differential pressures by the setting disc (3).
The set differential pressure can be read from
the internal scale.

The MP 54 has a fixed differential and has no

pressure setting disc.
The factory-set differential pressure is stamped
on the front plate of the
control.

1. Connection to pressure side of

lubrication system, OIL
2. Connection to suction side of
refrigeration plant, LP
3. Setting disc
4. Reset buttom MP 55
5. Test device

Terminology Differential range Contact differential

The pressure difference between LP and OIL The pressure rise above the set differential
connections within which the control can be set pressure (scale reading) necessary to cut off
to operate. current to the time relay.

Scale reading Release time

The differential between the oil pump pressure The period for which the differential pressure
and the pressure in the crankcase that exists at control allows the compressor to run with too
the moment the contact system cuts in current low an oil pressure during start-up and opera-
to the time relay on falling oil pressure. tion.

Operating range
The pressure range on the LP connection within
which the control can operate.

Function If there is no oil pressure on starting, or if the oil The timer (e) in the safety circuit is activated
pressure falls below the set pressure during when the effective lubricating oil pressure, the
operation, the compressor will stop after the oil differential pressure (the difference between
release time has elapsed. the oil pump pressure and suction pressure), is
The electrical circuit is divided into two com- lower than the set value.
pletely separate circuits, a safety circuit and an The timer is deactivated when the oil differential
operational circuit. pressure is more than the set value plus the
contact differential.

Electrical diagram

ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 RD.5C.A3.02 167／278

5
Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

Function The two diagrams below explain the terms "oil The first diagram shows the function of the
(continued) differential pressure" and "contact differential", differential control during start; the second
both have to be considered when using oil shows the function of the control during
differential pressure controls. operation.

Pos. A: Normal start-up

The lubricating oil pressure is built up during start to the
set/fixed differential plus the contact differential, before
the timer cuts out (in this example, after 45 seconds).
At point A contacts T1-T2 open and timer (e) is stopped,
i.e. normal
lubricating oil conditions for the compressor have been
established.

Pos. B: The lubricating oil pressure does not reach the

set/fixed differential plus the contact differential before the
timer period elapses. At point B the timer cuts out
operational circuit L-M and the compressor stops.
If a signal source is connected to terminal S, it will be
activated. Restart can only be performed after about
2 minutes by activation of the reset button, provided the
cause of the fault has been determined.

On start-up

Pos. C: The lubricating oil pressure falls during operation to a

value lower than the set/fixed differential.
At point C, safety circuit T1-T2 cuts in and the timer is
activated.

Pos. D: The lubricating oil pressure reaches the set/fixed ifferential

plus the contact differential before the timer period elapses.
At point D, safety circuit T1-T2 cuts out and the timer is stopped,
i.e. normal lubricating oil conditions for the compressor have been
established.

Pos. E: The lubricating oil pressure falls to a value lower than the
set/fixed differential during operation.
At point E, safety circuit T1-T2 cuts in and the timer is
activated.

Pos. F: The lubricating oil pressure remains lower than the set/
fixed differential. At point F the timer cuts out operational circuit L-
M and the compressor stops.
If a signal source is connected to terminal S, it will be activated.
Restart can only be performed after about 2
minutes by activation of the reset button, provided the cause of
the fault has been determined.

After start-up
It is important that a function check should be made to ensure that
During operation the differential pressure control is operating as it should.
This check can be made by pressing the test device (inside the
unit on the left hand side).
When the test device is pressed down and held in this position the
compressor motor should stop after the release time determined
by the time relay has elapsed.

6 RD.5C.A3.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 168／278

Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

Dimensions and weight

Weight
MP 55A approx. 0.8 kg

ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 RD.5C.A3.02 169／278

7
Technical leaflet Differential pressure controls, type MP 54, 55 and 55A

8 RD.5C.A3.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 10 - 2001 170／278

 JL MARINE & ENGINEERING

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR

PROVISION COOLING PLANT

BUILDER: JIANGSU HANTONG SHIPYARD

PROJECT:

64000DWT BULK CARRIER

Hull No: HT150

JLM No: JL1653

JL MARINE & ENGINEE RING P TE, LTD TEL: 0065-65587079

NO 3 GUL DRIVE SINGPORE FAX: 0065-65587098

WEBSITE: WW.JLMARINE.COM.SG E-MAIL: [email protected]

2015/04/20
171／278
Project No: JL1653-PROVD-INS Date: 2015/04/20

S/N Dwg/Doc Rev Page

Dwg/Doc Title
o No No s

Instruction Manual of Provision Plant

1 --- --- 9
(Operation and Maintenance)

“BITZER” Compressor
2 --- --- 24
Installation and Start-up Instructions

“BITZER” Compressor
3 --- --- 20
Spare Parts List

“Roller” Unit Cooler (Fan Coil Unit)

4 --- --- 16
Installation and Service

Instruction Manual for Control Equipment

5 --- --- 49
(Provision Refrigeration System)

172／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 9
Page 0

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

PROVISION REFRIGERATION PLANT

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

173／278
174／278
175／278
176／278
177／278
178／278
179／278
180／278
181／278
182／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 24
Page 0

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

"BITZER" COMPRESSOR

OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

183／278
 Betriebsanleitung
Operating Instructions
Instruction de service
KB-510-3

Offene Open drive reciprocating Compresseurs ouverts

Hubkolbenverdichter compressors à pistons

Typen 0(Y) .. VIIW(Y) Types 0(Y) .. VIIW(Y) Types 0(Y) .. VIIW(Y)

Inhalt Seite Content Page Sommaire Page

1 Sicherheit 1 1 Safety 1 1 Sécurité 1
2 Anwendungsbereiche 3 2 Application ranges 3 2 Champs d’applications 3
3 Montage 4 3 Mounting 4 3 Montage 4
4 Elektrischer Anschluss 11 4 Electrical connections 11 4 Raccordement électrique 11
5 In Betrieb nehmen 13 5 Commissioning 13 5 Mise en service 13
6 Betrieb / Wartung 18 6 Operation / Maintenance 18 6 Service / Maintenance 18
7 Außer Betrieb nehmen 23 7 De-commissioning 23 7 Mise hors de service 23

1 Sicherheit 1 Safety 1 Sécurité

Diese Kältemittel-Verdichter sind zum These refrigeration compressors are Ces compresseurs frigorifique sont prévus
Einbau in Maschinen entsprechend intended for installation in machines pour être incorporés dans des machines
der EG-Maschinenrichtlinie according to the EC Machines conformément à la Directive CE Machi-
98/37/EG vorgesehen. Sie dürfen nur Directive 98/37/EC. They may be put nes 98/37/CE. Leur mise en service
in Betrieb genommen werden, wenn to service only, if they have been est uniquement autorisée s’ils ont été
sie gemäß vorliegender Anleitung in installed in these machines according incorporés dans des machines conformé-
diese Maschinen eingebaut worden to the existing instruction and as a ment à la présente instruction et si ces
sind und als Ganzes mit den entspre- whole agree with the corresponding machines répondent dans leur totalité
chenden gesetzlichen Vorschriften provisions of legislation (standards to aux réglementations légales en vigueur
übereinstimmen (anzuwendende apply: refer to Manufacturers Declara- (les normes qu'il faut utiliser: voir la
Normen: siehe Herstellererklärung).* tion).* Déclaration du Constructeur).*

Autorisiertes Fachpersonal Authorized staff Personnel autorisé

Sämtliche Arbeiten an Verdichtern All work on compressors and refrige- Tous les travaux ainsi que l’entretien de
und Kälteanlagen dürfen nur von qua- ration systems shall be carried out by compresseurs et d’installations frigorifi-
lifiziertem und autorisiertem Fach- qualified and authorized refrigeration ques ne peuvent être exécutés que par
personal ausgeführt werden. personnel only. du personnel qualifié et autorisé.

Die Verdichter sind nach dem aktuel- The compressors are constructed Les compresseurs sont conçus d'après
len Stand der Technik und entspre- according to the state of the art and les règles de l'art actuelles et conformé-
chend den geltenden Vorschriften ge- valid regulations. Particular emphasis ment aux prescriptions en vigueur. Une
baut. Auf die Sicherheit der Anwender has been placed on the users' safety. attention particulière a été apportée à la
wurde besonderer Wert gelegt. sécurité de l'utilisateur.

* Hinweis gilt nur für Länder der EU * Information is valid for countries of the EC * Indication valable pour les pays de la CE 184／278
Diese Betriebsanleitung während der Retain these Operating Instructions Garder cette instruction de service pen-
gesamten Verdichter-Lebensdauer during the entire lifetime of the com- dant toute la durée de service du com-
aufbewahren. pressor. presseur.

Restgefahren Residual hazards Dangers résiduels

Vom Verdichter können unvermeidba- Certain residual hazards from the Le compresseur peut être la source de
re Restgefahren ausgehen. compressors are unavoidable. dangers résiduels inévitables.
Jede Person, die an diesem Gerät All persons working on these units Par conséquent, chaque personne qui
arbeitet, muss deshalb diese Bedie- must therefore read these operating travaille sur cet appareil doit lire attentive-
nungsanleitung sorgfältig lesen! instructions carefully! ment cette instruction de service !
Es gelten zwingend All of the following have validity: A prendre en considération
• die einschlägigen Sicherheits-Vor- • specific rules for the prevention of • les prescriptions et normes de sécurité
schriften und Normen (z. B. EN accidents (e. g. EN 378, EN 60204 relatives (par ex. EN 378, EN 60204 et
378, EN 60204 und EN 60355), and EN 60355), EN 60355),
• die allgemein anerkannten • generally acknowledged safety • les règles de sécurité généralement
Sicherheitsregeln, standards, reconnues,
• die EU-Richtlinien, • EU directives, • les directives de l'UE,
• Länder spezifische Bestimmungen. • national regulations. • les dispositions spécifiques du pays
concerné.

Sicherheitshinweise Safety references Les indications de sécurité

sind Anweisungen um Gefährdungen are instructions intended to prevent sont des instructions pour éviter les
zu vermeiden. hazards. mises en danger.
Sicherheitshinweise genauestens ein- Safety instructions must be stringently Respecter scrupuleusement les indica-
halten! observed! tions de sécurité !

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Anweisung um eine mögliche

Gefährdung von Geräten zu ver-
meiden.
! Instructions on preventing possi-
ble damage to equipment. ! Instruction pour éviter une possible
mise en danger d'appareils.

Vorsicht! Caution! Prudence !

Anweisung um eine mögliche Instructions on preventing a pos- Instruction pour éviter une possible
minderschwere Gefährdung von sible minor hazard to persons. mise en danger bénigne de per-
Personen zu vermeiden. sonnes.

Warnung! Warning! Avertissement !

! Anweisung um eine mögliche ! Instructions on preventing a pos- ! Instruction pour éviter une possible
schwere Gefährdung von sible severe hazard to persons. mise en danger grave de per-
Personen zu vermeiden. sonnes.

Gefahr! Danger! Danger !

Anweisung um eine unmittelbare Instructions on preventing an Instruction pour une imminente mise
schwere Gefährdung von immediate risk of severe hazard en danger grave de personnes.
Personen zu vermeiden. to persons.

Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise General safety references Indications de sécurité générales

Warnung! Warning! Avertissement !
! Der Verdichter ist im Anliefe- ! The compressor is under pres- ! A la livraison, le compresseur est
rungszustand mit Schutzgas ge- sure with a holding charge to a rempli d’un gaz de protection et
füllt (Überdruck ca. 0,5 .. 1 bar). pressure of 0.5 to 1 bar above sont en surpression (environ
Bei unsachgemäßer Handha- atmospheric pressure. 0,5 .. 1 bar).
bung sind Verletzungen von Incorrect handling may cause Des blessures à la peau et aux yeux
Haut und Augen möglich. injury to skin and eyes. sont possibles en cas de manie-
Bei Arbeiten am Verdichter Wear safety goggles while work- ment inapproprié.
Schutzbrille tragen! ing on compressor. Lors de travaux sur le compresseur,
Anschlüsse nicht öffnen, bevor Do not open connections before porter des lunettes de protection !
Überdruck abgelassen ist. pressure has been released. Ne pas ouvrir les raccords avant
d'avoir évacué la surpression.

2 KB-510-3 185／278
 Vorsicht! Caution! Prudence !
Im Betrieb können Oberflächen- During operation surface tem- Pendant le service, des tempéra-
Temperaturen von über 60°C peratures exceeding 60°C or tures de surface excédant 60°C
bzw. unter 0°C auftreten. below 0°C can be reached. resp. en-dessous de 0°C pourront
Schwere Verbrennungen und Serious burns and frostbits are être atteintes.
Erfrierungen sind möglich. possible. Des graves brulures et gelures sont
Zugängliche Stellen absperren Lock and mark accessible possible.
und kennzeichnen. sectors. Possibilité de graves brulures.
Vor Arbeiten am Verdichter: Before working on the compres- Fermer et marquer les endroits
Gerät ausschalten und abkühlen sor: accessibles.
lassen. Switch off and allow to cool Avant les travaux au compresseur:
down. Arêtter et refroidir celui-ci.

Bei Arbeiten am Verdichter, nachdem For any work on the compressor after our des travaux au compresseur après
die Anlage in Betrieb genommen the plant has been commissioned: l’installation a été mise en service:
wurde:

Warnung! Warning! Avertissement !

! Verdichter steht unter Druck! ! Compressor is under pressure! ! Compresseur est sous pression !
Bei unsachgemäßen Eingriffen In case of inproper handling Lors des interventions non-adé-
sind schwere Verletzungen mög- severe injuries are possible. quates graves blessures sont pos-
lich. Release the pressure in the sibles.
Verdichter auf drucklosen compressor! Retirer la pression sur le compres-
Zustand bringen! Wear safety goggles! seur !
Schutzbrille tragen! Porter des lunettes de protection !

Gefahr! Danger! Danger !

Haare, Hände oder Kleidung Hair, hands or clothing can be Les cheveux, les mains ou les vête-
können von Riementrieb erfasst caught in the belt drive! ments peuvent être "happés" par
werden! Serious injuries are possible. l'entraînement par courroies !
Schwere Verletzungen möglich. The area of the drive must be Possibilité de graves blessures.
Antriebsbereich unbedingt mit secured with a separating cover: Absolument sécuriser la zone de
einer trennenden Abdeckung belt guard! l'entraînement par une protège-
sichern: Riemenschutz! courroie !

2 Anwendungsbereiche 2 Application ranges 2 Champs d’application

Zulässige Kältemittel (H)FCKW / (H)CFC HFKW / HFC 

Permitted refrigerants Œ
R22 (R12 – R502) R134a – R404A – R507A
Fluides frigorigènes autorisés

Ölfüllung tc < 55°C: R134a / tc > 55°C:

Oil charge Ž BITZER B 5.2
Charge d'huile BITZER BSE 32 BITZER BSE 55

Einsatzgrenzen siehe Prospekt KP-510 und BITZER-Software

Application limits see brochure KP-510 and BITZER software
Limites d'application voir brochure KP-510 et logiciel BITZER

Œ Weitere Kältemittel auf Anfrage Œ Further refrigerants upon request Œ Autres fluides frigorigènes sur demande
 Erfordert spezielle Wellenabdichtung  Requires a special shaft seal  Garniture d’étanchéité spéciale obligatoire
(für Typ VIW(Y) & VIIW(Y) auf (for types VIW & VII(Y) upon request) (pour les types VIW & VII(Y) sur
Anfrage) Ž For alternative oils see Technical demande)
Ž Alternativ-Öle siehe Technische Information KT-500 and KT-510 Ž Huiles alternatifes, voir Informations
Informationen KT-500 und KT-510 Techniques KT-500 et KT-510

186／278
KB-510-3 3
Bei Betrieb im Unterdruck-Bereich, For operation in the vacuum range, En cas de fonctionnement en pression sub-
Gefahr von Lufteintritt auf der Saug- danger of air admission at the suction atmosphérique, danger d'introduction d'air au
seite. Besondere Maßnahmen können side. Special measures might become côté d'aspiration. Des mesures particulières
erforderlich werden. necessary. pourraient devenir nécessaire à prendre.

Im Falle von Lufteintritt: In the case of air admission: En cas d'introduction d'air:
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Chemische Reaktionen möglich

sowie überhöhter Verflüssi-
gungsdruck und Anstieg der
! Chemical reactions possible as
well as increased condensing
pressure and discharge gas
! Réactions chimiques possibles et
pression de liquéfaction excessive
et aussi température du gaz de
Druckgastemperatur. temperature. refoulement augmentée.
Warnung! Warning! Avertissement !
! Bei Lufteintritt ggf. kritische ! In case of air admission a critical ! En cas d'introduction d'air disloca-
Verschiebung der Kältemittel- shift of the refrigerant ignition tion critique de la limite d'inflamma-
Zündgrenze limit is possible bilité de fluide frigorigène
Lufteintritt unbedingt vermeiden! Absolutely avoid air admission! Eviter absolument introduction d'air !

3 Montage 3 Mounting 3 Montage

3.1 Verdichter transportieren 3.1 Compressor transport 3.1 Transport du compresseur

Verdichter verschraubt auf der Palette Transport the compressor on a pallet . Transporter le compresseur soit vissé sur
transportieren. une palette.

3.2 Vorbereitung 3.2 Preparation 3.2 Préparation

Vor der Montage muss die Ölkammer Before assembling the oil chamber of Avant le montage, le compartiment d'hui-
der Wellenabdichtung mit Öl gefüllt the shaft seal must be filled with oil! le de la garniture d'étanchéité doit être
werden! Dazu Verdichter kippen ent- Tip the compressor according fig- rempli d'huile ! Renverser le compresseur
sprechend Abbildung 1. ure 1. suivant figure 1.

Abb. 1 Ölkammer füllen Fig. 1 Filling of the oil chamber Fig. 1 Remplissage du compartiment d'huile

4 KB-510-3 187／278
3.3 Aufstellen 3.3 Installation 3.3 Mise en place

• Bei Einsatz unter extremen Bedin- • When installed in extreme condi- • En cas d'utilisation dans conditions
gungen (z. B. aggressive Atmos- tions (e. g. aggressive or corrosive extrêmes (par ex. atmosphère agressi-
phäre, niedrige Außentemperaturen atmospheres, low ambient temper- ve, températures extérieures basses,
u. a.) geeignete Maßnahmen tref- atures etc.) suitable measures etc.) prendre des mesures adéquates.
fen. Ggf. empfiehlt sich Rück- must be taken. Consultation with Le cas échéant, il est conseillé de
sprache mit BITZER. BITZER is recommended. consulter BITZER.
• Verdichter und Motor müssen waage- • Install compressor and motor hori- • Le compresseur et le moteur doivent
recht und starr auf einem stabilen zontal, fixed on a rigid base frame. être montés horizontalement et fixer
Grundrahmen aufgestellt werden. de manière rigide sur un cadre de
• The base frame must be located
base.
• Grundrahmen müssen auf stabi- on a firm foundation. Flexible instal-
lem Unterbau gelagert werden. Zur lation to reduce structurally trans- • Les cadres de base doivent être
Verringerung von Körperschall ist mitted noise is also possible (float- posés sur une assise stable. Afin de
auch elastische Aufstellung möglich ing foundation or vibration diminuer les transmissions de bruit,
(schwimmendes Fundament oder dampers). If vibration dampers with une mise en place sur des éléments
Schwingungsdämpfer). Bei single point support are used, a élastiques est possible (semelle flot-
Verwendung von Schwingungs- reinforced frame construction may tante ou amortisseurs). En cas d'em-
dämpfern mit Punktauflage kann be necessary. ploi d'amortisseurs avec appui ponc-
eine Verstärkung der Rahmen- tuel, un renforcement du châssis peut
konstruktion notwendig sein. s'avérer nécessaire.

Bei Bündelrohr-Wärmeübertragern: For shell and tube heat exchangers: En cas des échangeurs de chaleur multi-
tubulaires:
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Verdichter nicht starr auf Wärme-

übertrager montieren. Nicht als
tragendes Element verwenden!
! Do not mount the compressor
solidly onto the heat exchanger.
Do not use it as load-bearing
! Ne pas monter solidement le com-
presseur sur l'échangeur de
chaleur.
Beschädigung des Wärmeüber- element! Ne pas utiliser le comme bâti !.
tragers möglich (Schwingungs- Damage of the heat exchanger Risque de détérioration d'échangeur
brüche). is possible (vibration fractures). de chaleur (ruptures par vibration).

188／278
KB-510-3 5
3.4 Keilriemenantrieb 3.4 V-Belt drive 3.4 Entrainement par courroies

Schwungrad montieren Mounting the flywheel Montage du volant

• Während Montage die Flansch- • Leave flanged shut-off valves in • Pendant cette opération laisser les
absperrventile geschlossen halten. closed position. vannes de compresseurs à bride en
position fermée.
• Bohrung des Schwungrades von • Clean bore of flywheel from paint
Farbrückständen reinigen. residue. • Enlever les restes de peinture se trou-
vant dans l'alésage du volant.
• Rostschutzlack vom Wellenende • Remove corrosion inhibitor from
entfernen. shaft end. • Eliminer la peinture antirouille sur l'ex-
trémité de l'arbre.
• Etwas ÖI auf das Wellenende brin- • Apply small amount of oil to shaft
gen. end. • Mettre un peu d'huile sur l'extrémité de
l'arbre.
• Schwungrad unter Drehen auf die • Slide flywheel on to shaft, using a
Welle schieben. rotary motion. • Engager le volant sur ce dernier en lui
faisant subir un mouvement de rotation.
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Wellenschaden möglich!
Niemals das Schwungrad mit
Hammerschlägen auf die Welle
! Shaft damage possible!
Never force flywheel to shaft by
means of a hammer. Shaft must
! Défaut de l’arbre possible !
Ne jamais monter le volant sur
l'arbre à coups de marteau. L'arbre
treiben. Welle darf sich nicht not slide inward. ne doit jamais se déplacer vers l'inté-
nach innen verschieben. rieur.
• Gewindekeil von der Verdichterseite • Insert threaded key from compres- • Engager la clavette filetée du côté du
her einsetzen. sor side. compresseur.
• Federring und Mutter lose aufset- • Put lock washer and nut loosely • La rondelle à ressort et l'écrou étant
zen. onto place. légèrement vissé.
• Keil mit einigen leichten Schlägen • Drive key home by means of a • Enfoncer la clavette par quelques
eintreiben. Mutter anziehen. hammer and a drift punch by a few coups de marteau légers. Visser
firm blows. Tighten nut. l'écrou.
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Gefahr von Nabenbruch!

Gewindekeil nicht übermäßig
eintreiben!
! Danger of hub breakage!
Avoid excess blows of the
threaded key!
! Danger de une fissure du moyeu!
Eviter de trop forcer la clavette file-
tée !

Drehrichtung Rotating direction Sens de rotation

Einzeln installierte Verdichter können Separately delivered compressors Les compresseurs livrés séparement
eine beliebige Drehrichtung haben. may have any direction of rotation. peuvent avoir des sens de rotation quel-
conques.
Bei Iuftgekühlten Aggregaten die With air cooled condensing units pay
Drehrichtung beachten. Sie wird durch attention to the rotating direction. It is Cependant en cas des groupes refroidis
einen Pfeil am Ventilatorflügel ange- marked by an arrow on the fan blade. à l'air on doit tenir compte du sens de
zeigt. Werkseinstellung: Rechtslauf Factory setting: clockwise rotation of rotation. Il est marqué par un trait à la
der Ventilatoren. the fan. pale de ventilateur. Ajusté à l’usine: rota-
tion à droite.

Keilriemen V-belt Courroies

Gefahr! Danger! Danger !
Haare, Hände oder Kleidung Hair, hands or clothing can be Les cheveux, les mains ou les vête-
können von Riementrieb erfasst caught in the belt drive! ments peuvent être "happés" par
werden! Serious injuries are possible. l'entraînement par courroies !
Schwere Verletzungen möglich. The area of the drive must be Possibilité de graves blessures.
Antriebsbereich unbedingt mit secured with a separating cover: Absolument sécuriser la zone de
einer trennenden Abdeckung belt guard! l'entraînement par une protège-
sichern: Riemenschutz! courroie !

6 KB-510-3 189／278
Bei Arbeiten am Riementrieb: For maintenance work on belt drive: Lors d’intervention à l’entraînement par
courroies:
Gefahr! Danger! Danger !
Motor abschalten und Switch off motor and remove Mettre hors de fonctionnement le
Motorsicherungen entfernen! motor fuses! moteur et enlever le fusible de sécu-
rité du moteur !
• Riemenscheiben müssen festsitzen • The belt pulleys must be firmly • Les poulies d'entraînement doivent
und fluchten (siehe Abb. 2). seated and fixed. They must be être fixées fermement et alignées cor-
correctly aligned (see figure 2). rectement (voir figure 2).
• Nur Keilriemen verwenden, die
• gleichlang sind mit kalibrierten • Only use V-belts • N'utiliser que des courroies trapézoïda-
Längen oder als Satz sowie • of the same length: calibrated les
• vorgeschriebene Qualität und length or in a set, • de même longueur: longueurs cali-
• vorgeschiebene Abmessungen • with the prescribed quality and brées ou d'un même jeu, ainsi que
haben. • with prescribed dimensions. • de qualité et
• Profil und Längen siehe Prospek- • For length and profile see • de dimensions prescrites.
te KP-510, KP-610 und KP-615. prospects KP-510, KP-610 and • Longueurs et profile voir prospectus
KP-615. KP-510, KP-610 et KP-615.
• Riemen-Vorspannung einstellen:
• Freie Länge L des oberen • Adjustment of belt tension: • Ajuster la tension des courroies:
Riementrumms messen (siehe • Measure the free length L of the • Mesurer la longueur libre L du brin de
Abbildung 3). top belt section (see figure 3). courroies supérieur (voir figure 3).
• Riementrumm in der Mitte mit • Push the centre belt section down • Abaisser le brin de courroies du
einem Spannkrafttester um 17 17 mm for every 1000 mm free milieu avec un tester de force élas-
mm je 1000 mm freier Länge her- belt length. tique de 17 mm pour chaque 1000
unterdrücken. • Recommended power P: mm de longueur libre.
• Empfohlene Kraft P: width 13 mm 11 to 16 N • Force recommandée P:
Profil 13 mm 11 bis 16 N width 17 mm 22 to 31 N profil 13 mm 11 à 16 N
Profil 17 mm 22 bis 31 N profil 17 mm 22 à 31 N
• The belt tension must be checked
• Riemen-Vorspannung nach Einlauf- again after a running-in period. • Recontrôler la tension initiale des cour-
zeit nochmals kontrollieren. roies après un certain temps.

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Vorspannung nicht überhöhen!

Gefahr von Lager- und Wellen-
schädigung an Verdichter und
! Do not exceed belt tension!
Risk of bearing and shaft dam-
age at the compressor and
! Ne pas excéder la tension initiale !
Risque de dégât sur les paliers et
sur le vilebrequin du compresseur et
Motor. motor. du moteur.

Abb. 2 Riemenscheiben ausrichten Abb. 3 Riemen-Vorspannung überprüfen

Fig. 2 Aligning the belt pulleys Fig. 3 Checking belt tension
Fig. 2 Alignement des poulies d'entraînement Fig. 3 Contrôle de la tension initiale des courroies

190／278
KB-510-3 7
3.5 Rohrleitungen anschließen 3.5 Pipeline connections 3.5 Raccordements de tuyauterie

Warnung! Warning! Avertissement !

! Verdichter steht unter Überdruck ! Compressor is under pressure ! Le compresseur est sous pression
durch Schutzgas. with holding charge. avec gaz de protection.
Verletzungen von Haut und Injury of skin and eyes possible. Blessures de la peau et des yeux
Augen möglich. Wear safety goggles while work- possibles.
Bei Arbeiten am Verdichter ing on compressor. Lors de travaux sur le compresseur,
Schutzbrille tragen! Do not open connections before porter des lunettes de protection !
Anschlüsse nicht öffnen, bevor pressure has been released. Ne pas ouvrir les raccords avant
Überdruck abgelassen ist. d'avoir évacué la surpression.

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Lufteintritt unbedingt vermeiden!

Absperrventile bis zum Evakuie-
ren geschlossen halten.
! Absolutely avoid penetration of
air!
The shut-off valves should
! Eviter absolument l'introduction
d'air !
Maintenir les vannes d'arrêt fermées
remain closed until evacuating. jusqu'à la mise sous vide.

Rohranschlüsse Pipe connections Raccordements de tuyauterie

Die Rohr-Anschlüsse sind so ausge- The pipe connections are designed to Les raccordements sont exécutés de
führt, dass Rohre in den gängigen Mi- accept tubes with standard millimetre façon à ce que les tubes usuels en milli-
llimeter- und Zoll-Abmessungen ver- or inch dimensions. Solder connec- mètres et en pouces puissent être utili-
wendet werden können. Löt-Anschlüs- tions have stepped diameters. sés. Les raccords à braser ont plusieurs
se haben gestufte Durchmesser. Je According to the size the tube can be diamètres successifs. Suivant la section,
nach Abmessung wird das Rohr mehr pushed more or less into the fitting. If le tube sera inséré plus ou moins profon-
oder weniger tief eintauchen. Bei Be- not required the end with the largest dément. Si nécessaire, l'extrémité avec le
darf kann das Buchsenende mit dem diameter can be cut off. plus grand diamètre peut être sciée.
größeren Durchmesser auch abge-
sägt werden.

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Ventile nicht überhitzen!

Während und nach dem Löten
Ventilkörper kühlen!
! Do not overheat the valves!
Cool valve body while and after
brazing!
! Ne pas surchauffer les vannes !
Refroidir les corps de vanne lors du
brasage et après !
Maximale Löttemperatur 700°C. Max. brazing temperature Température de brasage maximale
700°C. 700°C.

D u rc h m e s s e r g e s tu ft

!
S te p p e d d ia m e te r s V o r R o h r a n s c h lu s s V e r s c h lu s s b le c h e n tfe r n e n !
P lu s ie u r s d ia m è tr e s R e m o v e s e a lin g p la te b e fo r e tu b e c o n n e c tio n !
s u c c e s s ifs R e tir e r la tô le d e fe r m e tu r e a v a n t r a c c o r d e r le tu b e !

Abb. 4 Absperrventil mit Rotalock- Fig. 4 Shut-off valve with Rotalock Fig. 4 Vanne d’arrêt avec raccord à visser
Verschraubung adaptor Rotalock

8 KB-510-3 191／278
Anschlüsse Connections Raccords

S L 1 (H P ) D L
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

Typ

0(Y), I(Y) Type Position

Type
3 4

0(Y) 1/8"-27 NPTF 1/4"-18 NPTF

I(Y) 1/4"-18 NPTF 1/4"-18 NPTF

8 3 4 7

8 2 (L P ) 7 1 (H P ) 9 D L S L 1 0
1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F 1 /8 "-2 7 N P T F

Typ
Type Position
Type
3 4

II(Y) 1/4"-18 NPTF 1/4"-18 NPTF

II(Y) .. VIIW(Y) III(W)(Y) 1/4"-18 NPTF 3/8"-18 NPTF
IV(W)(Y) 1/4"-18 NPTF 3/8"-18 NPTF
V(W)(Y) 1/2"-14 NPTF 1/2"-14 NPTF
VIW(Y) 1/2"-14 NPTF 1/2"-14 NPTF
VIIW(Y) 1/2"-14 NPTF 1/2"-14 NPTF

4 5 b 5 a 6 3
3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F 3 /8 "-1 8 N P T F

1 Hochdruck-Anschluss (HP) 1 High pressure connection (HP) 1 Raccord de haute pression (HP)
2 Niederdruck-Anschluss (LP) 2 Low pressure connection (LP) 2 Raccord de basse pression (LP)
(für II(Y) .. V(W)(Y) Option) (for II(Y) .. V(W)(Y) option) (pour II(Y) .. V(W)(Y) option)
3 Öleinfüll-Stopfen / Ölrückführung 3 Oil fill plug / oil return 3 Remplissage d'huile / retour d'huile
(von Ölabscheider) (from oil separator) (de séparateur d'huile)
4 Ölablass 4 Oil drain 4 Vidange d'huile
5a Ölsumpfheizung III(W)(Y), IV(W)(Y), 5a Crankcase heater III(W)(Y), IV(W)(Y), 5a Résistance de carter III(W)(Y), IV(W)(Y),
VIW(Y), VIIW(Y) (Option) VIW(Y), VIIW(Y) (option) VIW(Y), VIIW(Y) (option)
5b Ölsumpfheizung V(W)(Y) (Option) 5b Crankcase heater V(W)(Y) (option) 5b Résistance de carter V(W)(Y) (option)
6 Schauglas, alternativ Anschluss für 6 Sight glas, alternative connection for 6 Voyant, alternatif raccord pour
Öl- und Gasausgleich (Parallelbetrieb) oil and gas equilization (parallel oper- égalisation d'huile et de gaz
7 Manometer-Anschluss (HP) ation) (fonctionnement en parallèle)
8 Manometer-Anschluss (LP) 7 Pressure gauge connection (HP) 7 Raccord du manomètre (HP)
9 Kühlwasser-Anschluss 8 Pressure gauge connection (LP) 8 Raccord du manomètre (LP)
IIIW(Y) .. VIIW(Y) 9 Cooling water connection 9 Raccord pour l’eau de refroidissement
10 Druckentlastungs-Ventil VIIW(Y) IIIW(Y) .. VIIW(Y) IIIW(Y) .. VIIW(Y)
(erforderlich bei einem Hubvolumen 10 Pressure relief valve VIIW(Y) 10 Soupape de surpression VIIW(Y)
> 50 m3/h) (necessary with a displacement (nécessaire pour un volume balayé
> 50 m3/h) > 50 m3/h)
SL Sauggas-Leitung SL Suction line SL Conduite d'aspiration
DL Druckgas-Leitung DL Discharge line DL Conduite de refoulement

192／278
KB-510-3 9
Rohrleitungen Pipelines Tuyauteries
Grundsätzlich nur Rohrleitungen und Only use tubes and components D'une manière générale, on ne doit utiliser
Anlagen-Komponenten verwenden, which are que des tubes et des composants
die • clean and dry inside (free from • propres et secs à l'intérieur (pas de
• innen sauber und trocken sind (frei slag, swarf, rust, and phosphate calamine, de copeaux métalliques, de
von Zunder, Metallspänen, Rost- coatings) and dépôts de rouille et de phosphates) et
und Phosphatschichten) und • which are delivered with an air tight • qui sont livrés hermétiquement clos.
• luftdicht verschlossen angeliefert seal. Positions des raccords voir page 10.
werden. Connection positions see page 10.
Anschluss-Positionen siehe Seite 10.

Achtung! Attention! Attention!

! Ventile nicht überhitzen!

Bei Anlagen mit längeren Rohr-
leitungen oder wenn ohne
! Do not overheat the valves!
Plants with longer pipe lines or if
it is soldered without protection
! Monter un filtre de nettoyage (maille
< 25 µm) à l'aspiration, dans les
installations avec de longues tuyau-
Schutzgas gelötet wird: Saug- gas: Install cleaning suction side teries ou quand le brasage est réa-
seitigen Reinigungsfilter einbau- filter (mesh size < 25 µm). lisé sans gaz inerte.
en (Filterfeinheit < 25 µm).

Achtung! Attention! Attention!

! Verdichterschaden möglich!
Im Hinblick auf hohen Trock-
nungsgrad und zur chemischen
! Compressor damage possible!
Generously sized high quality fil-
ter driers must be used to
! Dégâts sur le compresseur possi-
bles !
Utiliser des filtres déshydrateurs lar-
Stabilisierung des Kreislaufs ensure a high degree of dehy- gement dimensionnés et de qualité
müssen reichlich dimensionierte dration and to maintain the appropriée (tamis moléculaire avec
Filtertrockner geeigneter Qualität chemical stability of the system taille des pores adaptée) afin d'as-
verwendet werden (Molekular- (molecular sieves with specially surer le haut niveau de dessiccation
Sieve mit speziell angepasster adjusted pore sice). requis et la stabilité chimique du cir-
Porengröße). cuit

4 Elektrischer Anschluss 4 Electrical connection 4 Raccordement électrique

4.1 Allgemeine Hinweise 4.1 General recommendations 4.1 Indications générales

Das elektrische Zubehör entspricht The electrical accessory is in accor- Les accessoires électriques correspon-
der EU-Niederspannungsrichtlinie dance with the EC Low Voltage dent à la Directive CE Basse Tension
73/23/EWG (CE 96). Directive 73/23/EEC (CE 96). 73/23/CEE (CE 96).

Elektrische Anschlüsse gemäß The electrical installation is to be car- Réaliser l'exécution de l'installation élec-
Prinzipschaltbild ausführen. Sicher- ried out according to the wiring dia- trique conformément au schéma de prin-
heitsnormen EN 60204, EN 60335 gram. Observe the safety standards cipe. Respecter en les normes de sécuri-
und nationale Schutzbestimmungen EN 60204, EN 60335 and national té EN 60204, EN 60335 et les prescrip-
berücksichtigen. safety regulations. tions de sécurité locales.

Bei der Dimensionierung von Motor- For the dimensions of the motor con- Pour le dimensionnement des contac-
schützen, Zuleitungen und Sicherun- tactors, cables and fuses: teurs de moteur, des câbles d'alimenta-
gen: tion et des fusibles:
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Maximalen Betriebsstrom bzw.

maximale Leistungsaufnahme
des Motors zugrunde legen.
! Maximum operating current or
max. power consumption of the
motor should be the base.
! Le courant de service maximal resp.
la puissance absorbée max. de
moteur sont à prendre en considéra-
Schützauslegung: Contactor selection: tion.
nach Gebrauchskategorie AC3. according to operational cate- Selection des contacteurs:
gory AC3. d'après catégorie d'utilisation AC3.
• Spannungs- und Frequenzangaben • Voltage and frequency data on the • Comparer les indications de tension et
auf dem Typschild mit den Daten name plate should be compared to de fréquence sur la plaque signaléti-
des Stromnetzes vergleichen. Der the electrical supply data. The que avec les données du réseau. Le
Motor darf nur bei Übereinstimmung motor may only be connected when moteur ne peut être raccordé que s'il y
angeschlossen werden. these coincide. a concordance.

10 KB-510-3 193／278
• Motorklemmen gemäß Anweisung • Wire the motor terminals according • Raccorder les bornes du moteur con-
auf dem Deckel des Anschluss- to the indications on the terminal formément aux instructions se trouvant
kastens anschließen. box cover. sur le couvercle de la boîte de raccor-
dement.

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Gefahr von Motorschäden!

Vertauschte Anordnung der
elektrischen Anschlüsse führt
! Danger of motor damage!
Interchanged wiring results with
Y/∆ starting to a short circuit.
! Danger de défauts des moteurs !
Une inversion des raccordements
électriques en mode étoile-triangle
bei Y/∆-Schaltung zu Kurz- With part winding motors it provoque un court-circuit. Sur les
schluss. Bei PW-Motoren führt results to opposing or displaced moteurs à bobinage partiel, elle
dies zu gegenläufigen oder im phase fields. This leads to engendre des champs tournants en
Phasenwinkel verschobenen locked rotor conditions. opposition ou décalés dans l'angle
Drehfeldern. Der Motor wird Mount connections correctly! de phase et aboutit à un blocage.
dadurch blockiert. Réaliser correctement les raccorde-
Anschlüsse korrekt ausführen! ments !

4.2 Schutzeinrichtungen 4.2 Protection devices 4.2 Dispositif de protection

Motor-Schutzeinrichtung Motor protection device Dispositif de protection du moteur

nach Vorschrift des Motorherstellers Must be fitted in accordance with the A prévoir en conformité avec les prescrip-
bzw. den Richtlinien zum Schutz von motor manufacturer's specifications tions du constructeur de moteur resp. les
Antriebsmotoren ausführen. and the guidelines for the protection directives relatives à la protection des
of drive motors. moteurs d'entraînement.

Druck-Wächter (HP + LP) Pressure limiters (HP & LP) Limiteurs de pression (HP + LP)
sind erforderlich, um den Einsatzbe- are necessary in order to limit the sont nécessaires pour délimiter la plage
reich des Verdichters so abzusichern, operating range of the compressor to de fonctionnement du compresseur de
dass keine unzulässigen Betriebsbe- avoid inadmissible operating condi- façon à ce que des conditions de fonc-
dingungen auftreten können. tions. For connection positions see tionnement inadmissibles soient exclues.
Anschluss-Position siehe Seite 9. page 9. By no means pressure limi- Position des raccords, voir page 9. Ne
Druck-Wächter keinesfalls am ters may be connected to the service raccorder, en aucun cas, les limiteurs de
Service-Anschluss des Absperrventils connection of the shut-off valve! pression au raccord de service de la
anschließen! vanne d’arrêt !

Ölsumpfheizung Crankcase heater Résistance de carter

(Typ III(W)(Y) .. VIIW(Y)) (Typ III(W)(Y) .. VIIW(Y)) (Typ III(W)(Y) .. VIIW(Y))
gewährleistet die Schmierfähigkeit ensures the lubricity of the oil even garantit le pouvoir lubrifiant de l'huile,
des Öls auch nach längeren Still- after long standstill periods. It pre- même après des longues périodes sta-
standszeiten. Sie verhindert stärkere vents increased refrigerant solution in tionnaires. Elle permet d'éviter un enri-
Kältemittel-Anreicherung im Öl und the oil and therefore reduction of vis- chissement de l'huile en fluide frigorigène
damit Viskositätsminderung. cosity. et par conséquent, une baisse de la vis-
cosité.
Die Ölsumpfheizung muss im Still- The crankcase heater must be ener-
stand des Verdichters betrieben wer- gized during the standstill for La résistance de carter doit etre utliser
den bei • outdoor installation of the compres- durand des périodes stationaires
• Außen-Aufstellung des Verdichters sor • en cas d'installation extérieure du com-
• langen Stillstandszeiten • long shut-off periods presseur
• großer Kältemittel-Füllmenge • high refrigerant charge • en cas de longues périodes d'immobli-
• Gefahr von Kältemittel- • danger of refrigerant condensation sation
Kondensation in den Verdichter into the compressor • en cas de haute charge de fluide frigo-
rigène
• et en cas de risque de condensation
de fluide frigorigène dans le compres-
seur

194／278
KB-510-3 11
Der elektrische Anschluss muss über The electrical connection must be Le raccordement électrique doit passer
einen Öffnerkontakt am Motorschütz routed via an NC contact of the motor par un contact au repos (NF) du contac-
geführt werden, um sicherzustellen, contactor in order to ensure that the teur du moteur afin de s'assurer que la
dass die Heizung nur bei Stillstand heating only functions when the com- résistance est uniquement en service
des Verdichters in Funktion ist. Siehe pressor is shut off. Refer also to wiring quand le compresseur est à l'arrêt. Voir
auch Prinzipschaltbild. diagram. également le schéma de principe.
Anschluss-Position siehe Seite 10. For connection position see page 10. Position de raccord voir page 10.

5 In Betrieb nehmen 5 Commissioning 5 Mise en Service

Der Verdichter ist ab Werk sorgfältig The compressor is already thoroughly Le compresseur est soigneusement
getrocknet, auf Dichtheit geprüft und dehydrated, tested for leaks and séché en usine, son étanchéité est
mit Schutzgas (N2) befüllt. under pressure with holding charge contrôlée et il est rempli avec un gaz de
(N2). protection (N2).
Achtung! Attention! Attention!

! Druckfestigkeit und Dichtheit der

gesamten Anlage bevorzugt mit
getrockneten Stickstoff (N2) prü-
! Test the strength pressure and
the tightness of the entire plant
preferably with dry nitrogen (N2).
! Essayer la résistance à la pression
et l'étanchéité de toute l’installation
préféremment avec l'azote sec (N2).
fen. Compressor must be put out of Compresseur doit être remis hors
Bei Verwendung von getrockne- circuit when using dried air – du circuit quand l'air sec est vitilisé.
ter Luft Verdichter aus dem keep the shut-off valves closed. – maintenir les vannes d’arrêt fer-
Kreislauf nehmen – mées.
Absperrventile unbedingt Gefahr!
geschlossen halten. By no means the compressor Gefahr!
may be pressure tested with Ne faire, en aucun cas, les essais
Gefahr! oxygen or other industrial de pression sur le compresseur
Verdichter darf keinesfalls mit gases! avec de l'oxygène ou tout autre gaz
Sauerstoff oder anderen techni- technique !
schen Gasen abgepresst wer- Warning!
den! ! Never add refrigerant to the test Avertissement !
gas (N2 or air) – e. g. as leak ! Ne jamais ajouter fluide frigorigène
Warnung! indicator. au gaz d'essai (N2 ou air) – par ex.
! Dem Prüfmedium (N2 oder Luft) Critical shift of the refrigerant comme indicateur de fuite.
keinesfalls Kältemittel beimi- ignition limit with high pressure Décalage critique de la limite d’in-
schen – z. B. als Leck-Indikator. possible! flammabilité du fluide frigorigène
Kritische Verschiebung der Environmental pollution with possible, en cas de surpression !
Kältemittel-Zündgrenze bei leakage or when deflating! Pollution de l'environnement en
Überdruck möglich! cas de fuite ou d’évacuation du
Umweltbelastung bei Leckage système !
und beim Abblasen!

12 KB-510-3 195／278
 5.1 Druckfestigkeit prüfen 5.1 Strength pressure test 5.1 Essayer la résistance à la pression

Kältekreislauf (Baugruppe) entspre- Evaluate the refrigerant circuit (as- Essayer le circuit frigorifique (groupe as-
chend EN 378-2 prüfen (oder gültigen sembly) according to EN 378-2 (or semblé) correspondant à EN 378-2 (ou
äquivalenten Sicherheitsnormen). Der valid equivalent safety standards). The normes de sécurité équivalentes, qui sont
Verdichter wurde bereits im Werk compressor had been already tested valables). Le compresseur était déjà
einer Prüfung auf Druckfestigkeit in the factory for strength pressure. essayé à l'usine sur son résistance à la
unterzogen. Eine Dichtheitsprüfung Therefore a tightness test (5.2) is suf- pression. Par ça un essai d'étanchéité
(5.2) ist deshalb ausreichend. ficient. (5.2) est suffisiant.
Wenn dennoch die gesamte Baugrup- However, if the whole assembly is test- En cas d'essayer néanmoins la résistance
pe auf Druckfestigkeit geprüft wird: ed for strength pressure: à la pression du tout le groupe assemblé:
Gefahr! Danger! Danger !
Prüfdruck des Verdichters darf Test pressure may not exceed Le timbrage ne doit pas excéder
die maximal zulässigen Drücke the maximum operating pres- les pressions de service maximales
nicht überschreiten, die auf dem sures indicated on the name qui sont marquées sur la plaque
Typschild genannt sind! plate! d'identité !
Bei Bedarf Absperrventile If necessary leave the shut-off En cas utile laisser les vannes d'ar-
geschlossen halten! valves closed! rêt fermées !

5.2 Dichtheit prüfen 5.2 Tightness test 5.2 Essayer l'étanchéité

Kältekreislauf (Baugruppe) als Gan- Evaluate tightness of the entire refrig- Essayer tout le circuit frigorifique (groupe
zes oder in Teilen auf Dichtheit prüfen erant circuit (assembly) or parts of it – assemblé) ou des parties – conformé-
– entsprechend EN 378-2 (oder gülti- according to EN 378-2 (or valid equiv- ment à EN 378-2 (ou normes de sécurité
gen äquivalenten Sicherheitsnormen). alent safety standards) by using pre- équivalentes, qui sont valables). Utiliser
Dazu vorzugsweise mit getrocknetem ferably an overpressure of dry nitro- préféremment une surpression avec de
Stickstoff einen Überdruck erzeugen. gen. l'azote séché.

Gefahr! Danger! Danger !

Prüfdrücke und Sicherheits- Test pressures and safety refer- Timbrages et indications de sécurité
hinweise siehe Kapitel 5.1. ences see chapter 5.1. voir chapitre 5.1.

5.3 Evakuieren 5.3 Evacuation 5.3 Tirage à vide

Ölsumpfheizung einschalten. Energize the crankcase heater. Mettre la résistance de carter en service.
Vorhandene Absperr- und Magnet- Open all shut-off valves and solenoid Ouvrir les vannes d'isolement et les
ventile öffnen. Das gesamte System valves. Evacuate the entire system vannes magnétiques existantes. Procéder
einschließlich Verdichter auf Saug- including compressor using a vacuum à la mise sous vide de l'ensemble du sys-
und Hochdruckseite mit Vakuumpum- pump connected to the high and low tème, y compris le compresseur, à l'aspi-
pe evakuieren. pressure sides. ration et au refoulement.
Bei abgesperrter Pumpenleistung When the pump is switched off a Un "vide stable" inférieur à 1,5 mbar doit
muss ein "stehendes Vakuum" kleiner "standing vacuum" of less than se maintenir après l'arrêt de la pompe à
als 1,5 mbar erreicht werden. 1.5 mbar must be maintained. vide.
Wenn nötig Vorgang mehrfach wieder- If necessary repeat this procedure En cas utile répéter plusieurs fois la pro-
holen. several times. cédure.

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Verdichter nicht im Vakuum star-

ten!
Mechanische Schäden möglich.
! Do not start compressor under
vacuum.
Mechanical damages possible.
! Ne pas démarrer le compresseur
sous vide.
Des défauts mécaniques sont pos-
Zuerst mit Kältemittel befüllen! Charge refrigerant first! sibles.
Procéder d'abord au remplissage de
fluide frigorigène !

196／278
13 KB-510-3 13
5.4 Kältemittel einfüllen 5.4 Charging refrigerant 5.4 Remplir le fluide frigorigène

Nur zugelassene Kältemittel einfüllen Charge only permitted refrigerants Remplir seulement des fluides frigori-
(siehe Kapitel 2). (see chapter 2). gènes autorisés (voir chapitre 2).

• Bevor Kältemittel eingefüllt wird: • Before refrigerant is charged: • Avant remplir le fluide frigorigène:
- Ölsumpfheizung einschalten. - Energize the crankcase heater. - Mettre la résistance de carter en ser-
- Ölstand im Verdichter kontrollie- - Check the compressor oil level. vice.
ren. - Do not switch on the compressor! - Contrôler le niveau d'huile dans le
- Verdichter nicht einschalten! compresseur.
• Charge liquid refrigerant directly
- Ne pas enclencher le compresseur !
• Flüssiges Kältemittel direkt in den into the condenser resp. receiver.
Verflüssiger bzw. Sammler füllen, For systems with flooded evapora- • Remplisser le fluide frigorigène liquide
bei Systemen mit überflutetem tor refrigerant can be also charged directement dans le condenseur resp.
Verdampfer evtl. auch in den Ver- into the evaporator. le réservoir de liquide. Pour les sys-
dampfer. tèmes avec évaporateur noyés, le rem-
• After commissioning it may be nec-
plissage peut aussi se faire dans l'éva-
• Nach Inbetriebnahme kann es not- essary to add refrigerant:
porateur.
wendig werden, Kältemittel zu Charge the refrigerant from the
ergänzen: suction side while the compressor • Après la mise en service, il peut s'avé-
Bei laufendem Verdichter Kälte- is in operation. Charge preferably at rer nécessaire de procéder à un
mittel auf der Saugseite einfüllen, the evaporator inlet. appoint de fluide frigorigène:
am besten am Verdampfer-Eintritt. Blends must be taken from the Le compresseur étant en service,
Gemische müssen als blasenfreie charging cylinder as "solid liquid". introduire le fluide frigorigène du côté
Flüssigkeit dem Füllzylinder ent- aspiration, de préférence à l'entrée de
nommen werden. l'évaporateur. Les mélanges doivent
être retirées du cylindre de remplissa-
ge en phase liquide et sans bulles.

Bei Flüssigkeits-Einspeisung: If liquid is charged: En cas de remplissage en phase liquide:

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Gefahr von Nassbetrieb!

Äußerst fein dosieren!
Öltemperatur oberhalb 40°C
! Danger of wet operation!
Charge small amounts at a time!
Keep the oil temperature above
! Risque de fonctionnement en noyé !
Faire un dosage très fin.
Maintenir la température d'huile au-
halten. 40°C. dessus de 40°C.

Gefahr! Danger! Danger !

Berstgefahr von Komponenten Explosion risk of components Danger d'éclatement des compo-
und Rohrleitungen durch hydrau- and pipelines by hydraulic over- sants et conduites par surpression
lischen Überdruck. pressure. hydraulique.
Überfüllung des Systems mit Avoid absolutely overcharging of Eviter absolument suralimentation
Kältemittel unbedingt vermeiden! the system with refrigerant! du système avec fluide frigorigène !

14 KB-510-3 197／278
5.5 Kontrollen vor dem Start 5.5 Checks before starting 5.5 Contrôles avant le démarrage

• Ölstand • Oil level • Niveau d'huile

(im markierten Schauglasbereich) (within range on sight glass) (dans la plage indiquée sur le voyant)

Bei Verdichter-Austausch: When exchanging a compressor: En cas de remplacement du compresseur:

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Es befindet sich bereits Öl im

Kreislauf. Deshalb kann es erfor-
derlich sein, einen Teil der Ölfül-
! Oil is already in the system.
Therefore it may be necessary
to drain a part of the oil charge.
! Il y a déjà de l'huile dans le circuit.
Pour cette raison il peut être néces-
saire de retirer une certaine quantité
lung abzulassen. If there are large quantities of oil d’huile.
Bei größeren Ölmengen im in the circuit (possibly from a Quand il y a des quantités importan-
Kreislauf (z. B. durch vorausge- preceding compressor damage), tes d'huile dans le circuit (p. ex. à la
gangenen Verdichterschaden) there is also a risk of liquid slug- suite d’un défaut du compresseur),
besteht zudem Gefahr von Flüs- ging at start. il existe un danger supplémentaire
sigkeitsschlägen beim Startvor- Adjust oil level within the marked de coups de liquide au démarrage.
gang. sight glas range! Ajuster le niveau d'huile dans la
Ölstand innerhalb markiertem plage indiquée sur le voyant !
Schauglasbereich halten!

• Öltemperatur (ca. 15 .. 20 K über • Oil temperature (approx. 15 .. 20 K • Température d'huile (environ 15 .. 20 K

Umgebungstemperatur bzw. saug- above ambient temperature resp. au-dessus de la température ambiante
seitiger Sättigungstemperatur) suction side saturation tempera- resp. de vapeur saturée à l'aspiration)
ture)
• Einstellung und Funktion der • Réglage et fonction des dispositifs de
Sicherheits- und Schutz-Einrichtun- • Setting and function of safety and sécurité et de protection
gen protection devices
• Réglage des relais de temporisés
• Sollwerte der Zeitrelais • Setting of time relays
• Pression de coupure des limiteurs de
• Abschaltdrücke der Hoch- und • Cut-out pressures of the high- and haute et basse pression
Niederdruck-Wächter low-pressure limiters
• Vannes d’arrêt ouvertes?
• Absperrventile geöffnet? • Are all shut-off valves opened?

198／278
KB-510-3 15
5.6 Startvorgang 5.6 Start-up procedure 5.6 Le démarrage

Schmierung / Ölkontrolle Lubrication / oil check Lubrification / contrôle de l’huile

Unmittelbar nach dem Start die The compressor lubrication should be Immédiatement après le démarrage, il faut
Schmierung des Verdichters kontrol- checked immediately after starting. contrôler la lubrification du compresseur.
lieren.
• Oil level ¼ to ¾ height of sight • Niveau d'huile entre ¼ et ¾ de la hau-
• Ölstand ¼ bis ¾ Schauglashöhe, glass, repeat checks within the teur du voyant, contrôles répétés
wiederholte Kontrollen innerhalb first hours of operation. pendant les premières heures de fonc-
der ersten Betriebsstunden. tionnement.

Wenn größere Ölmengen nachgefüllt If larger quantities of oil have to be S'il faut rajouter de grandes quantités
werden sollen: added: d'huile:
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Gefahr von Flüssigkeitsschlä-

gen!
Ölrückführung überprüfen.
! Danger of liquid slugging!
Check the oil return. ! Risque de coups de liquide !
Contrôler le retour d'huile.

Schwingungen Vibrations Vibrations

Die gesamte Anlage, insbesondere The whole plant, especially the pipe- Contrôler l’ensemble de l'installation en
Rohrleitungen und Kapillarrohre, auf lines and capillary tubes, must be particulier la tuyauterie et les tubes capillai-
abnormale Schwingungen überprüfen. checked for abnormal vibrations. If res s'il existant des vibrations anormales.
Wenn nötig, zusätzliche Sicherungs- necessary additional protective mea- Si nécessaire, prendre des mesures de
maßnahmen treffen. sures must be taken. précaution adéquates.

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Rohrbrüche sowie Leckagen am

Verdichter und sonstigen Anla-
gen-Komponenten möglich!
! Pipe fractures and leakages at
compressor and other compo-
nents of the plant possible!
! Possibilité de ruptures de tuyau et
vidages an compresseur et autres
componets de l'installation !
Starke Schwingungen vermei- Avoid strong vibrations! Éviter des vibrations fortes !
den!

Betriebsdaten überprüfen Checking the operating data Contrôle des caractéristiques de

service
• Verdampfungstemperatur • Evaporation temperature
• Sauggastemperatur • Suction gas temperature • Température d'évaporation
• Verflüssigungstemperatur • Condensing temperature • Température des gaz aspirés
• Druckgastemperatur • Discharge gas temperature • Température de condensation
• Öltemperatur • Oil temperature • Température des gaz refoulés
• Schalthäufigkeit • Switching frequency • Température de l'huile
Datenprotokoll anlegen. Prepare data protocol. • Nombre d’enclenchements
Dresser un procès-verbal.

16 KB-510-3 199／278
6 Betrieb / Wartung 6 Operation / Maintenance 6 Service / Maintenance

6.1 Regelmäßige Kontrollen 6.1 Regular checks 6.1 Contrôles régulièrs

Anlage entsprechend den nationalen Examine regularly the plant according Vérifier l'installation régulièrement con-
Vorschriften regelmäßig prüfen. to national regulations. formément aux réglementations natio-
Dabei folgende Punkte kontrollieren: Check the following points: nales.
En ce cas contrôler les points suivants:
• Betriebsdaten (vgl. Kapitel 5.6) • Operating data (chapter 5.6)
• Caractéristiques de service (chap. 5.6)
• Ölversorgung (siehe Kapitel 5.6) • Oil supply (see chapter 5.6)
• Alimentation en huile (voir chap. 5.6)
• Schutz-Einrichtungen und alle Teile • Protection devices and all com-
zur Überwachung des Verdichters pressor monitoring parts (check • Dispositifs de protection et toutes
(Rückschlagventile, Druck-Wäch- valves, discharge gas temperature pièces, qui surveillent le compresseur
ter... siehe Kapitel 4.2 und 5.6) limiter, pressure limiters... see (clapets de retenue, limiteur de tempe-
chapters 4.2 and 5.6) rature du gaz au refoulement, limiteurs
• Datenprotokoll pflegen.
de pression... voir chapitres 4.2 et 5.6)
• Update data protocol.
• Riemen-Vorspannung nach
• Soigner le procès-verbal.
Einlaufzeit nochmals kontrollieren • Check initial belt tension again
after running-in period • La tension initiale des courroies après
• Elektrische Kabel-Verbindungen
la période de rodage
auf festen Sitz prüfen. • Check electrical cable connections
on tight fitting. • Vérifier les raccords des câbles élec-
triques sur ajustement solide.

6.2 Arbeitsventile 6.2 Working valves 6.2 Clapets

sind für wartungsfreien Betrieb ausge- are designed for maintenance free sont dimensionnés pour un service sans
legt. Trotzdem empfiehlt sich eine operation. It is however recommended entretien. Il est néanmoins conseillé d'ef-
Überprüfung nach Betriebsstörungen to make an inspection after operating fectuer un contrôle, après dérangements
und im Zusammenhang mit Ölwech- failures and in conjunction with an oil de service et à l'occasion d'une vidange
sel (etwa alle 10 000 bis 12 000 change (approx. every 10 000 to d'huile (environ toutes les 10 000 à
Betriebsstunden). 12 000 operating hours). 12 000 heures de service).
• Für die Überprüfung neue • When the inspection is made, new • Pour le contrôle, il est nécessaire de
Dichtungen (Ventilplatte, Zylinder- gaskets (valve plate, cylinder head) prévoir des joints neufs (plaque à cla-
kopf) bereithalten. Sie können bei should be kept ready, as the exist- pets, tête de cylindres), car ceux-ci
Demontage zerstört werden. ing gaskets may be damaged dur- peuvent être détériorés au cours du
ing dismantling. démontage.
• Kompletter Wechsel der Ventilplatte
ist erforderlich, bei • It is necessary to change the com- • Le remplacement complet de la plaque
• starkem Verschleiß, plete valve plate, for à clapets s'avère nécessaire en cas
• Querschnitts-Verengung durch • high wear, • d'une usure importante ou
Ölverkokung oder • constriction of the ports due to • de diminution de section par cokéfac-
• Beschädigung der Ventilsitze. coking or tion de l'huile, ou à la suite
• damage to the valve seats. • d'une détérioration des sièges des
clapets.

200／278
KB-510-3 17
• Bei Montage der Ventilplatten ach- • When fitting the valve plates atten- • Au cours du montage de la plaque à
ten auf tion must be given to clapets, il faut prendre soin
• saubere Dichtflächen, • ensure clean sealing surfaces, • à la propreté des surfaces d'étanchéi-
• richtigen Sitz der Dichtungen und • correct seating of the gaskets and té,
Ventilfedern sowie valve reeds and
• à la mise en place correcte de ces
• gleichmäßiges Anziehen der • uniform tightening of the cylinder joints et des ressorts de clapets,
Zylinderkopfschrauben. head screws.
• ainsi qu'au serrage régulier des vis de
• Zylinderkopfschrauben nach ca. • Tighten again the cylinder head la tête de culasse.
100 Betriebsstunden noch einmal screws after approx. 100 operating
• Resserer les vis de la tête de culasse
nachziehen. Anzugsmomente siehe hours. For tightening torques see
après environ 100 heures de fonction-
Wartungsanleitung KW-100. Maintenance Instruction KW-100.
nement. Pour des couples de serrage
voir Instruction de Service KW-100.

6.3 Ölwechsel 6.3 Oil changing 6.3 Remplacement de l'huile

Ölwechsel ist bei fabrikmäßig gefertig- Oil changing is not normally neces- Une vidange d'huile ne s'impose pas pour
ten Anlagen nicht zwingend. Bei sary for factory assembled plants. For les systèmes réalisés en usine. En cas
"Feldinstallationen" oder bei Einsatz "field installations" and for applications de "réalisation sur le site" ou de fonction-
nahe der Einsatzgrenze empfiehlt sich near the operating limits a first oil nement auprès des limites du champs
ein erstmaliger Wechsel nach ca. 100 change is recommended after approx. d'application autorisé, une première
Betriebsstunden. Dabei auch Ölfilter 100 operating hours. This includes vidange est préconisée après environ
und Magnetstopfen reinigen. cleaning the oil filter and magnetic 100 heures de fonctionnement. Nettoyer
Danach etwa alle 3 Jahre bzw. plug. alors également le filtre à huile et le bou-
10 .. 12 000 Betriebsstunden Öl wech- The oil has to be replaced after that chon magnétique.
seln. Dabei auch Ölfilter und Magnet- approx. every 3 years or 10 .. 12 000 Par la suite, prévoir une vidange d'huile
stopfen reinigen. operating hours. Clean also oil filter tous les 3 ans resp. après 10 000.. 12000
Ölsorten: Siehe Kapitel 2. and magnetic plug. heures de fonctionnement. Nettoyer alors
Oil types: See chapter 2. également le filtre à huile et le bouchon
Ölmenge: magnétique.
• 0(Y) + I(Y): Niveau bis Anschluss Oil quantity: Types d'huile: Voir chapitre 2.
3 (siehe Seite 10) • 0(Y) & I(Y): level until connection
• II(Y) .. VII(W)(Y): bis Schauglas- 3 (see page 10) Quantité d'huile:
Mitte • II(Y) .. VII(W)(Y): until middle of • 0(Y) + I(Y): niveau jusqu'au raccord 3
sight glass (p. 10)
• II(Y) .. VII(W)(Y): jusqu'au milieu du
voyant

Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Esteröle sind stark hygrosko-

pisch.
Feuchtigkeit wird im Öl chemisch
! Ester oils are strongly hygro-
scopic.
Moisture is chemically com-
! Les huiles ester sont fortement
hygroscopiques.
L'humidité est liée chimiquement
gebunden. Es kann nicht oder pounded with these oils. It can- dans les huiles. Elle ne peut pas
nur unzureichend durch Evaku- not be, or only insufficiently, être, ou de manière insuffisante seu-
ieren entfernt werden. removed by evacuation. lement, retirée lors de la mise sous
Äußerst sorgsamer Umgang Handle very carefully! vide.
erforderlich! Avoid air admission into the Manipulation très soignée exigée !
Lufteintritt in Anlage und Ölge- plant and oil can! Eviter l'introduction d'air dans l'instal-
binde vermeiden! lation et les bidons d'huile !

Altöl Umwelt gerecht entsorgen! Dispose of waste oil properly! L'huile usée devra être recyclée de
Chlorhaltiges Öl ist Sondermüll. Chlorinated oil is pollutive waste. façon adaptée !
Les huiles chlorées useés sont des
déchets pollués.

18 KB-510-3 201／278
6.4 Wellenabdichtung 6.4 Shaft seal 6.4 Garniture d'étanchéité

Eine routinemäßige Überprüfung der It is not necessary to make a regulary En règle générale, un contrôle de routine
Wellenabdichtung ist im Regelfall nicht routine inspection of the shaft seal. de la garniture d'étanchéité n'est pas
erforderlich. In order to increase operating reliabili- nécessaire.
Im Hinblick auf erhöhte Betriebs- ty it is however recommend to check En vue d'une sécurité de fonctionnement
sicherheit empfiehlt sich jedoch eine the seal in conjunction with an oil accrue, il est cependant recommandé de
Überprüfung im Zusammenhang mit change or after faults in the lubrication procéder à un contrôle lors de la vidange
Ölwechsel oder Störungen im circuit. Special attention should be d'huile ou en cas de problèmes sur l'ali-
Schmierkreislauf. Dabei besonders given to mentation d'huile Il faut alors porter son
achten auf attention
• Verhärtungen und Risse an den • hardening and cracking of the gas- • sur les fissures dans les joints ainsi
Dichtungen sowie auf kets and to que
• Verschleiß, • wear, • sur l'usure,
• Riefen, • scoring, • la présence de stries et
• Material-Ablagerungen, • material deposits, • de dépôts de matière,
• Ölkohle und • oil coke and • de calamine et
• Kupferplattierung. • copper plating. • de cuivre sur les bagues de glisse-
ment.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11 10 9 8

1 Seitendeckel Side cover Couvercle latéral

2 Dichtung Gasket Joint
3 Welle Shaft Arbre
4 Feder Spring Ressort
5 Dichtung Gasket Joint
6 Abschlussdeckel End cover Couvercle de fermeture
7 Kugel Ball Boule
8 Dichtung Gasket Joint
9 Rotierender Gleitring Rotanting sealing cover Bague de glissement tournante
10 Statischer Gleitring Stationary sealing cover Bague de glissement statique
11 Dichtung Gasket Joint

Abb. 5 Wellenabdichtung Fig. 5 Shaft seal Fig. 5 Etanchéité de l’arbre

202／278
KB-510-3 19
Leckölmengen bis ca. 0.05 cm3 pro Leakage oil quantities up to 0.05 cm3 Une perte d'huile jusqu'à environ 0,05
Betriebsstunde liegen im zulässigen per hour are within the permitted tol- cm3/h est admissible.
Toleranzbereich. erance range. Une plus grande perte d'huile risque de
During the running-in period of the survenir pendant le temps de mise en
In der Einlaufzeit der neuen Gleitring- œuvre de la nouvelle garniture d’étanche.
new shaft seal (about 250 hours) an
dichtung (ca. 250 Stunden) kann eine
increased oil leak rate may occur.
erhöhte Leckölmenge austreten.

Wellenabdichtung austauschen Replacing the shaft seal Remplacement de la garniture d'étan-

chéité
Anzugsdrehmomente siehe Wartungs- Tightening torque see maintenance
anleitung KW-100. instruction KW-100. Couples de serrage voir instructions de
maintenance KW-100.
• Die Wellenabdichtung nur als kom- • Replace the shaft seal as a com-
plette Einheit austauschen (Abb. 5)! plete unit (figure 5)! • Remplacer la garniture d'étanchéité
Der Wellenabdichtungs-Satz The parts of the shaft seal kit are: toujours entièrement comme unité
besteht aus: • stationary sealing ring (10), complète (figure 5)!
• statischem Gleitring (10), • rotating sealing ring (9) and Les parts du kit de la garniture d'étan-
• rotierendem Gleitring (9) sowie • gaskets (2), (5), (8), and (11). chéité sont:
• Dichtungen (2), (5), (8) und (11). • bague de glissement statique (10),
• The compressor need not be • bague de glissement tournante (9) et
• Der Verdichter muss nicht aus der removed from the system. • joints (2), (5), (8) et (11).
Anlage ausgebaut werden. It is enough to remove the flywheel:
Es genügt die Demontage des • Relax V-belt. • Il n'est pas nécessaire de retirer le
Schwungrades: • Remove nut and key. compresseur de l'installation.
• Keilriemen entspannen. • Take off the flywheel from the Le démontage du volant suffit:
• Mutter und Gewindekeil entfer- shaft. • Relâcher la courroie trapézoïdale.
nen. • Retirer l'écrou et la clavette filetée.
• Close the shut-off valves of the • Retirer le volant de l’arbre.
• Schwungrad von der Welle neh-
compressor.
men. • Fermer les vannes d'arrêt du compres-
• Absperrventile des Verdichters seur.
schließen.

Warnung! Warning: Avertissement !

! Verdichter steht unter Druck! ! Compressor is under pressure! ! Compresseur est sous pression !
Schwere Verletzungen möglich. Serious injuries possible. Graves blessures possible.
Verdichter auf drucklosen Zu- Release the pressure in the Retirer la pression sur le compres-
stand bringen! compressor! seur !

• Abschlussdeckel (6) so weit lösen, • Loosen end cover (6) until • Desserrer le couvercle d'extrémité (6)
bis Feder (4) ganz entspannt ist. spring (4) is completely relaxed. jusqu'à ce que le ressort (4) soit totale-
ment relâché.
Achtung! Attention! Attention !

! Gefahr von Pleuelbruch durch

axiales Verschieben der Welle! ! Breakage of connecting rods
possible due to axial displacing
! Possibilité de rupture de bielle par
dislocation axial de l'arbre!
Relâcher totalement le ressort (4) !
Feder (4) vollständig entspan- of the shaft!
nen! Relax spring (4) completely!
• Seitendeckel (1) und statischen • Remove side cover (1) and station- • Retirer le couvercle latéral (1), la
Gleitring (10) mit Dichtung (11) ent- ary sealing ring (10) with gas- bague de glissement statique (10) et le
fernen. ket (11). joint (11).
• Welle (3) unter Drehen bis zum • Pull out shaft (3) with turning mo- • Sortir l'arbre (3) en le tournant jusqu'à
Anschlag herausziehen. Rotieren- tions until it stops. Remove rotating l'arrêt. Retirer la bague de glissement
den Gleitring (9) und Dichtung (8) sealing ring (9) and gasket (8). tournante (9) et le joint (8).
entfernen. • Retirer le couvercle de fermeture (6) et
• Remove the end cover (6) and the
• Abschlussdeckel (6) und gasket (5). le joint (5).
Dichtung (5) entfernen.

20 KB-510-3 203／278
• Flanschflächen, Welle, Seiten- und • Clean flanges, shaft, side and end • Nettoyer le flasque du carter, l'arbre, le
Abschlussdeckel reinigen. Rost- cover. Remove the preservation couvercle latéral et le couvercle de fer-
schutzfett von den neuen Gleit- grease from the new sealing rings. meture. Retirer la graisse de protection
ringen entfernen. antirouille des nouvelles bagues de
• Slide the new small gasket (8) over
glissements.
• Neue (kleinere) Dichtung (8) bis the shaft up to the shaft shoulder.
zum Bund auf die Welle schieben. Oil the sliding surfaces of the new • Glisser la plus petite joint nouvelle (8)
Gleitflächen der neuen Gleitringe sealing rings with clean refrigera- sur l'arbre jusqu'à l'épaulement. Huiler
mit sauberem Kälteöl einölen. tion oil. Push the new rotating seal- les surfaces de glissement des bagues
Rotierenden Gleitring (9) auf die ing ring (9) onto the shaft. de glissement avec de l'huile frigori-
Welle schieben. fique propre. Glisser la bague de glis-
• Push shaft inward, whilst turning.
sement tournante (9) sur l'arbre.
• Welle unter Drehen nach innen
• Place the new larger gasket (11)
schieben. • Repousser l'arbre vers l'intérieur en le
and the stationary sealing ring (10)
tournant.
• Neue (größere) Dichtung (11) und into the notch of the side cover (1).
statischen Gleitring (10) in die Aus- Place the new gasket (2) into the • Mettre le plus grand joint nouveau (11)
sparung des Seitendeckels (1) ein- housing flange. Fit the side co- et la bague de glissement statique
legen. Neue Dichtung (2) in Ge- ver (1). Screw in the bolts squarely dans l'évidement du couvercle laté-
häuseflansch einsetzen. Seitendek- and tighten them uniformly. ral (1). Mettre le joint nouveau (2) dans
kel (1) aufsetzen. Schrauben über le flasque du carter. Mettre le cou-
• Place the ball (7). Place the new
Kreuz gleichmäßig anziehen. vercle latéral. Serrer les vis uniformé-
gasket (5) into the housing flange.
ment et en croix.
• Kugel (7) einlegen. Neue Dich- Fit the end cover (6) and retighten
tung (5) in Gehäuseflansch einset- it whilst turning the shaft. Screw in • Remplacer la boule (7). Mettre le joint
zen. Abschlussdeckel (6) aufsetzen the bolts squarely and tighten them nouveau (5) dans le flasque du carter.
und unter Drehen der Welle wieder uniformly. Mettre le couvercle de fermeture (6) et
festziehen. Schrauben über Kreuz le refixer tout en tournant l'arbre.
• Assemble flywheel according to
gleichmäßig anziehen. Serrer les vis uniformément et en
chapter 3.3.
croix.
• Schwungrad montieren entspre-
• Open the shut-off valves of the
chend Kapitel 3.3. • Monter le volant suivant chapitre 3.3.
compressor.
• Absperrventile des Verdichters öff- • Ouvrir les vannes d'arrêt du compres-
nen. seur.

204／278
KB-510-3 21
7 Außer Betrieb nehmen 7 De-commissioning 7 Mise hors service

7.1 Stillstand 7.1 Standstill 7.1 Arrêt

Bis zur Demontage Ölsumpfheizung Keep the crankcase heater switched Laisser la résistance de carter mise en
eingeschaltet lassen. Das verhindert on until dismatling the compressor! service jusqu'au démontage du compres-
erhöhte Kältemittel-Anreicherung im This prevents increased refrigerant seur! Elle permet d'éviter un enrichisse-
Verdichter-Öl. solution in the compressor oil. ment de fluide frigorigène dans le com-
presseur.

7.2 Demontage des Verdichters 7.2 Dismantling the compressor 7.2 Démontage du compresseur

Bei Reparatureingriffen, die eine For repair work, that makes dismant- En vue d'une réparation, que fait un
Demontage notwendig machen, oder ling necessary, or when decommis- démontage nécessaire, ou de la mise
bei Außer-Betriebnahme: sioning them: hors service :
Absperrventile am Verdichter schlie- Close the shut-off valves at the com- Fermer les vannes d'arrêt du compres-
ßen. Kältemittel absaugen. Kältemittel pressor. Pump-off the refrigerant. Do seur. Aspirer le fluide frigorigène. Ne pas
nicht abblasen, sondern Umwelt not release the refrigerant but dispose laisser le fluide frigorigène s’échapper,
gerecht entsorgen! it properly! mais recycler le de façon adaptée !

Warnung! Warning! Avertissement !

! Verdichter kann unter Druck ! Compressor can be under ! Le compresseur peut-être sous
stehen! pressure! pression !
Schwere Verletzungen möglich. Severe injuries possible. Graves blessures possible.
Schutzbrille tragen! Wear safety goggles! Porter des lunettes de protection !

Verschraubungen oder Flansche an Open the threaded joints or flanges at Ouvrir les vissages ou les brides aux
den Verdichter-Ventilen öffnen. Ver- the compressor valves. Remove the vannes du compresseur. Enlever le com-
dichter ggf. mit Hebezeug entfernen. compressor if necessary with a hoist- presseur en cas échéant avec un engin
ing tool. de levage.

Verdichter entsorgen Disposing the compressor Mise à la ferraille du compresseur

Öl am Verdichter ablassen. Drain the oil at the compressor. Vider l'huile du compresseur.
Altöl Umwelt gerecht entsorgen! Dispose of waste oil properly! L’huile usée devra être recyclée de façon
Chlorhaltiges Öl ist Sondermüll. Chlorinated oil is pollutive waste. adaptée ! Les huiles chlorées useés sont
des déchets pollués.
Verdichter reparieren lassen oder Have the compressor repaired or dis-
Umwelt gerecht entsorgen. posed of properly! Faire réparer le compresseur ou le faire
recycler de façon adaptée.

22 KB-510-3 205／278
 206／278
KB-510-3 23
 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change / Toutes modifications résérvées 04.03

Bitzer Kühlmaschinenbau GmbH

Eschenbrünnlestr. 15
7 10 65 Sindelfingen (Germany)
Tel. +49 (0) 70 31 -9 32-0
Fax +49 (0) 70 31 -9 32-1 46 & -1 47
[email protected] • http://www.bitzer.de

207／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 20
Page 0

SPARE LIST

OF

"BITZER" COMPRESSOR
MODEL: Recip. Compressors 2-Cylinder

SERVICE GUIDE

208／278
Ersatzteil- Spare Parts Liste des pièces
liste List détachées

Hubkolbenverdichter, Recip. Compressors, Compresseurs à piston,

2-Zylinder 2-Cylinder 2 cylindres

KE-100-2

0
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII

209／278
Wichtige Hinweise für Important recommen- Recommendation
den Benutzer dations for the user importante pour le client

Eine ordnungsgemäße Bearbeitung An order can only be executed exactly L‘éxécution conforme d‘une commande de
Ihres Ersatzteilauftrages kann nur bei if a full designation is given. pièces détachées ne peut être faite qu‘avec
vollständigen Angaben erfolgen. l‘indication complète des coordonnées.

Bestellbeispiel: Example for ordering: Exemple de commande:

Stück Benennung Typ Art.-Nr. Fabrikationsnummer

Quantity Description Type Ref. nr. Serial number
Quantité Désignation Type Réf. no. No. de fabrication

1 Magnetschraube III 366 111-02 490 015

Magnetic plug
Vis magnétique

Sind bei einem Teil Änderungsstufen In cases where stages of modification S’il s’agit d’une pièce ayant subie des
vermerkt, muß neben der Art.-Nummer are indicated, please give the compres- modifications, veuillez indiquer en dehors
auch die Fabrikationsnummer oder die sor serial number as well as the ref. du numéro de référence de la pièce le
Änderungsstufe angegeben werden. number, without this latest design will numéro de fabrication du compresseur à
Werden keine Angaben gemacht, wird be supplied. réparer. Sans ces coordonnées il vous
die neueste Teileausführung geliefert. sera livré d’office la pièce la plus récente.

Verdichtertypen, die älter als 10 Jahre Compressor types older than 10 years Les types de compresseurs qui sont plus
sind, werden in dieser Liste nicht mehr are not entered any more in this list. âgés que 10 ans ne figurent plus dans la
aufgeführt. liste.

Legende Legend Légende

Artikel-Nr. in Klammern: Ref. no. in brackets: Réf. no. entre paranthèses:

(123 456-78) nicht mehr lieferbar no more available non plus livrable

nicht mehr lieferbar, aber austausch- no more available, but interchangea- non plus livrable, mais interchangea-
(123 456-78)↓ bar durch nächste Änderungsstufe ble by next modification step ble par le prochain no. de modification

[incl. 17,23] enthält Pos. 17 und 23 containing item 17 and 23 inclus no. 17 et 23

➡ 17,23 bereits enthalten in Pos. 17 und 23 already contained in item 17 and 23 déjà contenu dans no. 17 et 23

Pos.-Nr. in Klammern: Item no. in brackets: pos. no. in brackets:

(23)
nicht in der Zeichnung dargestellt not shown in the exploded view ne sont pas indiquées sur l’éclaté

 Fortsetzung der Pos. nächste Seite Item continued next page No. continué la page suivante

210／278

2
 211／278
3
 212／278

4
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

1 0 1 300 000-01 Gehäuse 139,5 x 150 x 92

Body
I 1 300 001-01 143 x 160 x 110
Corps
II 1 10/82/230 091 300 002-01 [incl. 2,3,4) 181 x 160 x 119
III 1 10/82/230 001 300 003-01 181 x 200 x 139
IV 1 11/82/231 001 300 025-01 250 x 223 x 171
V 1 11/82/231 001 300 025-02 294 x 290 x 217
VI 1 12/82/232 051 300 025-03 398 x 330 x 292
VII 1 3/83/243 001 300 025-04 445 x 380 x 320

2 IV 0 1 3/77/L 001 U — Lagerbuchse (vorn/außen) —

Bearing bush (drive end/outer)
1 2 11/98/551 0024 311 104-09 Coussinet Ø 34 x Ø 30 x 20
V 0 1 3/77/L 201 U — (côté volant/extérieur) —
➡1
1 2 11/98/551 0204 311 104-08 Ø 46 x Ø 42 x 25
VI 1 2/77/Y 081 U 311 100-09 Ø 55 x Ø 50 x 30
VII 1 3/77/L 074 T 311 100-10 Ø 60 x Ø 55 x 40

3 IV 1 1 3/77/L 001 U (311 104-02) ↓ Lagerbuchse (vorn/innen) Ø 34 x Ø 30 x 40

Bearing bush (drive end/inner)
1 2 11/98/551 0024 311 104-06 Coussinet (côté volant/ Ø 34 x Ø 30 x 20
V 1 1 3/77/L 201 U (311 104-04) ↓ intérieur) Ø 46 x Ø 42 x 50
➡1
1 2 11/98/551 0204 311 104-08 Ø 46 x Ø 42 x 25
VI 1 2/77/Y 081 U 311 100-09 Ø 55 x Ø 50 x 30
VII 1 3/77/L 074 T 311 100-10 Ø 60 x Ø 55 x 40

4 IV 1 1 1/77/Z 001 N (311 104-01) ↓ Lagerbuchse (hinten/innen) Ø 23 x Ø 20 x 27

Bearing bush (back/inner)
1 2 11/98/551 0024 311 104-07 Coussinet (à l’arrière/intérieur) Ø 23 x Ø 20 x 13,5
V 1 1 9/79/169 001 (311 104-03) ↓ ➡1 Ø 34 x Ø 30 x 40
1 2 11/98/551 0204 311 104-09 Ø 34 x Ø 30 x 20
VI 1 5/86/305 001 311 100-12 Ø 39 x Ø 35 x 50
VII 1 5/86/305 001 311 100-13 Ø 44 x Ø 40 x 50

(5) IV 0 1 1/81/201 000 — Lagerbuchse (hinten/außen) —

Bearing bush (back/outer)
1 2 11/98/551 0024 311 104-07 Coussinet (à l’arrière/extérieur) Ø 23 x Ø 20 x 13,5
V 0 1 1/81/201 000 — —
1 2 11/98/551 0204 311 104-09 Ø 34 x Ø 30 x 20

6 0, I 1 310 000-01 Welle Ø 23 x 178

Shaft
II, III 1 310 001-01 Ø 27 x 232
Arbre
IV 1 310 002-01 Ø 30 x 289
V 1 310 003-01 Ø 42 x 377
VI 1 310 004-01 Ø 50 x 505
VII 1 310 005-01 Ø 55 x 578

213／278

5
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

7 0, I 1 374 008-01 Wellendichtung komplett Standard-Ausführung

Shaft seal complete Standard versions
II, III 1 374 008-02
Boîte d’ètanchéité complète Versions standard
IV 1 374 008-03 [incl. 8..11,12,28]
V 1 374 008-04
VI 1 374 008-05
VII 1 374 008-06
oder/or/ou
0 Y, I Y 1 374 018-01 HFKW, NH3
II Y, III Y 1 374 018-02
IV Y 1 374 018-03
VY 1 374 018-04
VI Y 1 374 018-05
VII Y 1 374 018-06

8 0, I 1 372 001-01 O-Ring Standard-Ausführung

O ring Standard versions
Joint à section circulaire Versions standard
➡7 Ø 14 x 3
II, III 1 372 001-02 Ø 18 x 3
IV 1 372 001-03 Ø 20 x 3,5
V 1 372 001-06 Ø 30 x 4
VI 1 372 001-08 Ø 35 x 5
VII 1 372 001-11 Ø 40 x 5
oder/or/ou
0 Y, I Y 1 372 013-03 HFWK, NH3
Ø 14 x 3
II Y, III Y 1 372 013-04 Ø 18 x 3
IV Y 1 372 013-05 Ø 20 x 3,5
VY 1 372 013-01 Ø 30 x 4
VI Y 1 372 013-08 Ø 35 x 5
VII Y 1 372 013-09 Ø 40 x 5

9 0, I 1 1 (312 000-01) ↓ Wellenabdichtungsring Ø 22,5 x Ø14,2 x 4,7 St.

Ring for shaft seal
1 2 ca.8.98 312 035-01 Anneau boîte d’étanchéité Ø 22,5 x Ø14,2 x 4,7
➡7 GGG - 70
II, III 1 1 (312 000-02) ↓ Ø 26,5 x Ø 18,2 x 5,1 St.
nicht einzeln lieferbar
1 2 ca. 8.98 312 035-02 cannot be delivered separately Ø 26,5 x Ø 18,2 x 5,1
pas livrable séparément GGG - 70
IV 1 1 (312 000-03) ↓ Ø 29,5 x Ø 20,2 x 5,5 St.
1 2 ca. 9.98 312 035-03 Ø 29,5 x Ø 20,2 x 5,5
GGG - 70
V 1 1 (312 000-04) ↓ Ø 41,5 x Ø 30,2 x 6,5 St.
1 2 ca. 8.98 312 035-04 Ø 41,5 x Ø 30,2 x 6,5
GGG - 70
VI 1 1 (312 000-05) ↓ Ø 49,5 x Ø 35.2 x 7,5 St.
1 2 ca.5.99 312 035-05 Ø 49,5 x Ø 35.2 x 7,5
GGG - 70
VII 1 1 312 000-06 Ø 54,5 x 40,2 x 8,9 St.
1 2 ca.5.99 312 035-06 Ø 54,5 x 40,2 x 8,9
GGG - 70

214／278

6
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

10 0, I 1 1 (312 001-01) ↓ Schleifring Ø 22,2 x Ø 14,4 x 4,6

Slip ring Bronze
Bague d’étanchéité
1 2 ca.8.98 312 033-01 Ø 22,2 x Ø 14,4 x 4,6
➡7
Hartkohle
II, III 1 1 (312 001-02) ↓ nicht einzeln lieferbar Ø 27 x Ø 18,4 x 5,2
cannot be delivered separately Bronze
pas livrable séparément
1 2 ca. 8.98 312 033-02 Ø 27 x Ø 18,4 x 5,2
Hartkohle
IV 1 1 (312 001-03) ↓ Ø 29,5 x Ø 20,4 x 5,7
Bronze
1 2 ca. 9.98 312 033-03 Ø 29,5 x Ø 20,4 x 5,7
Hartkohle
V 1 1 (312 001-04) ↓ Ø 41,5 x Ø 38,5 x 7,5
Bronze
1 2 ca. 8.98 312 033-04 Ø 41,5 x Ø 38,5 x 7,5
Hartkohle
VI 1 1 (312 001-05) ↓ Ø 49,5 x Ø 35,5 x 8
Bronze
1 2 ca. 5.99 312 033-05 Ø 49,5 x Ø 35,5 x 8
Hartkohle
VII 1 1 (312 001-06) ↓ Ø 54,5 x Ø 40,5 x 9,4
Bronze
1 2 ca. 5.99 312 033-06 Ø 54,5 x Ø 40,5 x 9,4
Hartkohle

11 0, I 1 372 001-02 O-Ring Standard-Ausführung

O ring Standard versions
Joint à section circulaire Versions standard
➡7 Ø 18 x 3
II, III 1 372 001-04 Ø 23 x 3
IV 1 372 001-05 Ø 23 x 3,5
V 1 372 001-07 Ø 34 x 4
VI 1 372 001-11 Ø 40 x 5
VII 1 372 001-14 Ø 45 x 5
oder/or/ou
0 Y, I Y 1 372 013-04 HFKW, NH3
Ø 18 x 3
II Y, IIIY 1 372 013-06 Ø 23 x 3
IV Y 1 372 013-07 Ø 23 x 3,5
VY 1 372 013-02 Ø 34 x 4
VI Y 1 372 013-09 Ø 40 x 5
VII Y 1 372 013-10 Ø 45 x 5

12 0, I 1 372 300-01 Dichtung Seitendeckel Ø 45 x Ø 35 x 0,5

Gasket
II, III 1 372 300-02 Joint Ø 51 x Ø 43 x 0,5
IV 1 372 300-03 ➡ 7, 101 Ø 62 x Ø 52 x 0,5
V, VI 1 372 301-04 Ø 89 x Ø 77 x 1
VII 1 372 301-06 Ø 100 x Ø 95 x 1

13 0, I 1 305 300-01 Seitendeckel Ø 70 x 10

Shaft seal cover
II, III 1 305 301-01 Ø 80 x 12
Flasque
IV 1 305 302-01 Ø 95 x 30
V 1 305 303-01 Ø 125 x 15,5
VI 1 305 304-01 Ø 125 x 18
VII 1 305 305-01 Ø 150 x 18
215／278

7
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

14 0, I 4 380 154-04 Sechskantschraube M 6 x 16, DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
II, III 4 380 154-05 M 6 x 18, DIN 933-10.9
Vis hexagonale
IV 4 380 155-05 M 8 x 20, DIN 933-10.9
V 4 380 155-07 M 8 x 25, DIN 933-10.9
VI, VII 6 380 155-08 M 8 x 30, DIN 933-10.9

15 0, I 1 303 125-01 Schwungrad Ø 180 x 22

Flywheel
II, III 1 303 123-10 Ø 260 x 26 Profil 13
Volant
oder/or/ou
1 303 123-50 Ø 260 x 26 Profil 17
IV 1 303 219-51 Ø 380 x 52
V 1 303 220-51 Ø 450 x 47
VI 1 303 316-51 Ø 450 x 69
VII 1 303 404-51 Ø 500 x 91

16 0, I 1 315 107-01 Gewindekeil für Schwungrad, komplett

Key for flywheel, complete
II, III 1 315 107-02 Clavette filetée pour volant, compléte
IV 1 315 107-03 [incl. 17..20]
V 1 315 107-04
VI, VII 1 315 107-05

17 0, I 1 315 100-01 Gewindekeil für Schwungrad M 6, Ø 10 x 52

Key for flywheel
II, III 1 315 100-04 M 8, Ø 12 x 53
Clavette filetée pour volant
IV 1 315 100-05 ➡ 16 M 8, Ø 14 x 54
V 1 315 100-07 M 12, Ø 18 x 78
VI, VII 1 315 100-08 M 12, Ø 22 x 118

18 0, I 1 382 001-03 U-Scheibe A 6,4 DIN 125

Washer
II, III 0 — —
Rondelle
IV 1 382 011-02 ➡ 16 A 8,4 DIN 134
V 0 — —
VI, VII 1 382 011-04 A 13 DIN 134

19 0, I 1 382 201-03 Federring A 6 DIN 127

Spring washer
II, III, IV 1 382 201-04 Rondelle A 8 DIN 127
V 1 382 211-03 ➡ 16 A 12 DIN 128
VI, VII 1 382 201-06 A 12 DIN 127

20 0, I 1 381 101-04 Sechskantmutter M 6 DIN 934-8

Hexagon nut
II, III, IV 1 381 101-05 Ecrou à six pans M 8 DIN 934-8
V, VI, VII 1 381 101-07 ➡ 16 M 12 DIN 934-8

21 II, III 2 1 372 301-01 Dichtung für Schauglas Ø 30 x Ø 20 x 1

Gasket for sight glass
Joint pour volant
1 2 10/82/230 091 372 003-01 O-Ring für Schauglas Ø 26,7 x 1,78
O-ring
oder / or /ou
Joint à section circulaire
372 010-02 ➡ 101 HFKW/NH3
IV .. VII 2 1 (372 302-02) ↓ Dichtung für Schauglas Ø 40 x Ø 30 x 1,5
Gasket for sight glass
2 2 ca. 10.97 372 301-12 Ø 40 x Ø 31 x 1 (grün)
Joint pour volant
1 11/82/231001 372 003-15 O-Ring für Schauglas Ø 36,3 x 1,78
O-ring
oder / or /ou Joint à section circulaire
372 010-03 ➡ 101 HFKW/NH3
216／278

8
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

22 II, III 1 1 361 806-01 Schauglas Ø 29,5 x 12

Sight glass
1 2 10/82/230 091 361 802-01 Ø 56 x 7
Voyant
IV .. VII 1 1 361 806-02 Ø 39,5 x 15
1 2 11/82/231 001 361 802-02 Ø 67 x 8,5

23 II, III 1 1 (367 223-01) Schauglasdeckel Ø 50 x 7

Sight glass cover
0 2 10/82/230 091 — Bride de voyant —
IV .. VII 1 1 367 224-01 Ø 62 x 8,5
0 2 11/82/231 001 — —

24 II, III 4 380 154-04 Sechskantschraube M 6 x 16 DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
IV .. VII 4 380 154-06 Vis hexagonale M 6 x 20 DIN 933-10.9

25 0 .. III 0-4 1 320 501-01 Plättchen für Federausgleich Ø 12,7 x 0,5

Spring compensating disk
0 2 1/85/281 000 —
Plaquette
IV 0-4 320 501-02 Ø 15 x 0,5
V 0-4 320 501-03 Ø 18 x 0,5
VI, VII 0-4 320 501-04 Ø 22 x 0,5

26 0 .. III 1 325 000-23 Druckfeder 2,0 x Ø 10,5 x 20

Thrust spring
IV 1 325 000-24 Ressort 2,2 x Ø 12,7 x 23
V 1 325 000-22 3,0 x Ø 18,5 x 28
VI, VII 1 325 000-21 3,5 x Ø 18,5 x 31,5

27 0 .. III 1 386 002-01 Kugel Ø 1/2“ DIN 5401

Ball
IV 1 386 002-02 Boule Ø 5/8“ DIN 5401
V 1 386 002-03 Ø 3/4“ DIN 5401
VI, VII 1 386 002-04 Ø 7/8“ DIN 5401

28 0 .. III 1 372 310-01 Dichtung / Abschlußdeckel Ø 50 x Ø 20 x 0,5

Gasket
IV 1 372 310-02 Joint Ø 56 x Ø 22 x 0,5
V 1 372 310-03 ➡ 7, 101 Ø 65 x Ø 32 x 0,5
VI 1 372 312-02 Ø 75 x Ø 36 x 1
VII 1 372 312-03 Ø 80 x Ø 60 x 1

29 0 .. III 1 305 412-01 Abschlußdeckel Ø 50 x 10

Back cover
IV 1 305 412-02 Ø 55 x 10
Couvercle de fermeture
V 1 305 412-03 [incl. 30] Ø 65 x 10
VI 1 305 412-04 Ø 75 x 16
VII 1 305 412-05 Ø 80 x 16

(30) 0 .. VII 1 313 100-01 Einlegeplättchen Ø 10 x 4,5

Insert
Plaquette enfoncée
➡ 29

31 0 .. III 3 380 154-06 Sechskantschraube M 6 x 20 DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
IV 3 380 155-05 M 8 x 20 DIN 933-10.9
Vis hexagonale
V 3 380 155-06 M 8 x 22 DIN 933-10.9
VI 6 380 155-08 M 8 x 30 DIN 933-10.9
VII

217／278

9
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

32 0 .. IV 1 1 (366 100-01) Verschlußstopfen 1/

8“-27 NPTF
Plug
1 2 5/86/305 000 (366 101-01) ↓ Bouchon de fermeture 1
/4“-18 NPTF Ms.
1 3 366 110-08 1
/4“-18 NPTF St.
V 1 1 (366 100-01) 1/
8“-27 NPTF
1 2 5/86/305 000 (366 103-01) ↓ 1
/2“-14 NPTF Ms.
1 3 366 110-10 1
/2“-14 NPTF St.
VI, VII 1 1 (366 103-01) ↓ 1/
2“-14 NPTF Ms.
1 2 366 110-10 1
/2“-14 NPTF St.

(33) II .. V 1 1 366 110-08 Verschlußstopfen 1

/4“-18 NPTF St.
(Öleinfüllung)
0 2 5/86/305 000 — Plug
Bouchon de fermeture
VI, VII 1 1 366 110-09 3
/8“-18 NPTF ST.
0 2 5/86/305 000 —

(34) 0, I 1 1 (366 106-01) Verschlußstopfen mit 1/

8“-27 NPTF
Ölmeßstab
0 2 5/86/305 000 — Plug with oil legel indicator
Bouchon de fermeture avec
jauge d’huile

35 0, I, II 1 366 111-01 Magnetschraube 1

/4“-18 NPTF
Magnetic plug
III, IV 1 366 111-02 Vis magnetique 3
/8“-18 NPTF
V, VI, VII 1 366 111-03 1/
2“-14 NPTF

36 V 1 1 (366 102-01) ↓ Verschlußstopfen 3

/8“-18 NPTF Ms.
Plug
1 2 366 110-09 Bouchon de fermeture 3
/8“-18 NPTF St.

37 VI, VII 1 1 (366 102-01) ↓ Verschlußstopfen 3/

8“-18 NPTF Ms.
Plug
1 2 366 110-09 Bouchon de fermeture 3
/8“-18 NPTF St.

38 0 1 302 000-01 Exzenter Ø 45 x 56

Excentric
I 1 302 001-01 Excentrique Ø 50 x 61
II 1 302 002-01 Ø 55 x 68
III 1 302 003-01 Ø 65 x 82
IV 1 1 (302 004 01)↓ Ø 75 x 103
1 2 ca. 3/92 302 014-01 Ø 75 x 103
V 1 302 005-01 Ø 96 x 137
VI 1 302 006-01 Ø 120 x 178
VII 1 302 007-01 Ø 135 x 200

39 0, I 1 315 107-06 Gewindekeil für Exzenter komplett

Key for eccentric complete
II, III 1 315 107-07 Clavette filetée pour excentrique, compléte
IV 1 315 107-09 [incl. 40..42]
V 1 315 107-11
VI, VII 1 315 107-12

40 0 .. III 1 315 100-01 Gewindekeil für Exzenter M 6, Ø 10 x 52

Key for eccentric
IV 1 315 100-02 Clavette filetée pour excentrique M 6, Ø 12 x 52
V 1 315 100-07 ➡ 39 M 12, Ø 18 x 78
VI, VII 1 315 100-08 M 12, Ø 22 x 118
218／278

10
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

41 0, I 1 382 001-03 U-Scheibe A 6,4 DIN 125

Washer
II, III, IV 1 382 021-02 A 6,4 DIN 9021
Rondelle
V, VI, VII 1 382 011-04 ➡ 39 A 13 DIN 134

42 0 .. IV 1 381 101-04 Sechskantmutter M 6 DIN 934-8

Hexagon nut
V, VI, VII 1 381 101-07 M 12 DIN 934-8
Ecrou à six pans
➡ 39

43 0, I 1 315 107-06 Gewindekeil für Exzenter komplett (Wellenfläche)

Key for eccentric complete(Shaft flat)
II, III 1 315 107-08 Clavette filetée compléte pour excentrique (plaine d’arbre)
IV 1 315 107-10 [incl. 44..46]
V 1 315 107-11
VI, VII 1 315 107-12

44 0, I 1 315 100-01 Gewindekeil M 6 Ø 10 x 52

Key
II, III 1 315 100-04 M 8 Ø 12 x 53
Clavette filetée
IV 1 315 100-05 ➡ 43 M 8 Ø 14 x 54
V 1 315 100-07 M 12 Ø 18 x 78
VI, VII 1 315 100-08 M 12 Ø 22 x 118

45 0, I 1 382 001-03 U-Scheibe A 6,4 DIN 125

Washer
II, III, IV 1 382 011-02 A 8,4 DIN 134
Rondelle
V, VI, VII 1 382 011-04 ➡ 43 A 13 DIN 134

46 0, I 1 381 101-04 Sechskantmutter M 6 DIN 934-8

Hexagon nut
II, III, IV 1 381 101-05 M 8 DIN 934-8
Ecrou à six pans
V, VI, VII 1 381 101-07 ➡ 43 M 12 DIN 934-8

47 0 1 320 308-01 Sicherungsblech 50 x 12,5 x 1

Locking plate
I 1 320 308-02 55 x 14 x 1
Plaquette arrètoire
II, III 1 320 308-03 62 x 21 x 1
IV 1 320 308-04 74 x 30 x 1
V 1 320 308-05 110 x 30 x 1,5
VI 1 320 308-06 114 x 35 x 1,5
VII 1 320 308-07 127 x 40 x 1,5

48 0 2 302 239-01 Pleuel/Kolben komplett

Connecting rod/piston complete
I 2 302 239-02
Bielle/Piston complet
II 2 302 239-03 [incl. 49..54]
III 2 302 239-04
IV 2 302 239-05 Standard-Kolben ohne Stempelung. Ist eine Stempelung vorhanden,
muß diese zusätzlich zur Ersatzteil-Nr. angegeben werden.
V 2 302 239-06 Standard piston without marking. When marked indicate this in
addition to spare part no.
VI 2 302 239-07 Piston standard sans timbrage. S’il y existe un timbrage, il faut le
prèciser additionnellement au numéro de référence.
VII 2 302 239-08

219／278

11
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

(49) 0 2 1 (302 100-01)↓ Pleuel mit Lagerbuchse

Connecting rod with bearing
2 2 6/93/446 001 302 118-05 Ø 45 x Ø 12 x 68
bush
I 2 1 (302 101-01)↓ Bielle avec coussinet
[incl. 50]
2 2 6/93/446 001 302 118-06 ➡ 48 Ø 50 x 12 x 85
II 2 1 (302 102-01)↓
nicht einzeln lieferbar
2 2 6/93/446 001 302 118-07 cannot be delivered separately Ø 55 x Ø 12 x 50
pas livrable séparément
III 2 4/76/I 161 T 302 118-01 Ø 65 x Ø 15 x 112
IV 2 4/76/I 223 T 302 118-02 Ø 75 x Ø 18 x 149,5
V 2 12/79/172 001 302 105-01 Ø 96 x Ø 22 x 190,5
VI 2 12/71/F 001 N 302 118-03 Ø 120 x Ø 25 x 235
VII 2 12/71/F 001 N 302 118-04 Ø 135 x Ø 28 x 260

(50) 0, I, II 0 1 Lagerbuchse —
Bearing bush
2 2 6/93/446 001 311 107-02 Coussinet Ø 14 x Ø 12 x 12
III 2 4/76/I 161 T 311 103-01 ➡ 49 Ø 18 x Ø 14,8 x 22,9
IV 2 4/76/I 223 T 311 103-02 nicht einzeln lieferbar Ø 22 x Ø 17,8 x 27,9
cannot be delivered separately
V 0 12/79/172 001 — pas livrable séparément —
VI 2 12/71/F 001 N 311 103-04 Ø 30 x Ø 24,8 x 45
VII 2 12/71/F 001 N 311 103-05 Ø 33 x Ø 27,8 x 50

(51) 0 2 9/80/189 001 302 200-01 Kolben Ø 30 x 40 x Ø 12 GG

Piston
I 2 6/79/167 001 302 201-01 Ø 35 x 45 x Ø 12 GG
Piston
II 2 1/81/201 001 302 202-01 [incl. 52..54] Ø 40 x 50 x Ø 12 GG
➡ 48
III 2 4/76/I 161 T 302 204-01 Ø 50 x 55 x Ø 15 GG
nicht einzeln lieferbar
IV 2 3/89/363 000 302 233-14 Ø 65 x 59,9 x Ø 18 AL
cannot be delivered separately
V 2 3/89/363 000 302 233-16 pas livrable séparément Ø 85 x 74,9 x Ø 22 AL
VI 2 3/89/363 000 302 233-18 Ø 105 x 90 x Ø 25 AL
VII 2 3/89/363 000 302 233-20 Ø 120 x 100 x Ø 28 AL

(52) 0 2 9/80/189 001 383 401-08 Kolbenbolzen Ø 12 x 26

Piston pin
I 2 6/79/167 001 383 401-10 Axe de piston Ø 12 x 32
II 2 1/81/201 001 383 401-12 ➡ 48 Ø 12 x 37
III 2 4/76/I 161 T 383 401-14 nicht einzeln lieferbar Ø 15 x 42
cannot be delivered separately
IV 2 4/76/I 223 T 383 401-16 pas livrable séparément Ø 18 x 56
V 2 8/76/R 001 T 383 401-18 Ø 22 x 75
VI 2 12/71/F 001 N 383 401-20 Ø 25 x 94
VII 2 12/71/F 001 N 383 401-22 Ø 28 x 108

(53) 0, I, II 2 9/80/189 001 383 023-02 Spannstift Ø 2,5 x 26

Locking pin
Coupille
III 4 4/76/I 161 T 382 231-02 Sicherungsring Ø 15 x 1 DIN 472
Retaining ring
IV 4 4/76/I 223 T 382 231-03 Circlip d’arrêt Ø 18 x 1 DIN 472
V 4 8/76/R 001 T 382 231-05 ➡ 48 Ø 22 x 1 DIN 472
VI 4 12/71/F 001 N 382 231 06 Ø 25 x 1,2 DIN 472
VII 4 12/71/F 001 N 382 231-07 Ø 28 x 1,2 DIN 472

220／278

12
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

54 IV 6 1 382 300-22 Kolbenring Ø 65 x 3 DIN 24919

Piston ring
6 2 2/82/222 001 382 300-20 Ø 65 x 2,5 DIN 70910
Segment de piston
4 3 1/86/301 306 382 300-35 ➡ 48 Ø 65 x 2 DIN 70910
V 6 1 382 300-29 Standard-Kolben ohne Stempelung. Ø 85 x 2,5 DIN 70910
Ist eine Stempelung vorhanden,
4 2 3/86/303 043 382 300-37 Ø 85 x 2 DIN 70910
muß diese zusätzlich zur Ersatzteil-
VI 6 1 382 300-31 Nr. angegeben werden. Ø 105 x 3,5 DIN 24919
Standard piston. When marked indi-
4 2 1/86/301 031 382 300-39 cate this in addition to spare part no. Ø 105 x 2,5 DIN 70910
Piston standard sans timbrage. S’il
VII 6 1 382 300-33 y existe un timbrage, il faut le prèciser Ø 120 x 4 DIN 24919
additionnellement au numéro de
4 2 2/86/302 001 382 300-41 Ø 120 x 2,5 DIN 70910
référence.

55 0 1 372 400-01 Dichtung 116 x 100 x 0,5

Gasket
I 1 372 401-01 Joint 130 x 110 x 0,5
II 1 372 402-01 ➡ 101 140 x 108 x 0,5
III 1 372 403-01 160 x 122 x 0,5
IV 1 372 404-01 200 x 150 x 0,5
V 1 372 405-01 250 x 185 x 0,5
VI 1 372 406-01 320 x 240 x 1
VII 1 372 407-01 360 x 260 x 1

56 0 1 300 100-01 Zylinder 116 x 110 x 57,2

Cylinder
I 1 300 101-01 Cylindre 130 x 130 x 72
II 1 300 102-01 140 x 124 x 85
III 1 300 103-01 160 x 131 x 100
IV 1 4/76/I 001 T 300 104-01 200 x 165 x 135
V 1 12/71/F 001 N 300 105-01 250 x 185 x 165
VI 1 12/71/F 001 N 300 106-01 320 x 243 x 204
VII 1 12/71/F 001 N 300 107-01 360 x 270 x 231,5

57 0 8 380 155-05 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 20 DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
I, II, III 10
Vis hexagonale
IV 12 380 155-06 M 8 x 22 DIN 933-10.9
V 14 380 156-05 M 10 x 25 DIN 933-10.9
VI 16 380 157-03 M 12 x 35 DIN 933-10.9
VII 18 380 157-03 M 12 x 35 DIN 933-10.9

58 0 1 320 316-01 Abdeckblech für Zylinder 10 x 10 x 1

Covering plate for cylinder
I .. IV 1 320 315-01 28 x 28 x 0,2
Chapeau pour cylindre
V 2 320 315-02 36 x 33 x 0,25
VI, VII 2 320 315-03 48 x 32 x 0,3

59 I .. IV 1 3/88/343 000 380 101-91 Sechskantschraube M 3 x 6 DIN 933-8.8

Hexagon screw
V, VI, VII 2 3/88/343 000 380 102-91 Vis hexagonale M 4 x 6 DIN 933-8.8

60 0 1 314 005-01 Düse Ø 14 x 5

Orifice
Orifice

221／278

13
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

61 0 1 304 050-01 Ventilplatte komplett mit Dichtungen

Valve plate complete
I 1 304 050-02
Plaque à clapets complète
II 1 304 050-03 [incl. 62..75]
III 1 304 050-04
IV 1 304 050-05
V 1 304 050-06
VI 1 304 050-07
VII 1 304 050-08

(62) 0 .. III 2 320 210-01 Druckventilplättchen 39,6 x 14,3 x 0,3

Discharge valve reed
IV 2 320 210-02 Clapet de refoulement 54 x 19 x 0,5
V 4 ➡ 61
VI 6 320 210-03 nicht einzeln lieferbar 55 x 19 x 0,5
cannot be delivered separately
VII 10
pas livrable séparément

(63) 0 .. III 2 320 230-01 Druckplatte 39,6 x 14,5 x 1,3

Retainer
IV 2 320 230-02 55 x 19,2 x 2
Barrette clapet refoulement
V 4 ➡ 61
VI 6 320 230-03 nicht einzeln lieferbar 55 x 19,2 x 2
cannot be delivered separately
VII 10
pas livrable séparément

(64) 0 .. III 4 325 000-18 Druckfeder 0,8 x Ø 6,2 x 10,5

Spring
IV 4 325 000-19 1,1 x Ø 6,5 x 13
Ressort
V 8 ➡ 61
VI 12 325 000-20 nicht einzeln lieferbar 1,2 x Ø 7 x 15,5
cannot be delivered separately
VII 20
pas livrable séparément

(65) 0 .. III 2 324 018-01 Sicherungsblech 39,5 x 8,2 x 2,6

Locking plate
IV 2 324 018-02 Plaquette arrêtoire 53,5 x 8,2 x 2,6
V 4 ➡ 61
VI 6 nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
VII 10
pas livrable séparément

(66) 0 .. III 4 315 000-01 Schraube Druckventilplättchen M 4 x 14

Screw for discharge reed
IV 4 315 000-02 M 4 x 17,5
Vis pour clapet de refoulement
V 8 ➡ 61
VI 12 315 000-03 nicht einzeln lieferbar M 5 x 21,5
cannot be delivered separately
VII 20
pas livrable séparément

(67) VII 1 320 321-01 Anschlagblech 190 x 73,5 x 0,75

Locating plate
Tôle de localisation
➡ 61
nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

(68) VII 5 380 153-02 Sechskantschraube M 5 x 10 DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
Vis hexagonale
➡ 61
nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

222／278

14
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

(69) VII 5 1/80/181 001 382 001-02 U-Scheibe A 5,3 DIN 125
Washer
Rondelle
➡ 61
nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

(70) VII 5 382 201-02 Federring A 5 DIN 127

Spring washer
Rondelle Grower
➡ 61
nicht einzeln lieferbar
cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément

(71) 0 2 320 200-01 Saugventilplättchen 35 x 17,4 x 0,2

Suction valve reed
I 2 320 200-02 Clapet d’aspiration 38 x 17,4 x 0,25
II, III 2 320 200-03 ➡ 61 44 x 24,1 x 0,25
nicht einzeln lieferbar
iV 2 320 200-04 cannot be delivered separately 54,4 x 30 x 0.4
pas livrable séparément
V 4
VI 6
VII 8

(72) 0, I 4 315 020-01 Zylinderschraube für Pos. 71 M 2,3 x 3,5

Cylinder screw for pos. 71
II, III, IV 4 315 020-02 M4x4
Vis à tête cylindrique pour 71
V 8 ➡ 61
nicht einzeln lieferbar
VI 12 cannot be delivered separately
pas livrable séparément
VII 16

(73) 0 1 304 000-01 Ventilplatte 110 x 74 x 8

Vlave plate
I 1 304 001-01 Plaque à clapets 121 x 80 x 8
II 1 304 002-01 ➡ 61 135 x 87 x 10,5
nicht einzeln lieferbar
III 1 304 003-01 cannot be delivered separately 155 x 95 x 10,5
pas livrable séparément
IV 1 304 004-01 191 x 118 x 10,5
V 1 304 005-01 240 x 145 x 12
VI 1 304 006-01 298 x 180 x 13
VII 1 304 007-01 335 x 200 x 14

74 0 1 372 500-01 Dichtung Zylinder / Ventilplatte 110 x 74 x 0,5

Gasket
I 1 372 501-01 Joint 121 x 80 x 0,5
II 1 372 502-01 ➡ 61,101 135 x 87 x 0,5
nicht einzeln lieferbar
III 1 372 503-01 cannot be delivered separately 155 x 95 x 0,5
pas livrable séparément
IV 1 372 504-01 191 x 118 x 0,75
V 1 372 505-01 240 x 145 x 0,75
VI 1 372 506-01 298 x 180 x 1
VII 1 372 507-01 335 x 200 x 1

75 0 1 372 600-01 Dichtung Ventilplatte/Zylinder- 110 x 74 x 0,5

kopf
I 1 372 601-01 121 x 80 x 0,5
Gasket
II 1 372 602-01 Joint 135 x 87 x 0,5
➡ 61,101
III 1 372 603-01 nicht einzeln lieferbar 155 x 95 x 0,5
cannot be delivered separately
IV 1 372 604-01 191 x 118 x 0,75
pas livrable séparément
V 1 372 605-01 240 x 145 x 0,75
VI 1 372 606-01 298 x 180 x 1
VII 1 372 607-01 335 x 200 x 1
223／278

15
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

76 0 1 302 300-01 Zylinderkopf, luftgekühlt 110 x 74 x 30

Cylinder head, air cooled
I 1 302 301-01 121 x 80 x 31
Culasse refroidie à air
II 1 12/71/F 001 N 302 302-01 135 x 87 x 43
III 1 12/71/F 001 N 302 303-01 155 x 95 x 43
IV 1 12/71/F 001 N 302 305-01 191 x 118 x 46
V 1 12/71/F 001 N 302 307-01 240 x 145 x 5

77 0 8 380 055-02 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 40 DIN 931-10.9

Hexagon screw
I 8 380 055-03 M 8 x 45 DIN 931-10.9
Vis hexagonale
II, III 8 380 055-01 M 8 x 50 DIN 931-10.9
IV 10 380 055-04 M 8 x 55 DIN 931-10.9
V 12 380 056-04 M 10 x 65 DIN 931-10.9

78 III 1 302 304-01 Zylilnderkopf,wassergekühlt 155 x 95 x 49

Cylinderhead, water-cooled
oder/or/ou Culasse refroidie à eau
302 351-01 seewasserbeständig
seawater resistant
resistante à l’eau de mer
IV 1 302 306-01 191 x 118 x 52
oder/or/ou
302 351-02 seewasserbeständig
seawater resistant
resistante à l’eau de mer
V 1 302 308-01 240 x 145 x 60
oder/or/ou
302 351-03 seewasserbeständig
seawater resistant
resistante à l’eau de mer
VI 1 302 309-01 298 x 180 x 70
oder/or/ou
302 351-04 seewasserbeständig
seawater resistant
resistante à l’eau de mer
VII 1 302 310-01 335 x 200 x 77
oder/or/ou
302 351-05 seewasserbeständig
seawater resistant
resistante à l’eau de mer

79 III 8 380 055-07 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 65 DIN 931-10.9

Hexagon screw
IV 10 380 055-08 Vis hexagonale M 8 x 70 DIN 931-10.9
V 12 380 056-07 M 10 x 80 DIN 931-10.9
VI 16 380 056-08 M 10 x 85 DIN 931-10.9
VII 16 380 057-05 M 12 x 90 DIN 931-10.9

80 0 .. V 1 1 (366 100-01) ↓ Verschlußstopfen 1/

8“-27 NPTF Ms.
Plug
1 2 366 110-01 Bouchon de fermeture 1
/8“-27 NPTF St.
VI, VII 2 1 (366 100-01) ↓ 1
/8“-27 NPTF Ms.
2 2 366 110-01 1/
8“-27 NPTF St.

81 VII 1 1 (366 102-01) ↓ Verschlußstopfen 3

/8“-18 NPTF Ms.
Plug
1 2 366 110-09 Bouchon de fermeture 3
/8“-18 NPTF St.

224／278

16
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

82 0 .. III 1 372 701-01 Dichtung Druckabsperrventil 61 x 28 x 1

Gasket
IV 1 372 702-01 61 x 35 x 1
Joint
V, VI, VII 1 372 704-01 ➡ 101 91 x 52 x 1

83 0 .. IV 2 380 155-05 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 20 DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
V, VI, VII 2 380 156-05 M 10 x 25 DIN 933-10.9
Vis hexagonale

84 0, I 1 361 310-01 Druckabsperrventil komplett, Ø 10 3/8“ B.

Discharge shut of valve
II, III 1 361 310-02 complete Ø 12 1/2“ B.
Robinet d’arrêt au refoulement
IV 1 361 310-04 complet Ø 18 3/4“ B.
[incl. 85-89]
V 1 361 310-06 Ø 22 7/8“ L.
VI 1 361 310-07 Ø 28 1 1/8“ L.
VII 1 361 310-08 Ø 35 1 3/8“ L.

85 V 1 366 000-03 Rohranschluß Ø 22 7/8“ L.

Pipe connection
VI 1 366 000-06 Raccord de tube refoulement Ø 28 1 1/8“ L.
➡ 84
VII 1 366 000-07 Ø 35 1 3/8“ L.

86 V 1 372 200-03 Dichtring für Rohranschluß Ø 25,4 x Ø 22,2 x 1,5

Joint ring
VI, VII 1 372 200-04 Joint annulaire Ø 38,1 x Ø 35 x 1,5
➡ 84, 101

(87) 0 .. V 0 — Dichtring für Pos. 88 —

Joint ring
VI, VII 1 1 (382 401-09) Joint annulaire Ø 22,8 x Ø 19,5 x 1,5
0 2 10/85/290 001 — —

88 0 .. V 1 375 014-01 Schutzkappe 3

/4“-16 UNF 43,5
Protecting cap
VI, VII 1 1 (366 201-03) Chapeau de protecion St.
➡ 84
1 2 10/85/290 001 375 014-03 GFK

89 0.. VII 1 366 202-01 Verschlußmutter 7

/16“- 20 UNF
Sealing nut
Bochon d’obturation six pans
➡ 84

90 0 .. III 1 372 701-01 Dichtung Saugabsperrventil 61 x 28 x 1

Gasket
IV 1 372 702-01 61 x 35 x 1
Joint
V, VI 1 372 704-01 ➡ 101 91 x 52 x 1
VII 2 372 301-02 Ø 70 x Ø 54 x 1

91 0, I 1 362 000-01 Sauggasfilter Ø 17 x 38

Suction strainer
II, III 1 362 000-02 Tamis d’aspiration Ø 20 x 45
IV 1 362 001-03 Ø 23 x 36
V 1 362 001-01 Ø 30 x 40
VI 1 362 001-01 Ø 30 x 40
VII 1 362 001-08 Ø 50 x 57

225／278

17
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

92 0 .. III 2 380 155-05 Sechskantschraube M 8 x 20 DIN 933-10.9

Hexagon screw
Vis hexagonale
IV 2 380 306-02 Zylinderschraube M 8 x 20 DIN 912-10.9
Socket screw
Vis à tête cylindrique
V, VI 2 380 156-05 Sechskantschraube M 10 x 25 DIN 933-10.9
Hexagon screw
VII 4 1 (380 057-04) ↓ Vis hexagonale M 12 x 80 DIN 933-10.9
4 2 4/94/464 001 380 007-52 M 12 x 80 DIN 931-8.8.
verz.

93 0 1 361 310-01 Saugabsperrventil komplett Ø 10 / 3/8“ B.

Suction shut-off valve complete
I, II 1 361 310-02 Robinet d’arrêt à l’aspiration Ø 12 / 1/2“ B.
complète
III 1 361 310-03 [incl. 94..100] Ø 16 / 5/8“ B.
IV 1 361 310-05 Ø 22 / 1 7/8“ L.
V 1 361 310-07 Ø 28 / 1 1/8“ L.
VI 1 361 310-08 Ø 35 / 1 3/8“ L.
VII 1 361 313-01 Ø 42 / 1 5/8“ L

94 IV 1 366 000-03 Rohranschluß Ø 22 / 7/8“

Pipe connection
V 1 366 000-06 Raccord de tube aspiration Ø 28 / 1 1/8“
➡ 93
VI 1 366 000-07 Ø 35 / 1 3/8“
VII 1 365 321-14 Ø 42 / 1 5/8“ St.

95 IV 1 372 200-03 Dichtring Ø 25,4 x Ø 22,2 x 1,5

Joint ring
V, VI 1 372 200-04 Joint annulaire Ø 38,1 x Ø 35 x 1,5
VII 1 372 303-01 ➡ 93, 101 Ø 52 x Ø 37 x 2

96 VII 1 367 121-01 Spannplatte 80 x 80

Clamping plate
Bride de serrage
➡ 93

97 VII 4 1 (380 057-15) ↓ Sechskantschraube M 12 x 50 DIN 931-10.9

Hexagon screw
4 2 ca. 10/96 380 302-05 Vis hexagonale M 12 x 50 DIN 912-10.9
➡ 93

(98) 0 .. IV 0 — Dichtring für Pos.99 —

Joint ring
V, VI 1 1 (382 401-09) Ø 22,8 x 19,5 x 1,5
Joint annulaire
0 2 10/85/290 001 — ➡ 93 —
VII 1 1 (382 401-12) Ø 28 x Ø 23,5 x 2
0 2 9/87/329 001 — —

99 0 .. IV 1 375 014-01 Schutzkappe 3/4“-16 UNF 43,5

Protecting cap
V, VI 1 10/85/290 001 375 014-03 GFK
Chapeau de protection
VII 1 9/87/329 001 375 014-04 ➡ 93 GFK

100 0 .. VI 1 366 202-01 Verschlußmutter 7

/16“-20 UNF
Sealing nut
Bouchon d’obturation six pans
VII 1 1 (366 101-01) ↓ Verschlußstopfen 1
/4“-18 NPTF Ms.
Plug
1 2 366 110-08 Bouchon de fermeture 1/
4“-18 NPTF St.
➡ 93

226／278

18
Pos. Typ Stück Ände- ab Baujahr Art. Nr. Benennung
rung Mon./Jahr/Nr.
Item Type Qty. Modifi- from model Ref. nr. Description
cation month/year/no.
No. Type Pièce Modifi- à partir du modèle Réf. no. Désignation
cation mois/année/no.

101 0 1 372 800-01 Dichtungssatz

Set of gasket
I 1 372 800-02
Jeu de joints
II 1 372 800-03 [incl. 12, 21, 28, 55,
74, 75, 82, 86, 90, 95]
III 1 372 800-04
IV 1 372 800-05
V 1 372 800-06
VI 1 372 800-07
VII 1 372 800-08

227／278

19
 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change / Toutes modifications résérvées 03.99

Bitzer Kühlmaschinenbau GmbH

P. O. Box 240
D-71044 Sindelfingen (Germany)
Tel. +49(0)7031/932-0
Fax +49(0)7031/932-146+147
http://www.bitzer.de • [email protected]

228／278
229／278
230／278
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Hochleistungsluftkühler
Forced convection unit air cooler
Evaporadores cúbicos de tiro forzado

FHVT 602

FHVT 412

FHV 422

FHVIT 742

Typenbezeichnung: Model designation: Codigo de identificacion:

FHVI (T) 7 4 2
FHV (T)
Anzahl Ventilatoren / Number of Fans / Numero de ventiladores
Baugröße / Size / Modelo
Lamellenabstand / fin spacing / Separacion de aletas
T = mit elektrischer Abtaung / with electic defrost / con desescarche electrico 231／278

2
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT
Einsatzbereich: Application range: Campo de utilización:
● Für alle Sicherheitskältemittel. ● For all safety refrigerants. ● Para todos los fluidos frigoríficos de
● Für Kühl- und Tiefkühlräume. ● For all cold storage and low seguridad.
● Temperaturbereich: temperature rooms. ● Para todas las cámaras frigoríficas y
FHV/FHVI: > 0 °C, ● Temperature range: cámaras de congelación.
FHVT/FHVIT: > –30 °C. FHV/FHVI: > 0 °C, ● Temperaturas de aplicación:
FHVT/FHVIT: > –30 °C. FHV/FHVI: > 0 °C.
Besondere Merkmale: FHVT/FHVIT: > –30 °C.
 Hochleistungswärmeübertrager Special features:
mit fluchtenden Rohrsystemen für  High efficiency heat exchanger Características particulares:
minimale luftseitige Druckverluste with in-line tube system for mini-  Batería de gran rendimiento
und großen Oberflächen für lange mum loss of air flow between fins con sistema de tubos alineados para una
Kühlzeit. and with large surface area for mínima perdida de carga en el lado aire.
 Ventilatoren (FHV/T) und Heiz- long cooling time. Gran superficie para largos periodos de
stäbe (T-Ausführungen) auf innen  Fans (FHV/T) and heater rods almacenamiento
liegende Anschlussdose verdrah- (only T version) wired to inside  Ventiladores (FHVZT) y resistencias (con-
tet. mounted terminal box. strucción T) conexionados intermamente
 Einsatz von energieoptimierten  Use of energy-optimised fan en caja.
Ventilatormotoren führender Her- motor in leading brand. Fan motor  Ventiladores con mínimo consumo ener-
steller. Motoren mit erhöhtem with improved humidity resis- gético suministrados por fabricantes de pri-
Feuchtschutz. tance. mer orden munidial, con alta protección
 Befestigungslöcher für Abtausi-  Mounting holes for defrost contra la humedad.
cherheitsthermostat. safety thermostat.  Agujeros de sujección para instalación
 Ablaufheizung nachträglich  Drain heater easy to install del clixon de protección fin de desescarche.
leicht montierbar. later.  Resistancia de silicona en desagüe con
 Aufhängeschienen aus CrNi-  Stainless steel mounting rail. un acceso fácil.
Stahl.  Drain pan easy to remove  Soportes de sujección en acero inox.
 Tropfschale zur Reinigung (FHV/T) and turn (FHVI/T) for  Bandeja fácilmente desomontable para
leicht demontierbar (FHV/T) bzw. cleaning. su limpieza (FHV/T), y tipo pivotante
klappbar (FHVI/T). Spacious end room with re- (FHVI/T)
Große Seitenräume mit ab- movable end panels for easy in- Grandes paneles laterales que se des-
nehmbaren Seitenteilen zur einfa- stallation. montan sencillamente para efectuar una
chen Installation. Heater rods disposed for the rápida instalación.
Heizstabanordnungen für best- best heat distribution. Electric Disposición de resistencias que opti-
mögliche Wärmeverteilung. Elek- heater rods are interpolated with mizan el reparto del calor. Las resistancias
trische Heizstäbe werden zur Min- special Aluminium sleeve tubes se introducen en vainas de aluminio espe-
derung von Dampfschwaden in for reducing vapour. cial, minimazando la producción de vapor
spezielle Aluminium-Mantelrohre (FHVT/FHVIT). dentro de la cámara (FHVT/FHVIT).
eingeschoben (FHVT/FHVIT).
Special versions: Construcciones especiales:
Sonderausführungen: ● Coil block with protection ● Batería con protección contra corrosión.
● Lamellenblock mit Korrosions- against corrosion. ● Intercambiador con circuitos especiales
schutz. ● Heat exchanger designed for para agua fría o glicolada.
● Wärmeübertrager für Wasser water or brine circulation. ● Ventiladores especiales, bajo consulta.
oder Solebetrieb. ● Special fans on request. ● Intercambiador para aplicaciones con
● Sonderventilatoren auf Anfrage. ● Heat exchanger designed for refrigerante CO2 (R-744).
● Wärmeübertrager für Betrieb use of refrigerant CO2 (R744).
mit Kältemittel CO2 (R744). Accesorios:
Accessories: Ver página 16–19.
Zubehör: see page 16–19.
siehe Seite 16–19.

      

232／278

3
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee

375 min. G
Ø12 B

FHV/T
M x01–x21

8
D

fh270905a.dwg
fh270905a.dwg
R3/4"

35
44 = =
322 A
F G+20 B
C C
FHV/T .22

FHV/T
M x02–x22

8
R3/4"
= =
A
B
C* E* C*

FHV/T
M
x03–x23

8
* FHV/T .03/ .13
** FHV/T .23

R3/4" ** R3/4" * R3/4" **

= 1170** =
A
B
C C
FHV/T .14

FHV/T
M x04–x14
8

R3/4"
= =
A
B
C E C

FHV/T
M
x06–x16
8

R3/4" R3/4"
= 1170 =
A
233／278

4
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee

Abmessungen, Rohrinhalte, Gewichte

Dimensions, Tube volumes, Weights
Dimensiones, capacidad de los tubos, pesos

Typ Abmessungen in mm Rohrinhalte Gewichte

Model Dimensions in mm Tube volumes Weights
Modelo Dimensiones en mm Volumen interno Pesos
FHV FHVT
flatlinee 4.. 6.. 4.. 6..

FHV/FHVT A B C D E F G dm3 kg kg kg kg
401 601 702 420 – 350 – 430 200 1,8 14 13 14 13
411 611 702 420 – 460 – 430 200 2,4 19 18 19 18
421 621 1094 812 – 600 – 460 300 5,5 39 36 41 38
402 602 1094 812 – 350 – 430 200 3,2 24 22 25 23
412 612 1094 812 – 460 – 430 200 4,3 31 29 32 30
422 622 1878 1596 798 600 – 460 300 10,5 78 71 82 75
403 603 1486 1204 – 350 – 430 200 4,7 33 30 36 33
413 613 1486 1204 – 460 – 430 250 6,2 43 40 46 43
423 623 2662 2380 798 600 784 460 350 15,5 118 111 122 115
404 604 1878 1596 – 350 – 430 200 6,1 44 40 47 43
414 614 1878 1596 798 460 – 430 250 8,2 57 53 60 56
406 606 2662 2380 798 350 784 430 250 8,7 64 60 70 66
416 616 2662 2380 798 460 784 430 300 11,6 83 79 85 83

Elektrische Anschlusswerte
Electrical loads
Características eléctricas

Typ Ventilatoren El. Abtauheizung FHV Elektr. Abtauheizung FHVT

Model Fans (Zubehör) Electric defrost FHVT
Modelo Ventiladores Electric defrost FHV Desescarche eléctrico FHVT
(accessory)
Desescarche eléctrico FHV
(accesorio)

Anz.  Stromart Leistung Stromaufn. Drehzahl Block Gesamt Block Schale Gesamt
Nbr.   Type of curr. Input cap. Curr. cons. No. of rev. Coil Total Coil Drain pan Total
f latlinee No  Tensión Potencia Intensidad r.p.m. Batería Total Batería Bandeja Total

FHV/FHVT V, 50/60 Hz W A min–1 W W W W W

401 601 1254 ~ 230 86/80 0,62/0,55 1300/1550 2 250 500 2 440 440 1320
411 611 1300 ~ 230 78/103 0,35/0,45 1350/1520 3 250 750 3 440 440 1760
421 621 1445 3 ~ 400  320/500 0,74/0,88 1390/1630 4 400 1600 4 730 730 3650
402 602 2254 ~ 230 86/80 0,62/0,55 1300/1550 2 400 800 2 730 730 2190
412 612 2300 ~ 230 78/103 0,35/0,45 1350/1520 3 400 1200 3 730 730 2920
422 622 2445 3 ~ 400  320/500 0,74/0,88 1390/1630 4 850 3400 41310 1310 6550
403 603 3254 ~ 230 86/80 0,62/0,55 1300/1550 2 600 1200 21030 1030 3090
413 613 3300 ~ 230 78/103 0,35/0,45 1350/1520 3 600 1800 31030 1030 4120
423 623 3445 3 ~ 400  320/500 0,74/0,88 1390/1630 41300 5200 41890 1890 9450
404 604 4254 ~ 230 86/80 0,62/0,55 1300/1550 2 850 1700 21310 1310 3930
414 614 4300 ~ 230 78/103 0,35/0,45 1350/1520 3 850 2550 31310 1310 5240
406 606 6254 ~ 230 86/80 0,62/0,55 1300/1550 21300 2600 21890 1890 5670
416 616 6300 ~ 230 78/103 0,35/0,45 1350/1520 31300 3900 31890 1890 7560
234／278

5
FHVI/FHVIT

FHVI/T
720 min. C
x41–x61
75 B

32
Ø15,6

655

271001.DWG
fh271001.dwg
R1 1/4"
= =
45

64

HV
595 A±5
625

B FHVI/T
x42–x62
1029 1029

32
R1 1/4"
= =

A±5

B FHVI/T
x43–x63
1029 1029 1029

32

R1 1/4" R1 1/4"
1230 750
A±5

B FHVI/T
x44–x64
1029 1029 1029 1029
32

R1 1/4" R1 1/4"
1230 1230
A±5
235／278

6
 FHVI/FHVIT

Abmessungen, Rohrinhalte, Gewichte

Dimensions, Tube volumes, Weights
Dimensiones, capacidad de los tubos, pesos

Typ Abmessungen in mm Rohrinhalte Gewichte

Model Dimensions in mm Tube volumes Weights
Modelo Dimensiones en mm Volumen interno Pesos
FHVI FHVIT
4.. 7.. 10.. 4.. 7.. 10..

FHVI/FHVIT A B C dm3 kg kg kg kg kg kg
441 741 1041 1434 1029 300 9,2 73 66 63 77 70 67
461 761 1061 1434 1029 300 12,3 89 78 73 94 83 78
442 742 1042 2463 2058 400 18,5 131 117 109 138 124 116
462 762 1062 2463 2058 400 26,1 162 141 130 171 150 139
443 743 1043 3492 3087 450 27,6 190 169 156 201 180 167
463 763 1063 3492 3087 450 39,2 236 205 188 294 218 201
444 744 1044 4522 4116 490 36,0 249 221 203 263 235 217

Elektrische Anschlusswerte
Electrical loads
Características eléctricas

Typ Ventilatoren El. Abtauheizung FHVI Elektr. Abtauheizung FHVIT

Model Fans (Zubehör) Electric defrost FHVT
Modelo Ventiladores Electric defrost FHV Desescarche eléctrico FHVT
(accessory)
Desescarche eléctrico FHV
(accesorio)

Anz.   Stromart Leistung Stromaufn. Drehzahl Block Gesamt Block Schale Gesamt
Nbr.   Type of curr. Input cap. Curr. cons. No. of rev. Coil Total Coil Drain pan Total
No   Tensión Potencia Intensidad r.p.m. Batería Total Batería Bandeja Total

FHVI/FHVIT V, 50/60 Hz W A min–1 W W W W W

441 741 1041 1500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 3 1280 3840 3 1280 2 1280 6 400
461 761 1061 1500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 4 1280 5120 4 1280 2 1280 7 680
442 742 142 2500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 3 2320 6960 3 2320 2 2320 11 600
462 762 1062 2500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 4 2320 9280 4 2320 2 2320 13 920
443 743 1043 3500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 3 3200 9600 3 3200 2 3200 16 000
463 763 1063 3500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 4 3200 12800 4 3200 2 3200 19 200
444 744 1044 4500 3 ~ 400 / 460  500/790 1,45/1,55 1370/1610 6 2130 12780 6 2130 4 2130 21 300
236／278

7
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Ausführung
Design
Construcción

Gehäuse: Housing: Carcasa:

● Aluminium, weiß pulverbeschichtet, ● Aluminium, white powder coated, cor- ● De aluminio, revestida con polvo electro-
korrosionsbeständig, schlag- und kratz- rosion resistant, impact and scratchproof. estático blanco, resistente a la corrosión, a los
fest. ● Drain pan with intermediate sheet to golpes y a las ralladuras.
● Tropfschale mit Staublech zur avoid condensation. ● Bandeja de desagüe con sobrebandeja que
Vermeidung von Schwitzwasserbildung. evita la formación de agua de condensación.
Finned coil block:
Lamellenblock: Batería:

fla tli nee fl atl inee

● Internally grooved copper tubes  12 fla tlinee
● Innen berippte Kupferrohre  12 mm mm, made of SF-Cu 99.9 %. ● Tubos de cobre internamente ranurados
aus SF-Cu 99.9 %. ● Tube spacing 35 mm x 35 mm in-line.  12 mm. en SF-Cu-99,9 %.
● Rohrabstand 35 mm x 35 mm, ● Fin spacing 4.0 resp. 6.0 mm. ● Distancia entre ejes de tubos de
fluchtend. 35 mm x 35 mm, alineados.
● Lamellenabstand 4,0 bzw. 6,0 mm. ● Separación de aletas de 4,0 y 6,0 mm.
● Internally grooved copper tubes  15
mm, made of SF-CU 99.9 %.
● Innen berippte Kupferrohre  15 mm ● Tube spacing 50 mm x 50 mm in-line. ● Tubos de cobre internamente ranurados  15
aus SF-Cu 99,9 %. ● Fin spacing 4.5; 7,0; 10.0 mm. mm. en SF-Cu-99,9 %.
● Rohrabstand 50 mm x 50 mm, ● Distancia entre ejes de tubos de 50 mm x 50 mm,
fluchtend. ● Aluminium fin, thickness 0,30 mm alineados
● Lamellenabstand 4,5; 7,0; 10,0 mm. ● Copper tube soldering connections ● Separación de aletas de 4,5 y 7,0 y 10 mm.
according to DIN 8905-1, closed.
● Aluminium-Lamellen, Dicke 0,30 mm ● Protective gas charge. ● Aletas de aluminio con un espesor de 0,30 mm.
● Lötanschlüsse aus Kupferrohr nach ● Pressure test with air 27.5 bar over- ● Conexiones para soldar en tubo de cobre según
DIN 8905-1, verschlossen. pressure and leak test under water accor- norma DIN 8905-1.
● Schutzgasfüllung. ding to Pressure Equipment Directive ● Sellado con gas de protección.
● Druckprüfung mit Luft 27,5 bar Über- 97/23/EC and EN 378:2000. ● Prueba de presión y estanqueidad reailzada con
druck und Dichtheitsprüfung in Wasser aire a 27,5 bar de presión, en agua, conforme a la
entsprechend Druckgeräterichtlinie Fan assemblies: directiva 97/23/EG y a la EN 378:2000.
97/23/EG und EN 378:2000. ● FHV/T .0.: Axial fans with internal rotor ● Limpieza según norma DIN 8964-3:2000
motor, shaded pole motor 230 V, 50/60 Hz
Ventilatoren: with internally wired thermal contact. Ventiladores:
● FHV/T.0.: Axialventilatoren mit Innen- ● FHV/T .1.: Axial fans with external rotor ● FHV/T .0.: ventiladores helicoidales con motores
läufermotor, Spaltpolmotor 230 V, 50/60 motor, single-phase motor 230 V, 50/60 de rotor interno, motores de varios polos 230 V,
Hz mit Thermokontakt, intern verdrahtet. Hz with internally wired thermal contact. 50/60 Hz con termo-contacto incorporado y conec-
● FHV/T.1.: Axialventilatoren mit Außen- ● FHV/T .2. and FHV/I/T: Axial fans with tado.
läufermotor, Einphasenmotor 230 V, external rotor motor, three-phase motor ● FHV/T .1.: ventiladores helicoidales con moto-
50/60 Hz mit Thermokontakt, intern ver- 400 V, 50/60 Hz with thermal Contact, res de rotor externo, motores monofásicos 230 V,
drahdet. wired with terminal box 50/60 Hz con termo-contacto incorporado y
● FHV/T.2. und FHVI/T: Axialventilatoren ● Electrical design according to conectado.
mit Außenläufermotor, Drehstrommotor EN 60035-1:1995, . ● FHV/T .2. y FHVI/T: ventiladores helicoidales con
400 V, 50/60 Hz mit Thermokontakt, auf FHV/T .0.: IP 42, motores de rotor externo, motores trifásicos 400
Klemmen verdrahtet. FHV/T .1.: IP 44, V, 50/60 Hz con termo-contacto conectado en bor-
● Elektrische Ausführung entsprechend FHV/T .2. and FHVI/T: IP54 nas, hélice de Ø 445 mm.
EN 60335-1:1995, . according to EN 60035-5:1995 ● Construcción eléctrica según directiva EN
● Schutzart nach EN 60035-5:1995: ● Application range: 60335-1,1995, .
FHV/T .0.: IP 42, RE 251 N: –10 °C to +40 °C (FHV .0.), ● Clase de protección según directiva EN 60335-
FHV/T .1.: IP 44, RE 251 T: –35 °C to +20 °C (FHVT .0.), 1,1995 :
FHV/T .2. und FHVI/T : IP 54. S4E 300S: –35 °C to +40 °C (FHV/T .1.), FHV/T .0.: IP 42,
● Einsatzbereich: S4D 450S: –50 °C to +50 °C (FHV/T .2.), FHV/T .1.: IP 44,
RE 251 N: –10 °C bis +40 °C (FHV .0.), S4D 500S: –50 °C to +50 °C (FHVI/T). FHV/T .2. FHVI/T: IP54
RE 251 T: –35 °C bis +20 °C (FHVT .0.), ● Campo de funcionamiento:
S4E 300S: –35 °C bis +40 °C (FHV/T .1.), Defrost heating: RE 251 N: –10 °C lasta +40 °C (FHV .0.),
S4D 450S: –50 °C bis +50 °C (FHV/T .2.), ● Electric heater rods 230 V made of RE 251 T: –35 °C lasta +20 °C (FHVT .0.),
S4D 500S: –50 °C bis +50 °C (FHVI/T). CrNi-sleeve tube  8.5 mm (FHVT/FH- S4E 300S: –35 °C lasta +40 °C (FHV/T .1.),
VIT). S4D 450S: –50 °C lasta +50 °C (FHV/T .2.),
Abtauheizung: ● Electric heater rods 230 V made of S4D 500S: –50 °C lasta +50 °C (FHVI/T .2.).
● Elektrische Heizstäbe 230 V aus CrNi- CrNi-sleeve tube  12 mm supplied as
Mantelrohr  8,5 mm (FHVT/FHVIT). accessory (FHV). Desescarche:
● Elektrische Heizstäbe 230 V aus CrNi- ● Electrical design according to VDE re- ● Resistencias eléctricas 230 V en acero inox., vi-
Mantelrohr  12 mm als Zubehör (FHV). gulations, . rola  8,5 mm (FHVT / FHVIT).
● Elektrische Ausführung entsprechend ● Resistencias eléctricas 230 V en acero inox., vi-
den VDE-Bestimmungen, . rola  12 mm suministrado como accesorio (FHV)
● Construcciones eléctricas según la normativa
VDE, .

237／278

8
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Leistungsangaben
Capacity data
Características de la potencia
Luftmenge (m3/h): Air flow (m3/h): Caudal de aire (m3/h):
Die Luftmengen wurden auf ei- The air flow has been determined El caudal de aire ha sido establecido en una
nem saugseitigen Kammerprüf- on a suction side chamber testing cámara de ensayo en la parte de aspiración
stand entsprechend DIN 24163, stand according to DIN 24163, DIN según las normas DIN 24613, DIN 1952 y
DIN 1952 und BS 848 bei trocke- 1952 and BS 848 with dry cooler BS 848, mientras que la superficie del eva-
ner Kühleroberfläche ermittelt. surface. porador estaba seca.

Wurfweite (m): Air throw (m): Proyección de aire (m):

Die Wurfweite gibt die Entfernung The air throw gives the distance La proyección de aire indica la distancia de
vom Austrittsquerschnitt des Luft- from the outlet area of the air la zona de salida del evaporador en la que
kühlers an, bei der der Mittelwert cooler at which the average of the la velocidad media del aire, tomada a 0,5
der Luftgeschwindigkeit, gemes- air velocity taken at 0.5 m, 0.75 m m, 0,75 m y 1 m del plafón a una tempera-
sen in einem Abstand von 0,5 m, and 1 m from the ceiling at 20 °C tura de 20 °C, es de 0,5 m/seg.
0,75 m und 1 m von der Decke bei equals 0.5 m/s.
20 °C, 0,50 m/s beträgt. Potencia (kW):
Capacity (kW): Las características de la potencia están ba-
Leistung (kW): The capacity data are based upon sadas en mediciones efectuadas según la
Die Leistungsangaben basieren measurements according to EN 328:1999 en las siguientes condiciones:
auf Messungen nach EN 328:1999 EN 328:1999 at the following ● Refrigerante: R404A/R507A,
bei folgenden Bedingungen: conditions: ● Temperatura del líquido 30 °C o bien
● Kältemittel R404A/R507A, ● Refrigerant R404A/R507A, 20 °C (para temperaturas de evaporación
● Flüssigkeitstemperatur 30 °C ● Liquid temperature 30 °C resp. inferiores a –20 °C),
bzw. 20 °C (bei Verdampfungstem- 20 °C (for evaporating tempera- ● Recalentamiento del refrigerante en la
peraturen unterhalb –20 °C ), tures below –20 °C), salida aproximadamente de un 65 % de la
● Überhitzung des Kältemittels ● Superheat of refrigerant at the diferencia de temperatura del aire de en-
am Austritt ca. 65 % der Luftein- outlet approx. 65 % of the air inlet trada.
trittstemperaturdifferenz. temperature difference. El diagrama de selección y la tabla de
Das Auswahldiagramm und die The selection diagram and the potencia toman en consideración la in-
Leistungstabelle berücksichtigen capacity table are already con- fluencia de la humedad del aire e indi-
bereits den Einfluss der Luftfeuch- sidering the influence of the air can la potencia efectiva del evapora-
tigkeit und geben die tatsächliche humidity and specify the actual dor en las condiciones de marcha
Leistung des Kühlers unter Ein- capacity of the cooler under (humedad y superficie con espesor de
satzbedingungen (feuchte oder operating conditions (wet or hielo).
bereifende Kühleroberfläche) an. frosty cooler surface). Las características de la potencia
Die Leistungsangaben sind The capacities refer according están de acuerdo según el programa
analog des EUROVENT Zertifi- to the EUROVENT Certifica- de certificación EUROVENT en que la
zierungsprogrammes auf die tion Programme to the inlet diferencia de temperatura de entrada
Eintrittstemperaturdifferenz temperature difference DT1 = DT1 = temperatura de entrada de aire
DT1 = Lufteintrittstemperatur air inlet temperature – evapo- – temperatura de evaporación a la
– Verdampfungstemperatur rating temperature at the out- salida (temperatura de saturación) te.
am Austritt (Sättigungstem- let (saturation temperature) te.
peratur) te bezogen.

Walter Roller GmbH & Co. beteiligt Walter Roller GmbH & Co. is a Walter Roller GmbH & Co. Participa en el
sich am EUROVENT Zertifizie- participant of the EUROVENT Heat programa de certificación EUROVENT de in-
rungsprogramm für Wärmeaustau- Exchanger Certification Pro- tercambiadores de calor. Todos los produc-
scher. Alle Produkte, die von die- gramme. All products covered by tos comprendidos en el programa están cer-
sem Programm erfasst werden, the programme are certified and tificados y W. Roller GmbH & Co. está auto-
sind zertifiziert und W. Roller W. Roller GmbH & Co. is entitled rizado a utilizar el logo Certify-All EURO-
GmbH & Co. ist autorisiert, das Eu- to display the Eurovent Certify-All VENT. La Sociedad de Certificaciones EURO-
rovent Certify-All Logo zu tragen. Logo. VENT informa regularmente en su página
Die EUROVENT Zertifizierungs- The EUROVENT Certification de internet, de todas las gamas de produc-
gesellschaft aktualisiert ständig die Company provides regular tos con aprobación.
Daten der zertifizierten Baureihen updates of all approved ranges on www.eurovent-certification.com.
auf ihrer Internet-Seite www.euro- their internet site
vent-certification.com. www.eurovent-certification.com.
238／278

9
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

401–423 Lamellenabstand 4,0 mm Fin spacing 4.0 mm Separación de aletas 4,0 mm

Schallleistungspegel
Leistung Anschlüsse

Sound power level

Schalldruckpegel
Capacity Connections

Potencia sonora
Proyección aire

Proyección aire

Sound pressure
Caudal de aire

Presión sonora
Typ Potencia Conexiones
Model

Oberfläche

Luftmenge

Wurfweite

Wurfweite
Superficie

Air throw

Air throw
Modelo te = –8 °C te = –25 °C Eintritt Austritt

Air flow
Surface
Inlet Outlet

level
DT1 = 8 K DT1 = 7 K Entrada Salida
FHV/FHVT kW kW m2 m3/h m m dB(A) dB(A)**  mm  mm
fl atlinee
401 1,73 1,26 7,4 930 4 - 63 50 12 15
411 2,41 1,76 9,9 1500 8 16 70 57 12* 18
402 3,35 2,44 14,9 1860 6 - 66 53 12* 18
412 4,89 3,57 19,8 3000 9 18 73 59 12* 22
403 4,91 3,58 22,3 2790 7 - 68 54 12* 22
404 6,55 4,78 29,8 3720 8 - 69 55 12* 22
421 6,75 4,92 26,4 4300 15 30 78 64 12* 22
413 7,41 5,40 29,8 4500 10 20 75 61 12* 22
414 9,75 7,11 39,7 6000 11 22 76 62 15* 28
406 10,00 7,33 44,7 5580 11 - 71 56 15* 28
422 13,50 9,84 52,9 8600 16 32 81 66 15* 28
416 14,70 10,70 59,6 9000 12 24 78 63 15* 28
423 19,00 13,90 79,5 12900 17 34 83 68 15* 35

441–444 Lamellenabstand 4,5 mm Fin spacing 4.5 mm Separación de aletas 4,5 mm

FHVI/FHVIT kW kW m2 m3/h m m dB(A) dB(A)**  mm  mm

441 9,98 7,12 51,7 6400 16 34 78 65 12* 28

461 12,40 9,10 77,5 6200 15 33 78 65 12* 28
442 19,95 14,24 103,4 12800 18 38 81 67 15* 42
462 24,79 18,20 155,0 12400 17 37 81 67 15* 42
443 29,93 21,35 155,0 19200 20 42 83 68 15* 54
463 37,91 27,05 232,6 18600 19 41 83 68 15* 54
444 39,91 28,47 206,7 25600 22 46 84 69 15* 54
* Mehrfacheinspritzung mit Schraderventil am Austritt ** Mittl. Schalldruckpegel in 1 m Abstand im Freifeld (halbkugelförmige Schallausbreitung)
* Multiple injection with Schrader valve at the outlet ** Mean sound pressure level at a distance of 1 m in semi-reverberant field
* Inyección múltiple a la salida de la válvula ** Presión sonora media a 1 m de distancia en campo semi-reverberante

Die Angaben in obiger Tabelle The data in the table above are Las características de la tabla se basan en
basieren auf Messungen bei R507A und based upon measurements with R507A medidas con R507A y con los ventiladores
Betrieb der Ventilatoren mit 50 Hz. and fans operating on 50 Hz supply. a 50 Hz.

Daten bei 60 Hz Data on 60 Hz Características con 60 Hz

auf Anfrage. on request. a petición.

Leistungen bei R134a und R22 Capacities with R134a and R22 Potencias con R134a, R22
Bei Anwendung dieser Kältemittel wird When using these refrigerants the Para el uso con estos refrigerantes, la po-
die Katalogleistung mit dem Faktor f des catalogue rated capacity has to be multi- tencia del catálogo deberá ser multipli-
nachfolgenden Diagramms multipliziert. plied with the factor f of the following dia- cada por el factor de corrección f del
gram. siguiente diagrama.
Faktor, Factor, Factor f

Verdampfungstemperatur
Evaporation temperature
Temperatura de evaporación
239／278

10
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

FHV 401-423 FHVT 401-423

Auswahldiagramm FHVI 441-444 FHVIT 441-444
Selection Diagram Anwendungsbereich: Anwendungsbereich:
Räume über 0 °C Räume bis -30 °C
Tabla de selección Application range: Application range:
Rooms above 0 °C Rooms to -30 °C
Campo de aplicación: Campo de aplicación:
Cámaras por encima de 0 °C Cámaras hasta -30 °C

DT1 = 13 K 12 K 11 K 10 K 9K 8K 7K 6K
5
[°C]
0 Reifgrenze
Temperatura de evaporación

Rime limit
Verdampfungstemperatur
Evaporation temperature

-5 Límite de
escarcha
-10

-15

-20

-25

-30
auf Anfrage
-35 on request
bajo demanda
-40
0,7
[kW]
1,0
401
1,5
411
2
402
3
4 403/412
Capacity
Leistung

Potencia

5 404/421
6 413
8 406/414
10 422
416
15 423
20

30
40
50
3
[kW]
4
5
6
7 441
8
461
10
Capacity
Leistung

Potencia

15 442
20 462
443
463
30 444
40
50
fhv4flep.ai

60
70
90
240／278

11
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

601–623 Lamellenabstand 6,0 mm Fin spacing 6.0 mm Separación de aletas 6,0 mm

Schallleistungspegel
Leistung Anschlüsse

Sound power level

Sound pressure le-

Schalldruckpegel
Capacity Connections

Potencia sonora
Proyección aire

Proyección aire
Caudal de aire

Presión sonora
Typ Potencia Conexiones
Model

Oberfläche

Luftmenge

Wurfweite

Wurfweite
Superficie

Air throw

Air throw
Modelo te = –8 °C te = –25 °C Eintritt Austritt

Air flow
Surface
Inlet Outlet
DT1 = 8 K DT1 = 7 K Entrada Salida

vel
FHV/FHVT kW kW m2 m3/h m m dB(A) dB(A)**  mm  mm
fl atlinee
601 1,46 1,06 5,2 980 4 - 63 50 12 15
611 2,03 1,48 6,9 1 560 8 16 70 57 12* 18
602 2,81 2,05 10,3 1 960 6 - 66 53 12* 18
612 4,11 3,00 13,8 3 120 9 18 73 59 12* 22
603 4,13 3,01 15,5 2 940 7 - 68 54 12* 22
604 5,51 4,02 20,7 3 920 8 - 69 55 12* 22
621 5,67 4,13 18,4 4 400 15 30 78 64 12* 22
613 6,23 4,54 20,7 4 680 10 20 75 61 12* 22
614 8,19 5,98 27,6 6 240 11 22 76 62 15* 28
606 8,44 6,16 31,0 5 880 11 - 71 56 15* 28
622 11,30 8,27 36,8 8 800 16 32 81 66 15* 28
616 12,30 8,99 41,4 9 360 12 24 78 63 15* 28
623 16,00 11,70 55,2 13 200 17 34 83 68 15* 35

741–744 Lamellenabstand 7,0 mm Fin spacing 7.0 mm Separación de aletas 7,0 mm

FHVI/FHVIT kW kW m2 m3/h m m dB(A) dB(A)**  mm  mm

741 7,90 5,83 34,1 6 600 17 35 78 65 12* 28

761 10,24 7,68 51,1 6 400 16 34 78 65 12* 28
742 15,81 11,67 68,1 13 200 19 39 81 67 15* 42
762 20,48 15,38 102,2 12 800 18 38 81 67 15* 42
743 23,70 17,50 102,2 19 800 21 43 83 68 15* 54
763 30,02 22,16 153,2 19 200 20 42 83 68 15* 54
744 31,61 23,33 136,2 26 400 23 47 84 69 15* 54
* Mehrfacheinspritzung mit Schraderventil am Austritt ** Mittl. Schalldruckpegel in 1 m Abstand im Freifeld (halbkugelförmige Schallausbreitung)
* Multiple injection with Schrader valve at the outlet ** Mean sound pressure level at a distance of 1 m in semi-reverberant field
* Inyección múltiple a la salida de la válvula ** Presión sonora media a 1 m de distancia en campo semi-reverberante

Die Angaben in obiger Tabelle The data in the table above are Las características de la tabla se basan en
basieren auf Messungen bei R507A und based upon measurements with R507A medidas con R507A y con los ventiladores
Betrieb der Ventilatoren mit 50 Hz. and fans operating on 50 Hz supply. a 50 Hz.

Daten bei 60 Hz Data on 60 Hz Características con 60 Hz

auf Anfrage. on request. a petición.

Leistungen bei R134a und R22 Capacities with R134a and R22 Potencias con R134a, R22
Bei Anwendung dieser Kältemittel wird When using these refrigerants the Para el uso con estos refrigerantes, la
die Katalogleistung mit dem Faktor f des catalogue rated capacity has to be multi- potencia del catálogo deberá ser multipli-
nachfolgenden Diagramms multipliziert. plied with the factor f of the following dia- cada por el factor de corrección f del
gram. siguiente diagrama.
Faktor, Factor, Factor f

Verdampfungstemperatur
Evaporation temperature
Temperatura de evaporación
241／278

12
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

FHV 601-623 FHVT 601-623

Auswahldiagramm FHVI 741-744 FHVIT 741-744
Selection Diagram Anwendungsbereich: Anwendungsbereich:
Räume über 0 °C Räume bis -30 °C
Tabla de selección Application range: Application range:
Rooms above 0 °C Rooms to -30 °C
Campo de aplicación: Campo de aplicación:
Cámaras por encima de 0 °C Cámaras hasta -30 °C

DT1 = 13 K 12 K 11 K 10 K 9K 8K 7K 6K
5
[°C]
0 Reifgrenze
Temperatura de evaporación

Rime limit
Verdampfungstemperatur
Evaporation temperature

-5 Límite de
escarcha
-10

-15

-20

-25

-30
auf Anfrage
-35 on request
bajo demanda
-40
0,7
[kW]
1,0 601
1,5 611
2 602
3 603/612
4 604/621
Capacity
Leistung

Potencia

5 613
6 606/614
8 622
10 616
623
15
20

30
40
50
3
[kW]
4
5
6 741
7
8 761
10
742
Capacity
Leistung

Potencia

15
762
20 743
763
744
30
40
50
fhv6flep.ai

60
70
90
242／278

13
FHVI/FHVIT

1041–1044 Lamellenabstand 10,0 mm Fin spacing 10.0 mm Separación de aletas 10,0 mm

Schallleistungspegel
Leistung Anschlüsse

Sound power level

Schalldruckpegel
Capacity Connections

Potencia sonora
Proyección aire

Proyección aire

Sound pressure
Caudal de aire

Presión sonora
Typ Potencia Conexiones
Model

Oberfläche

Luftmenge

Wurfweite

Wurfweite
Superficie

Air throw

Air throw
Modelo te = –8 °C te = –25 °C Eintritt Austritt

Air flow
Surface
Inlet Outlet

level
DT1 = 8 K DT1 = 7 K Entrada Salida
FHVI/FHVIT kW kW m2 m3/h m m dB(A) dB(A)**  mm  mm

1041 6,35 4,78 24,5 6 800 18 36 78 65 12* 28

1061 8,48 6,46 36,8 6 600 17 35 78 65 12* 28
1042 12,69 9,56 49,1 13 600 20 40 81 67 15* 42
1062 16,95 12,92 73,6 13 200 19 39 81 67 15* 42
1043 19,04 14,34 73,6 20 400 22 44 83 68 15* 54
1063 24,12 18,17 110,4 19 800 21 43 83 68 15* 54
1044 25,39 19,13 98,1 27 200 24 48 84 69 15* 54
* Mehrfacheinspritzung mit Schraderventil am Austritt ** Mittl. Schalldruckpegel in 1 m Abstand im Freifeld (halbkugelförmige Schallausbreitung)
* Multiple injection with Schrader valve at the outlet ** Mean sound pressure level at a distance of 1 m in semi-reverberant field
* Inyección múltiple a la salida de la válvula ** Presión sonora media a 1 m de distancia en campo semi-reverberante

Die Angaben in obiger Tabelle The data in the table above are Las características de la tabla se basan en
basieren auf Messungen bei R507A und based upon measurements with R507A medidas con R507A y con los ventiladores
Betrieb der Ventilatoren mit 50 Hz. and fans operating on 50 Hz supply. a 50 Hz.

Daten bei 60 Hz Data on 60 Hz Características con 60 Hz

auf Anfrage. on request. a petición.

Leistungen bei R134a und R22 Capacities with R134a and R22 Potencias con R134a, R22
Bei Anwendung dieser Kältemittel wird When using these refrigerants the Para el uso con estos refrigerantes, la
die Katalogleistung mit dem Faktor f des catalogue rated capacity has to be multi- potencia del catálogo deberá ser multipli-
nachfolgenden Diagramms multipliziert. plied with the factor f of the following dia- cada por el factor de corrección f del
gram. siguiente diagrama.
Faktor, Factor, Factor f

Verdampfungstemperatur
Evaporation temperature
Temperatura de evaporación
243／278

14
 FHVI/FHVIT

Auswahldiagramm FHVI 1041-1044

Anwendungsbereich:
FHVIT 1041-1044
Anwendungsbereich:
Selection Diagram Räume über 0 °C Räume bis -30 °C

Tabla de selección Application range:

Rooms above 0 °C
Application range:
Rooms to -30 °C
Campo de aplicación: Campo de aplicación:
Cámaras por encima de 0 °C Cámaras hasta -30 °C

DT1 = 13 K 12 K 11 K 10 K 9K 8K 7K 6K
5
[°C]
0 Reifgrenze
Rime limit
Límite de
-5 escarcha
Temperatura de evaporación
Verdampfungstemperatur
Evaporation temperature

-10

-15

-20

fhv10ep.ai
-25

-30

auf Anfrage
-35 on request
bajo demanda

[kW]
4
1041
5

6 1061
7
8
9 1042
10

1062
1043
Capacity
Leistung

Potencia

15
1063
20 1044

25

30

40

50

60
70
80
90
244／278

15
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Zubehör
Accessories
Accesorios

ST-Heizstäbe, ST-Heater rods, Resistencias modelo ST, 230 V

Typ Anzahl/Satz Leistung Typ

Model Number/Set Wattage Model
Modelo No/juego Potencia Referencia
FHVT W
401 601 3 3  440 ST 1280 U 140
411 611 4 4  440 ST 1280 U 140
421 621 5 5  730 ST 2060 U 140
402 602 3 3  730 ST 2060 U 140
412 612 4 4  730 ST 2060 U 140
422 622 5 5  1310 ST 3610 U 140
403 603 3 3  1030 ST 2840 U 140
413 613 4 4  1030 ST 2840 U 140
423 623 5 5  1890 ST 5170 U 140
404 604 3 3  1310 ST 3610 U 140
414 614 4 4  1310 ST 3610 U 140
406 606 3 3  1890 ST 5170 U 140
416 616 4 4  1890 ST 5170 U 140
FHVIT W
441 741 1041 5 5 1280 ST 2630 U 150
461 761 1061 6 61280 ST 2630 U 150
442 742 1042 5 5  2320 ST 4680 U 150
462 762 1062 6 6 2320 ST 4680 U 150
443 743 1043 5 5 3200 ST 3270 UK 150
463 763 1063 6 63200 ST 3270 UK 150
444 744 1044 10 102130 ST 4310 G
FHVI W
441 741 1041 3 3 1280 ST 2630 U 150
461 761 1061 4 41280 ST 2630 U 150
442 742 1042 3 3 2320 ST 4680 U 150
462 762 1062 4 42320 ST 4680 U 150
443 743 1043 3 3 3200 ST 3270 UK 150
464 763 1063 4 43200 ST 3270 UK 150
444 744 1044 6 6 2130 ST 4310 G

245／278

16
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Zubehör
Accessories
Accesorios

MS-Heizstäbe, MS-Heater rods, Resistencias modelo MS, 230 V

Typ Anzahl/Satz Leistung Typ

Model Number/Set Wattage Model
Modelo No/juego Potencia Referencia
FHV W
401 601 2 2  250 MS 0440
411 611 3 2  250 MS 0440
421 621 4 4  400 MS 0850
402 602 2 2  400 MS 0850
412 612 3 3  400 MS 0850
422 622 4 4  850 MS 1750
403 603 2 2  600 MS 1250
413 613 3 3  600 MS 1250
423 623 4 4  1300 MS 2500
404 604 2 2  850 MS 1750
414 614 3 3  850 MS 1750
406 606 2 2  1300 MS 2500
416 616 3 3  1300 MS 2500

SI-Heizkabel, SI-Flexible heaters, Resistencia de silicona modelo SI, 230 V

Typ Länge beheizt Heizleistung

Model Heated length Wattage
Modelo Longitud Potencia

m W
SI 1 1 50
SI 2 2 100
SI 3 3 150
SI 4 4 200
SI 5 5 250
SI 6 6 300
SI 7 7 350

Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat, Defrost safety thermostat, Termostato de seguridad para desescarche

Fest eingestellter Fixed break point, Punto de corte fijo a

Schaltkontakt, disconnects at +25 °C, +25 °C, conexión a
öffnend +25 °C, connects at +3.5 °C. +3,5 °C.
schließend +3,5 °C. Switch capacity at Potencia de ruptura a
Schaltleistung bei ⬃230 V, 50 Hz: ⬃230 V, 50 Hz:
⬃230 V, 50 Hz: ohmic Imax 25 A, ohmica Imax 25 A,
ohmsch Imax 25 A, inductive Imax 5 A. inductiva Imax 5 A.
induktiv Imax 5 A. Protection class: Tipo de protección:
Schutzart IP 44. IP 44. IP 44.
Anschlusskabel Connection cable Cable de conexión a
2-adrig, 75 cm lang. two cores, conductores de
75 cm long. 75 cm de longitud.
246／278

17
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Zubehör
Accessories
Accesorios

TA Textilschlauch – Anschluss
Textil hose connections
Raccord de tuyau textile
Einsatzbereich: Application range: Campo de aplica-
Zum Anschluss eines For the connection of ción:
Textilschlauches an a textile hose to air Para la conexión de
Luftkühler in allen coolers in all cold una manga textil en
Kühl- und Arbeits- storage and working los evaporadores de
räumen, in denen eine rooms requiring a las Cámaras frigorífi-
gleichmäßige uniform and draught- cas y Salas de trabajo
Luftverteilung ohne free air distribution. que requieran una
Zugerscheinungen For the connection of distribución de aire
gewünscht wird. a SHUT-UP® to air uniforme sin corrien-
Zum Anschluss eines coolers in low tes molestas. Para la
SHUT-UP® an Luft- temperature rooms. conexión de un SHUT-
kühler in Tiefkühl- UP® en los evaporado-
räumen. Design: res de las cámaras de
Aluminium, white congelación.
Ausführung TA: powder coated,
TA
Aluminium, weiß including mounting
pulverbeschichtet, mit material. Construcción TA:
Montagematerial. Aluminio con revesti-
miento plástico
blanco, con fijaciones

SU Shut-Up

Einsatzbereich: Application range: Campo de aplicación:

Für alle Tiefkühlräume zur Er- For all low temperature rooms in En todas las cámaras de congela-
höhung des Abtauwirkungsgrades order to increase the defrost effi- ción mientras se realiza el deses-
und Verkürzung der Abtauzeiten ciency and reduce the defrost time carche eléctrico a fin de aumentar
bei elektrischer Abtauung. Der during electric defrost. The SHUT- su rendimiento y reducir su dura-
SHUT-UP® verschließt den UP® is closing the air outlet during ción. El SHUT-UP® cierra la salida
Luftaustritt des Luftkühlers bei the standstill of the fan. The de- de aire mientras que el ventilador
Ventilatorstillstand. Die Ab- frost heat cannot leave the air out- está parado. De esta manera, el
tauwärme kann dadurch nicht let and remains inside the air calor del desescarche no puede
entweichen und verbleibt im cooler. escapar, permaneciendo en el
Luftkühler. interior del evaporador.
Design:
Ausführung: Micro fibre, water-repellent, Construcción:
Mikrofaser, feuchteabweisend, steam-tight, resistant to tearing, Microfibra, hidrófuga, impermeable
dampfdicht, reißfest, lebensmittel- food safe, temperature range al vapor, resistente a la tracción,
echt, Temperaturbereich –50 °C –50 °C to +70 °C. aplicación alimentaria, gama de
bis +70 °C. temperatura –50 °C hasta +70 °C.
SU

TA
247／278

18
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee
FHVI/FHVIT

Zubehör
Accessories
Accesorios

NL Nachleiträder für Axialventilatoren

Streamers for axial fans
Guía dardo de aire para ventiladores helicoidales

Einsatzbereich: Application range: Campo de aplicación:

Für alle Kühlräume zur Er- For all cold storage rooms En todas las cámaras
höhung der Wurfweite in order to increase the air frigoríficas con el fin de
von Luftkühlern bei throw of air coolers at al- aumentar el alcance del
annähernd gleicher Luft- most equal air flow and dardo de aire, teniendo
menge und Schallpegel. sound level. Thermal una pérdida mínima del
Thermische Kurzschlüsse short-circuits at the air caudal. Se minimizan los
am Luftkühler und örtliche cooler and local excess efectos sobre la recircula-
Übertemperaturen im temperatures in the cold ción del aire y la creación
Kühlraum werden weitge- storage room are mini- de zonas con temperatura
hend vermieden. mized. elevada en la cámara.

Ausführung NL: Design NL: Construcción NL:

Kunststoff, schwarz, mit Plastic, black, to clip onto Material sintético, color
Halteclips zur Befestigung the fan protection grille. negro, con fijación directa
am Schutzgitter des Venti- a la rejilla del ventilador
lators. mediante clips.

Typ Anzahl Typ Typ Typ Typ

Model Number Model Model  D1 Model Model
Referencia Número Referencia Modelo Referencia Referencia

FHV/T TA SU mm TL NL
411/611 1 300 300 350 300 300
412/612 2 300 300 350 300 300
413/613 3 300 300 350 300 300
414/614 4 300 300 350 300 300
416/616 6 300 300 350 300 300
421/621 1 450 450 495 450 450
422/622 2 450 450 495 450 450
423/623 3 450 450 495 450 450

FHVI/T TA SU mm TL NL
441 / 741 / 1041 1 500 500 545 500 500
461 / 761 / 1061 1 500 500 545 500 500
442 / 742 / 1042 2 500 500 545 500 500
462 / 762 / 1062 2 500 500 545 500 500
443 / 743 / 1043 3 500 500 545 500 500
463 / 763 / 1063 3 500 500 545 500 500
443 / 744 / 1044 4 500 500 545 500 500

Konsolen (WAND-K1) FHV/T x01–x06

aus verzinktem Stahlblech, weiß pulverbeschichtet, x11–x14
statische Belastung pro Konsole max. 20 kg.
Brackets (WAND-K1)
made of galvanized sheet steel, white powder coated,
static load per bracket 20 kg max.
Soportes (WAND-K1)
En chapa de acero galvanizada, pintado con
polvo electro-estático blanco.
Carga estática máxima por soporte: 20 kg.
248／278

19
FHV/FHVT fla tli nee

Schaltpläne, Wiring diagrams, Esquemas de cableado

Schaltplan FHV x0x / x1x

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 3 MS-Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock (Zubehör) Model Number
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör) Modelo Número
FHV E1–E3
Wiring diagram FHV x0x / x1x
Electric tension for all devices 230 V

FHV 002.0251
x01 2
E 1–E 3 MS-heater rods for finned coil block (accessory) x02 2
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory) x03 2
x04 2
Esquemas eléctricos FHV x0x / x1x x06 2
Todas las conexiones son a 230 V. x11 3
E 1–E 3 Resistencias de calor modelo MS en batería (accesorio) x12 3
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio) x13 3
x14 3
x16 3

Schaltplan FHVT x01 – x04 / x11 – x13

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 3 Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock Model Number
E4 Heizstab für Tropfschale Modelo Número
E5 Flex. Abtauheizung (Zubehör)
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör)
FHVT E1–E3 E4
x01 2 1
Wiring diagram FHVT x01 – x04 / x11 – x13 x02 2 1
Electric tension for all devices 230 V x03 2 1

FHV 002.0257
E 1–E 3 Heater rods for finned coil block x04 2 1
E4 Heater rod for drain pan x11 3 1
E5 Flex. drain heater (accessory) x12 3 1
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory) x13 3 1
Esquemas eléctricos FHVT x01 – x04 / x11 – x13
Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 3 Resistencias en batería
E4 Resistencias en bandeja
E5 Resistencia de silicona para desagüe (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche
(accesorio)

Elektroanschluss Ventilatoren FHV/T x0x / x1x

Thermokontakt intern verdrahtet.
M 1–M 6 Motoren

Electricity connection fans FHV/T x0x / x1x

Thermal contact internally wired.
M 1–M 6 Motors
270.903.04

002.0259.04

Conexión eléctrica de los ventiladores FHV/T x0x / x1x

Termo-contacto conectado interiormente
M 1–M 6 Motores

Typ Anzahl Typ Anzahl

Model Number Model Number
Modelo Número Modelo Número
FHV/T M1–M6 FHV/T M1–M6
x01 1 x11 1
x02 2 x12 2
x03 3 x13 3
x04 4 x14 4
x06 6 x16 6

249／278

20
 FHV/FHVT fla tli nee

Schaltpläne, Wiring diagrams, Esquemas de cableado

Schaltplan FHV x21–x23

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V
E 1–E 4 MS-Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock (Zubehör)
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör)

Wiring diagram FHV x21–x23

Electric tension for all devices 230 V

FHV 002.0262
E 1–E 4 MS-Heater rods for finned coil block (accessory)
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory)

Esquemas eléctricos FHV x21–x23

Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 4 Resistencias de calor modelo MS en batería (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

Schaltplan FHVT x06 / x14–x16 / x21–x23

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 4 Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock Model Number
E5 Heizstab für Tropfschale Modelo Número
E5 Flex. Ablaufheizung (Zubehör)
FHVT E1–E4 E5
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör)
x06 2 1
Wiring diagram FHVT x06 / x14–x16 / x21–x23 x14 3 1
Electric tension for all devices 230 V x16 3 1

FHV 002.0262
E 1–E 4 Heater rods for finned coil block x21 4 1
E5 Heater rod for drain pan x22 4 1
E6 Flex. drain heater (accessory) x23 4 1
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory)

Esquemas eléctricos FHVT x06 / x14–x16 / x21–x23

Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 4 Resistencias en batería
E5 Resistencias en bandeja
E6 Resistencia de silicona para desagüe (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

Elektroanschluss Ventilatoren FHV/T x21–x23

Drehrichtungsänderung durch Vertauschen von 2 Phasen. Typ Anzahl
Wichtig! Model Number
Thermokontakt TK–TK in Steuerleitung Modelo Número
für Motorschütz anklemmen.
FHVT M1–M3
Electricity connection fans FHV/T x21–x23 x21 1
Alteration of rotation direction by changing two phases. x22 2
FHV 002.0260

Important! x23 3
Connect thermal contact TK–TK to control unit.

Conexión eléctrica de los ventiladores FHV/T x21–x23

El otro sentido de rotación se obtiene permutando 2 fases.
Importante!
Conectar el termo-contacto TK-TK para el control de la unidad.

250／278

21
FHVI/FHVIT

Schaltpläne, Wiring diagrams, Esquemas de cableado

Schaltplan FHVI x41–x43 / x61–x62

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 4 ST-Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock (Zubehör) Model Number
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör) Modelo Número
FHVI E1–E4
Wiring diagram FHVI x41–x43 / x61–x62
Electric tension for all devices 230 V x41 3

FHV 002.0275
E 1–E 4 ST-heater rods for finned coilblock (accessory) x42 3
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory) x43 3
x61 4
Esquemas eléctricos FHVI x41–x43 / x61–x62 x62 4
Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 4 Resistencias en batería (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

Schaltplan FHVI x44 / x63

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 6 ST-Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock (Zubehör) Model Number
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör) Modelo Número
FHVT E1–E6
Wiring diagram FHVI x44 / x63
Electric tension for all devices 230 V x44 6
E 1–E 6 ST-heater rods for finned coilblock (accessory) x63 4
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory)

FHV 002.0278
Esquemas eléctricos FHVI x44 / x63
Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 6 Resistencias en batería (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

Schaltplan FHVIT x41–x42 / x61

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 4 Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock Model Number
E 5–E 6 Heizstäbe für Tropfschale Modelo Número
E7 Flex. Abtauheizstäbe Zubehör
FHVIT E1–E4 E4–E6
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör)
x41 3 2
Wiring diagram FHVIT x41–x42 / x61 x42 3 2
Electric tension for all devices 230 V x61 4 2
E 1–E 4 Heater rods for finned coilblock
FHV 002.0262

E 5–E 6 Heater rods for drain pan

E7 Flex. drain heater (accessory)
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory)

Esquemas eléctricos FHVIT x41–x42 / x61

Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 4 Resistencias en batería
E 5–E 6 Resistencias en bandeja
E7 Resistencia de silicona para desagüe (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

251／278

22
 FHVI/FHVIT

Schaltpläne, Wiring diagrams, Esquemas de cableado

Schaltplan FHVIT x43 / x62–x63

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 4 Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock Model Number
E 5–E 6 Heizstäbe für Tropfschale Modelo Número
E 7/E 8 Flex. Abtauheizstäbe Zubehör
FHVIT E1–E4 E4–E6
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör)
x43 3 2
Wiring diagram FHVIT x43 / x62–x63 x62 4 2
Electric tension for all devices 230 V x63 4 2

FHV 002.0286
E 1–E 4 Heater rods for finned coilblock
E 5–E 6 Heater rods for drain pan
E 7/E 8 Flex. drain heater (accessory)
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory)

Esquemas eléctricos FHVIT x43 / x62–x63

Todas las conexiones son a 230 V
E 1–E 4 Resistencias en batería
E 5–E 6 Resistencias en bandeja
E 7/E 8 Resistancia de silicona para desagüe (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

Schaltplan FHVIT x44

Alle Anschlussspannungen 230 V Typ Anzahl
E 1–E 6 Heizstäbe für Lamellenblock Model Number
E 7–E 10 Heizstäbe für Tropfschale Modelo Número
E 11/E 12 Flex. Abtauheizstäbe Zubehör
FHVIT E1–E6 E9/E12
 Abtau-Sicherheitsthermostat (Zubehör)
x44 6 4
Wiring diagram FHVIT x44
Electric tension for all devices 230 V

FHV 002.0288
E 1–E 6 Heater rods for finned coilblock
E 7–E 10 Heater rods for drain pan
E 11/E 12 Flex. drain heater (accessory)
 Defrost safety thermostat (accessory)

Esquemas eléctricos FHVIT x44

Todas las conexiones son a 230 V.
E 1–E 6 Resistencias en batería
E 7–E 10 Resistencias en bandeja
E 11/E 12 Resistancia de silicona para desagüe (accesorio)
 Termostato de seguridad para desescarche (accesorio)

Elektroanschluss Ventilatoren
FHVI/FHVIT EP x41–x44 / x61–x63 Typ Anzahl
Drehrichtungsänderung durch Vertauschen von 2 Phasen. Model Number
Wichtig! Modelo Número
Thermokontakt TK–TK in Steuerleitung
FHVIT M1–M3
für Motorschütz anklemmen.
x41 1
Electricity connection fans x42 2
FHV 002.0270

FHVI/FHVIT EP x41–x44 / x61–x63 x43 3

Alteration of rotation direction by changing two phases. x44 4
Important! x61 1
Connect thermal contact TK–TK to control unit. x62 2
x63 3
Conexión eléctrica de los ventiladores
FHVI/FHVIT EP x41–x44 / x61–x63
El otro sentido de rotación se obtiene permutando 2 fases.
Importante!
Conectar el termo-contacto TK-TK para el control de la unidad.

252／278

23
 FHV/T fl at linee Hygieneausführung Optionen
Easy-Cleanable options

Abklappbare Ventilatoren

Der Umwelt zuliebe auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier gedruckt. – For environmental protection printed on chlorine free paper. – Por respeto al medio ambiente, impresos con papel libre de cloro.
Hinged mounted fans
Ventiladores con bisagras

Abklappbare Tropfschale
Hinged drain pan
Bandeja con bisagras goteo Isolierte Tropfschale
Douple walled drain pan
Bandeja aislada del goteo

Walter Roller GmbH & Co. Walter Roller GmbH & Co. Walter Roller GmbH & Co.
Fabrik für Kälte- und Manufacturer of refrigeration Fábrica de aparatos frigoríficos
Klimageräte and airconditioning equipment y de climatización
Lindenstraße 27–31 Lindenstrasse 27–31 Lindenstrasse 27–31
70839 Gerlingen 70839 Gerlingen 70839 Gerlingen
Zertifiziertes Qualitätsmanagementsystem Postfach 10 03 30 P.O. Box 10 03 30 Apartado de correos 10 0330
nach DIN EN ISO 9001 durch
70828 Gerlingen 70828 Gerlingen 70828 Gerlingen
Deutschland Germany Alemania
88000246.de/en/sp.1500.08.08.U+U

Telefon +49 (0) 71 56 20 01-0 Telephone +49 71 56 20 01-0 Teléfono +49 71 56 20 01-0
Telefax +49 (0) 71 56 20 01-26 Telefax +49 71 56 20 01-26 Telefax +49 71 56 20 01 26
E-Mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected]
www.WalterRoller.de www.WalterRoller.de www.WalterRoller.de

Technische Änderungen und Subject to technical alterations and Reservado el derecho de modificaciones
Verbesserungen vorbehalten. improvements. técnicas y mejoras sin previo aviso.
253／278
 DATE : 2013-05-05
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Total Page 23
Page 0

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

OF

CONTROL EQUIPMENT
PROVISION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

254／278
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Controls

Technical leaflet

Solenoid valves
Type EVR 2 → 40 NC/ NO

R E F R I G E R AT I O N A N D A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G

255／278
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves type EVR 2 → 40 − NC / NO

Introduction EVR is a direct or servo operated solenoid valve

for liquid, suction, and hot gas lines with
fluorinated refrigerants.

EVR valves are supplied complete or as separate

components, i.e. valve body, coil and flanges, if
required, can be ordered separately.

Features • Complete range of solenoid valves for • MOPD up to 25 bar with 12 W coil
refrigeration, freezing and air conditioning
plant • Flare connections up to 5/8 in.

• Supplied both normally closed (NC) and • Solder connections up to 2 1/8 in.
normally open (NO) with de-energized coil
• Extended ends for soldering
• Wide choice of coils for a.c. and d.c. make installation easy
It is not necessary to dismantle the valve
• Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants when soldering in.

• Designed for media temperatures up to • EVR are also available with flange
105°C connections

Approvals DnV, Det norske Veritas, Norge P Polski Rejestr Statków, Polen

Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EC MRS, Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia

The Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 73/23/EC with Versions with UL and CSA approval can be
amendments EN 60730-2-8 supplied to order.

Technical data Refrigerants Ambient temperature and

CFC, HCFC, HFC enclosure for coil
See "Coils for solenoid valves", RD.3J.E2.02
Temperature of medium
−40 → +105°C with 10 W or 12 W coil.
Max. 130°C during defrosting.

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 256／278

32
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Technical data
Type Opening differential pressure Temperature Max. working kv value 1)
(continued) with standard coil of medium pressure
∆p bar PB
Max. (= MOPD) liquid 2 )
Min. 10 W a.c. 12 W a.c. 20 W d.c. °C bar m3/h
EVR 2 0.0 25 18 −40 → 105 35 0.16
EVR 3 0.0 21 25 18 −40 → 105 35 0.27
EVR 6 0.05 21 25 18 −40 → 105 35 0.8
EVR 6 NO 0.05 21 21 21 −40 → 105 35 0.8
EVR 10 0.05 21 25 18 −40 → 105 35 1.9
EVR 10 NO 0.05 21 21 21 −40 → 105 35 1.9
EVR 15 0.05 21 25 18 −40 → 105 32 2.6
EVR 15 NO 0.05 21 21 21 −40 → 105 32 2.6
EVR 20 (a.c.) 0.05 21 25 13 −40 → 105 32 5.0
EVR 20 (d.c.) 0.05 16 −40 → 105 32 5.0
EVR 20 NO 0.05 19 19 19 −40 → 105 32 5.0
EVR 22 0.05 21 25 13 −40 → 105 32 6.0
EVR 22 NO 0.05 19 19 19 −40 → 105 32 6.0
EVR 25 0.20 21 25 18 −40 → 105 32 10.0
EVR 32 0.20 21 25 18 −40 → 105 32 16.0
EVR 40 0.20 21 25 18 −40 → 105 32 25.0
1) The kv value is the water flow in m3 /h at a pressure drop across valve of 1 bar, ρ = 1000 kg/m 3.
2) MOPD for media in gas form is approx. 1 bar greater.

Rated capacity
Type kW
Liquid Suction vapour Hot gas
R 22 R 134a R 404A/R 507 R 407C R 22 R 134a R 404A/R 507 R 407C R 22 R 134a R 404A/R 507 R 407C
EVR 2 3.20 2.90 2.20 3.01 1.50 1.20 1.20 1.46
EVR 3 5.40 5.00 3.80 5.08 2.50 2.00 2.00 2.43
EVR 6 16.10 14.80 11.20 15.13 1.80 1.30 1.60 1.66 7.40 5.90 6.00 7.18
EVR 10 38.20 35.30 26.70 35.91 4.30 3.10 3.90 3.96 17.50 13.90 14.30 16.98
EVR 15 52.30 48.30 36.50 49.16 5.90 4.20 5.30 5.43 24.00 19.00 19.60 23.28
EVR 20 101.00 92.80 70.30 94.94 11.40 8.10 10.20 10.49 46.20 36.60 37.70 44.81
EVR 22 121.00 111.00 84.30 113.74 13.70 9.70 12.20 12.60 55.40 43.90 45.20 53.74
EVR 25 201.00 186.00 141.00 188.94 22.80 16.30 20.40 20.98 92.30 73.20 75.30 89.53
EVR 32 322.00 297.00 225.00 302.68 36.50 26.10 32.60 33.58 148.00 117.00 120.00 143.56
EVR 40 503.00 464.00 351.00 472.82 57.00 40.80 51.00 52.44 231.00 183.00 188.00 224.07

Rated liquid and suction vapour capacity is based on

evaporating temperature te = -10°C,
liquid temperature ahead of valve tl = +25°C,
pressure drop in valve ∆p = 0.15 bar.

Rated hot gas capacity is based on

condensing temperature tc = +40°C,
pressure drop across valve ∆p = 0.8 bar,
hot gas temperature t h = +65°C,
and subcooling of refrigerant ∆tsub = 4 K.

43 RD.3A.D3.02  Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 257／278

Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Ordering Normally closed (NC) with a.c. coil 1)

Code no.
Complete valves Connection Valve body + 10 W a.c. coil with 1 m cable
Type Flare 2) Solder ODF
in. mm in./mm in. mm
EVR 3 1/4 6 032F2032 032F2042 032F2052
3
EVR 6 /8 10 032F2072 032F2082 032F2092
1
EVR 10 /2 12 032F2102 032F2122 032F2132
5
EVR 15 /8 16 032F2152 032F2192 032F2192

Code no.
Connection Valve body + 10 W a.c. coil with terminal box
Type Flare 2) Solder ODF
in. mm in./mm in. mm
1
EVR 3 /4 6 032F2033 032F2043 032F2053
3
EVR 6 /8 10 032F2073 032F2083 032F2093
1
EVR 10 /2 12 032F2103 032F2123 032F2133
5
EVR 15 /8 16 032F2153 032F2193 032F2193
7
EVR 20 /8 22 032F2243 032F2243

Code no.
Valve body + 10 W a.c. coil
Type Connection
with DIN plugs and protective cap
Flare 2) Solder ODF
in. mm in./mm in. mm
1
EVR 3 /4 6 032F2034 032F2044 032F2054
3
EVR 6 /8 10 032F2074 032F2084 032F2094
1
EVR 10 /2 12 032F2104 032F2124 032F2134

Type Connection Code no.

Valve body + 10 W a.c. coil
in. mm. with DIN plug 3)
EVR 2 1/4 6 032F2004 032F2014 032F2024

1)Please specify code no., voltage and frequency. Voltage and frequency can also be given in the form of an
appendix number, see table "Appendix numbers".
2)Supplied without flare nuts.
Separate flare nuts:
1
/4 in. or 6 mm, code no. 011L1101
/8 in. or 10 mm, code no. 011L1135
3
1
/2 in. or 12 mm, code no. 011L1103
5
/8 in. or 16 mm, code no. 011L1167
3) Can only be used with DIN plug

Appendix numbers
Voltage Frequency Energy consumpt.
Appendix no.
V Hz W
12 50 10 15
24 50 10 16
42 50 10 17
48 50 10 18
115 50 10 22
220-230 50 10 31
240 50 10 33
380-400 50 10 37
420 50 10 38
24 60 10 14
115 60 10 20
220 60 10 29
240 60 10 30
110 50/60 10 21
220-230 50/60 10 32

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 258／278

54
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Ordering (fortsat) Separate valve bodies, normally closed (NC)

Code no.
Components Connection Valve body without coil
Type Required Flare 1) Solder ODF
Flare and solder connections coil type
With manual Without manual
in. mm in./mm in. mm operation operation
1
EVR 2 a.c. /4 6 032F1200 032F1201 032F1202
1
/4 6 032F1205 032F1206 032F1207
EVR 3
3
/8 10 032F1203 032F1204 032F1208
3
/8 10 032F1211 032F1212 032F1213
EVR 6
1
/2 12 032F1235 032F1209 032F1236
1
a.c./d.c. /2 12 032F1215 032F1217 032F1218
EVR 10 5
/8 16 032F1238 032F1214 032F1214
5
/8 16 032F1221 032F1228 032F1228
EVR 15 5
/8 16 032F1231 2) 032F1227
7
/8 22 032F1225 032F1225
7
/8 22 032F1240 032F1240
7
a.c. /8 22 032F1254
EVR 20 11/8 28 032F1244 032F1245
7
/8 22 032F1264 032F1264
d.c.
7
/8 22 032F1274
EVR 22 a.c. 13/8 35 032F3267 032F3267
11/8 032F2200 032F2201
EVR 25 28 032F2205 032F2206
13/8 35 032F2207 032F2208
13/8 35 042H1105 042H1106
EVR 32 a.c./d.c. 15/8 042H1103 042H1104
42 042H1107 042H1108
15/8 042H1109 042H1110
EVR 40 42 042H1113 042H1114
21/8 54 042H1111 042H1112

Separate valve bodies, normally open (NO) 3)

Code no.
Connection Valve body without coil 3)
Type Required
coil type Flare 1) Solder ODF
in. mm in. mm in. mm
3
EVR 6 /8 10 032F1289 032F1289 032F1290 032F1295
1
EVR 10 /2 12 032F1293 032F1293 032F1291 032F1296
5
/8 16 032F1297 032F1297 032F1299 032F1299
EVR 15 a.c./d.c.
7
/8 22 032F3270 032F3270
7
/8 22 032F1260 032F1260
EVR 20
11/8 28 032F1269 032F1279
EVR 22 a.c. 13/8 35 032F3268 032F3268
1) Valve bodies are supplied without flare nuts.
Separate flare nuts:
1/ in. or 6 mm, code no. 011L1101
4
3
/8 in. or 10 mm, code no. 011L1135
1
/2 in. or 12 mm, code no. 011L1103
5/ in. or 16 mm, code no. 011L1167
8
2) With manual operation.
3) The normal range of coils can be used for the NO valves, with the exception of the double
frequency versions of 110 V, 50/60 Hz and 220 V, 50/60 Hz.

Coils
See "Coils for solenoid valves", RD.3J.E2.02.

65 RD.3A.D3.02  Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 259／278

Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Ordering (continued) Separate valve bodies, normally closed (NC)

Code no.
Components Valve body + gaskets + bolts;
Flare and solder connections without coil and flanges
Type Required coil type Connection
With manual Without manual
operation operation
EVR 15 a.c./d.c. 032F1234 032F1224
a.c. Flanges 032F1253 032F1243
EVR 20
d.c. 032F1273 032F1263

Coils
See "Coils for solenoid valves", RD.3J.E2.02.
Flange sets
Code no. Example
Connection EVR 15 without manual operation,
Valve type Solder Weld
code no. 032F1224
in. mm in. mm in.
1/ 027N1115
2 + 1/2 in. weld flange set,
5/
8 16 027L1117 027L1116 code no. 027N1115
EVR 15
3/ 027N1120
4
7/
+ coil with termfnal box, 220 V, 50 Hz,
22 027L1123 027L1122
8
code no. 018F6701
3/ 027N1220
4 (See "Coils for solenoid valves",
7/
8 22 027L1223 027L1222 RD.3J.E2.02.).
EVR 20
1 027N1225
11/8 28 027L1229 027L1228

Accessories
Description Code no.
Mounting bracket for EVR 2, 3, 6 and 10 032F0197
Strainer FA for direct mounting See "FA"

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 260／278

76
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Capacity
Liquid capacity Qe kW R 22
Liquid capacity Qe kW at pressure drop across valve ∆p bar
Type
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
EVR 2 2.6 3.7 4.6 5.3 5.9
EVR 3 4.5 6.3 7.7 8.9 9.9
EVR 6 13.1 18.6 22.8 26.3 29.4
EVR 10 31.4 44.1 54.2 62.5 69.9
EVR 15 42.7 60.3 74.1 85.5 95.7
EVR 20 82.2 116.0 143.0 165.0 184.0
EVR 22 99.0 139.0 171.0 197.0 220.0
EVR 25 165.0 232.0 285.0 329.0 368.0
EVR 32 263.0 372.0 455.0 526.0 588.0
EVR 40 411.0 581.0 712.0 822.0 919.0

Liquid capacity Qe kW R 134a

Liquid capacity Qe kW at pressure drop across valve ∆p bar
Type
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
EVR 2 2.4 3.4 4.2 4.9 5.4
EVR 3 4.1 5.8 7.1 8.2 9.1
EVR 6 12.1 17.2 21.0 24.3 27.1
EVR 10 28.8 40.7 49.9 57.6 64.4
EVR 15 39.4 55.7 68.3 78.8 88.1
EVR 20 75.8 107.0 131.0 152.0 170.0
EVR 22 90.9 129.0 158.0 182.0 203.0
EVR 25 152.0 214.0 263.0 303.0 339.0
EVR 32 243.0 343.0 420.0 485.0 542.0
EVR 40 379.0 536.0 656.0 758.0 847.0

Liquid capacity Qe kW R 404A/R 507

Liquid capacity Qe kW at pressure drop across valve ∆p bar
Type
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
EVR 2 1.8 2.6 3.2 3.7 4.1
EVR 3 3.1 4.4 5.4 6.2 6.9
EVR 6 9.2 13.0 15.9 18.4 20.5
EVR 10 21.8 30.8 37.8 43.6 48.8
EVR 15 29.8 42.2 51.7 59.6 66.8
EVR 20 57.4 81.1 99.4 115.0 128.0
EVR 22 68.9 97.4 119.0 138.0 169.0
EVR 25 115.0 162.0 199.0 230.0 257.0
EVR 32 184.0 260.0 318.0 367.0 411.0
EVR 40 287.0 406.0 497.0 574.0 642.0

Capacities are based on

liquid temperature t l = +25°C ahead of valve,
evaporating temperature t e = −10°C,
superheat 0 K.

Correction factors
When sizing valves, the plant capacity must be
multiplied by a correction
factor depending on liquid temperature
tl ahead of valve/evaporator.
When the corrected capacity is known, the
selection can be made from the table.
Correction factors for liquid temperature tl
tl°C −10 0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
R 22 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.0 1.05 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.30
R 134a 0.73 0.79 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0 1.06 1.12 1.19 1.27 1.37
R 404A/R 507 0.65 0.72 0.81 0.86 0.93 1.0 1.09 1.20 1.33 1.51 1.74

87 RD.3A.D3.02  Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 261／278

Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Capacity
(continued) Liquid capacity Qe kW
R 407C
Liquid capacity Qe kW at pressure drop across valve ∆p bar
Type
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
EVR 2 2.4 3.4 4.3 5.0 5.3
EVR 3 4.2 5.9 7.2 8.4 9.3
EVR 6 12.3 17.5 21.4 24.7 27.6
EVR 10 29.5 41.5 50.9 58.7 65.7
EVR 15 40.1 56.7 69.7 80.4 90.0
EVR 20 77.0 109.0 134.0 155.0 172.0
EVR 22 93.1 130.0 161.0 185.2 207.0
EVR 25 155.0 218.0 268.0 309.0 346.0
EVR 32 247.0 350.0 428.0 494.0 553.0
EVR 40 386.0 546.0 669.0 773.0 864.0

Capacities are based on liquid temperature Correction factors

tl = +25°C ahead of valve, evaporating tempera- When sizing valves, the plant capacity must be
ture te = −10°C, and superheat 0 K. multiplied by a correction
factor depending on liquid temperature
t l ahead of valve/evaporator.
When the corrected capacity is known, the
selection can be made from the table.
Correction factors based on liquid temperature tl
t l°C −10 0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
R 407C 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.89 0.94 1.0 1.06 1.14 1.23 1.33 1.46

Suction vapour capacity Qe R 22

Pressure drop Suction vapour capacity Qe kW at evaporating temperature t e °C
Type ∆p bar
–40 –30 –20 –10 0 +10
0.1 0.73 0.94 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1
EVR 6 0.15 0.87 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6
0.2 0.98 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0
0.1 1.7 2.2 2.9 3.5 4.3 5.1
EVR 10 0.15 2.1 2.7 3.4 4.3 5.2 6.2
0.2 2.3 3.1 3.9 4.8 6.0 7.1
Capacities are based on liquid 0.1 2.3 3.1 4.0 4.8 5.8 6.9
temperature tl = +25°C ahead EVR 15 0.15 2.8 3.7 4.7 5.9 7.1 8.5
of evaporator. 0.2 3.2 4.2 5.3 6.6 8.2 9.8
The table values refer to the 0.1 4.6 5.9 7.6 9.3 11.2 13.3
evaporator capacity and are EVR 20 0.15 5.4 7.1 9.1 11.4 13.9 16.7
0.2 6.1 8.1 10.3 12.7 15.9 18.8
given as a function of
evaporating temperature te 0.1 5.5 7.1 9.1 11.2 13.4 16.0
EVR 22 0.15 6.5 8.5 10.7 13.7 16.4 20.0
and pressure drop ∆p across 0.2 7.3 9.7 12.3 15.2 19.0 22.6
valve.
0.1 9.1 11.8 15.2 18.6 22.4 26.6
Capacities are based on dry, EVR 25 0.15 10.9 14.2 17.9 22.8 27.4 32.6
saturated vapour ahead of 0.2 12.2 16.1 20.4 25.3 31.7 37.6
valve. 0.1 14.6 18.9 24.3 29.8 35.8 42.6
During operation with EVR 32 0.15 17.4 22.7 28.8 36.5 43.8 52.2
superheated vapour ahead of 0.2 19.6 25.7 32.6 40.5 50.7 60.2
valve, the capacities are 0.1 22.8 29.5 38.1 46.5 56.0 66.5
reduced by 4% for each 10 K EVR 40 0.15 27.2 35.4 45.0 57.0 68.6 81.5
superheat. 0.2 30.5 40.2 51.0 63.3 79.2 94.0

Correction factors
When sizing valves, the evaporator capacity
must be divided by a correction factor
depending on liquid temperature tl ahead of
expansion valve.
When the corrected capacity is known, the
selection can be made from the table.

Correction factors for liquid temperature tl

t l°C −10 0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
R 22 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.0 1.05 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.30

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 262／278

8
9
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Material specifications
EVR 2 to 22

Solenoid valves Standard

No. Description Type Material Analysis Mat.no. W.no. DIN EN
1 Valve body EVR 2 til 25 Brass CuZn40Pb2 CW617N 2.0402 17672-1 12165
EVR 2 til 3 Stainless steel X5 CrNi18-10 1.4301 10088
2 Cover EVR 6 til 22 Brass CuZn40Pb2 CW617N 2.0402 17672-1 12165
EVR 25 Cast iron GGG 40.3 0.7043 1693
3 Armature tube EVR 2 til 25 Stainless steel X2 CrNi19-11 1.4306 10088
4 Armature tube nut EVR 25 Stainless steel X8 CrNiS 18-9 1.4305 10088
5 Gasket EVR 2 til 25 Rubber Cr
6 Gasket EVR 25 Al. gasket Al 99.5 3.0255 10210
7 Solder tube EVR 25 Copper SF-Cu CW024A 2.0090 1787 12449
8 Screws EVR 2 til 25 Stainless steel A2-70 3506
9 Spindle for man. operat. EVR 25 Stainless steel X8 CrNiS 18-9 1.4305 10088
10 Gasket EVR 25 Rubber Cr

EVR 32 to 40

Solenoid valves Standard

No. Description Type Material Analysis Mat.no. W.no. DIN EN
1 Valve body EVR 32/40 Cast Iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT EN-JS1025 1563
2 Cover EVR 32/40 Brass CuZn40Pb2 CW617N 2.0402 12165
3 Armature tube EVR 32/40 Stainless steel X2 CrNi19-11 1.4306 10088
4 Armature tube nut EVR 32/40 Stainless steel X8 CrNiS 18-9 1.4305 10088
5 Gasket EVR 32/40 Rubber Cr
6 Gasket EVR 32/40 Al. gasket Al 99.5 3.0255 10210
7 Solder tube EVR 32/40 Copper SF.Cu CW024A 2.0090 1787 12449
8 Screws EVR 32/40 Stainless steel A2-70 3506
9 Spindle for. man. operation EVR 32/40 Stainless steel X8 CrNiS 18-9 1.4305 10088

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 263／278

9
19
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Dimensions and weights EVR (NC) 2 → 15, flare connection

Weight of coil
10 W: approx. 0.3 kg
12 and 20 W: approx. 0.5 kg

With DIN plugs coil

With cable connection coil

With terminal box coil

Connection L5 max. Weight

H1 H2 H3 H4 L L2 L3 L4 B B1 max.
Type Flare 10 W 12/20 W with coil
in. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
EVR 2 1/
4 6 14 71 9 59 45 54 75 85 33 68 0.5
EVR 3 1/ 6 14 71 9 59 45 54 75 85 33 68 0.5
4
3/ 10 14 73 9 62 45 54 75 85 33 68 0.5
8

EVR 6 3/
8 10 14 78 10 69 45 54 75 85 36 68 0.6
1/ 12 14 78 10 75 45 54 75 85 36 68 0.6
2

EVR 10 1/
2 12 16 79 11 84 45 54 75 85 46 68 0.8
5/ 16 16 79 11 92 45 54 75 85 46 68 0.8
8

EVR 15 5/ 16 19 86 49 104 45 54 75 85 56 68 1.0

8

10
20 RD.3A.D3.02  Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 264／278
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Dimensions and weights EVR (NC) 2 → 22, solder connection

(continued)
Weight of coil
10 W: approx. 0.3 kg
12 and 20 W: approx. 0.5 kg

With cable connection coil With DIN plugs coil

With terminal box coil

Connection L5 max. Weight

H1 H2 H3 H4 L L2 L3 L4 B B1 max.
Type Solder 10 W 12/20 W with coil
in. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
EVR 2 1/ 6 14 71 9 102 7 45 54 75 85 33 68 0.5
4

EVR 3 1/
4 6 14 71 9 102 7 45 54 75 85 33 68 0.6
3/ 10 14 73 9 117 9 45 54 75 85 33 68 0.6
8

EVR 6 3/ 10 14 78 10 111 9 45 54 75 85 36 68 0.6

8
1/ 12 14 78 10 127 10 45 54 75 85 36 68 0.6
2

EVR 10 1/ 12 16 79 11 127 10 45 54 75 85 46 68 0.7

2
5/ 16 16 79 11 160 12 45 54 75 85 46 68 0.7
8

EVR 15 5/
8 16 19 86 49 176 12 45 54 75 85 56 68 1.0
7/ 22 19 86 176 17 45 54 75 85 56 68 1.0
8

EVR 20 7/
8 22 20 90 53 191 17 45 54 75 85 72 68 1.5
11/8 28 20 90 214 22 45 54 75 85 72 68 1.5
EVR 22 13/ 8 35 20 90 281 25 45 54 75 85 72 68 1.5

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 265／278

11
21
Technical leaflet Solenoid valves, type EVR 2 → 40 - NC / NO

Dimensions and weights EVR (NO) 6 → 22, flare or solder connection

(continued)

With cable connection coil

With DIN plugs coil

Weight of coil
10 W: approx. 0.3 kg
12 and 20 W: approx. 0.5 kg With terminal box coil

Coil with Coil with DIN Coil with

cable connection terminal box Weight
H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 L2 connection L5 max. B B1 max. with coil
Type
L3 L4 10 W 12/20 W
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg

Flare
EVR 6 14 88 10 69 45 54 75 85 36 68 0.6
EVR 10 16 89 11 84 45 54 75 85 46 68 0.7
EVR 15 19 96 104 45 54 75 85 56 68 0.9

Solder
EVR 6 14 88 10 111 9 45 54 75 85 36 68 0.6
EVR 10 16 89 11 127 10 45 54 75 85 46 68 0.7
EVR 15 19 96 176 12 45 54 75 85 56 68 0.9
EVR 20 20 100 191 1) 17 1) 45 54 75 85 72 68 1.5
EVR 22 20 100 281 25 45 54 75 85 72 68 1.5
1
) Applies to 7/8 in. and 22 mm connections. For 1 1/8 in. and 28 mm connections is L = 214 mm and L2 = 22 mm.

 Danfoss A/S, 04 - 2002 RD.3A.D3.02 266／278

12
23
Data sheet
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves
type T, TE and PHT

Introduction

Thermostatic expansion valves regulate the Therefore the valves are especially suitable for
injection of refrigerant liquid into evaporators. liquid injection in ”dry“ evaporators where the
Injection is controlled by the refrigerant superheat at the evaporator outlet is proportional
superheat. to the evaporator load.

Features · Large temperature range: · Rated capacities from 0.5 to 1890 kW

–60 to +50°C (0.15 to 540 TR) for R 22
Equally applicable to freezing, refrigeration
and air conditioning plant. · Can be supplied with MOP
(Max. Operating Pressure)
· Interchangeable orifice assembly Protects the compressor motor against
- easier stocking excessive evaporating pressure.
- easy capacity matching
- better service. · Patented double contact bulb
Fast and easy to install.
Good temperature transfer from pipe to bulb.

ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 RD.1A.H2.02 267／278

1
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T, TE and PHT

Technical data Max. temperature Max. test pressure

Bulb, when valve is installed: 100°C T 2, TE 2: p’ = 36 bar
Complete valve not installed: 60°C TE 5, TE 12, TE 20, TE 55, PHT: p’ = 28 bar

Min. temperature Permissible working pressure

- T 2 ® TE 55: –60°C T 2, TE 2: PB = 28 bar
- PHT: -50°C TE 5 ® TE 55 and PHT: PB = 22 bar

MOP-points
Refrigerant Range N Range NM Range NL Range B
-40 ® +10°C -40 ® -5°C -40 ® -15°C -60 ® -25°C
MOP-point in evaporating temperature te and evaporating pressure pe
+15°C/+60°F 0°C/+32°F -10°C/+15°F -20°C/-4°F
R 22 100 psig/6.9 bar 60 psig/4.0 bar 35 psig/3.5 bar 20 psig/1.5 bar
R 134a 55 psig/5 bar 30 psig/3.1 bar 15 psig/2.1 bar
R 404A/R 507 120 psig/9.3 bar 75 psig/6.2 bar 50 psig/4.4 bar 30 psig/3.1 bar
R 407C 95 psig/6.6 bar 50 psig/3.6 15 psig/1.1 bar

MOP = Max. Operating Pressure

MOP is the evaporating pressure at which the

expansion valve will shut off liquid injection in
the evaporator and thus prevent the evaporating
pressure from rising.
Rising bulb temperature will not open the
expansion valve when MOP is reached.

If the superheat factory setting of the expansion

Normal temperature range

valve is changed, the MOP point changes.
If the superheat setting increases, the MOP
point is reduced and vice versa, if the MOP
point increases, the superheat setting is
reduced.

Low temperature range

Operating range for

thermostatic expansion valves

Superheat SS = static superheat

OS = opening superheat
SH = SS + OS = total superheat
Qnom = rated capacity
Qmax = maximum capacity

Static superheat SS can be adjusted with setting

spindle.
The standard superheat setting SS is 5 K for
valves without MOP and 4 K for valves with MOP.
The opening superheat OS is 6 K from when
opening begins to where the valve gives its rated
capacity Qnom.

Example
Static superheat SS = 5 K
Opening superheat OS = 6 K
Total superheat SH = 5 + 6 = 11 K

2 RD.1A.H2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 268／278

Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T, TE and PHT

Sizing Sizing the thermostatic expansion valve is Example

dependent on: Refrigerant = R 22
- max. evaporator load Required valve connection = solder, angelway
- evaporating temperature, Evaporator capacity Qe = 9 kW
- condensing temperature Evaporating temperature
- liquid subcooling te = –10°C (~pe = 3.6 bar)
Condensing temperature
The pressure drop across the expansion valve tc +36°C (~pc = 13.9 bar)
is the difference between the compressor
condensing and evaporating pressures minus Evaporator with six sections.
the pressure drop in piping and through Size and length of liquid line,
distributors. dia. 1¤2 in., l = 25 m
Since the evaporator is placed 6 m higher than
The following example illustrates the conditions the receiver, h = 6 m.
that must be taken into consideration. A suitable expansion valve and liquid distributor
is required.

A. The evaporating pressure pe is subtracted from Static pressure drop, Dp3 bar
Determination the condensing pressure pc. Values pe and pc Refrig- at height difference h
of pressure drop are determined by the values given for te and tc. erant between evaporator and receiver
These can be obtained from a refrigerant table 6m 12 m 18 m 24 m 30 m
or a Danfoss calculator.
pc - pe = 13.9 bar - 3.6 bar R 22 0.7 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5
pc - pe = 10.3 bar R 134a 0.7 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.6
R 404A 0.6 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.2
To obtain the actual pressure drop across the
expansion valve, not only is it necessary to R 507 0.6 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.2
subtract pe from pc, but a series of other pres-
sure drops must also be subtracted
4. Pressure drop Dp4 in the liquid distributor:
1. Pressure drop Dp1 in the liquid line. Dp4 » 0.5 bar
For example: Dp1 » 0.1 bar
5. Pressure drop Dp5 in the distributor tubes:
2. The assumed pressure drop, p2, in filter drier, Dp5 » 0.5 bar
sight glass, manual shut-off valve and pipe
bends: Total pressure drop across expansion valve:
Dp2 » 0.2 bar. Dp = (pc - pe) - (Dp1 + Dp2 + Dp3 + Dp4 + Dp5)
Dp » 10.3 - (0.1 + 0.2 + 0.7 + 0.5 + 0.5)
3. Pressure drop Dp3 in the vertical liquid line Dp » 8.3 bar
(because of the height difference, h = 6 m).
This is given in the table below:
Dp3 = 0.7 bar

B.
Determination of capacity Qe
Orifice Pressure drop across valve Dp bar
Valve type no.
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Evaporating temperature -10°C

TX 2/TEX 2-0.15 0X 0.37 0.47 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.64 0.64
TX 2/TEX 2-0.3 00 0.79 0.96 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3
TX 2/TEX 2-0.7 01 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.8
TX 2/TEX 2-1.0 02 2.2 2.9 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.1
TX 2/TEX 2-1.5 03 3.9 5.1 5.9 6.4 6.8 7.1 7.3 7.3
TX 2/TEX 2-2.3 04 5.8 7.6 8.7 9.5 10.1 10.5 10.8 10.9
TX 2/TEX 2-3.0 05 7.4 9.6 11.0 12.0 12.8 13.3 13.6 13.8
TX 2/TEX 2-4.5 06 9.1 11.8 13.5 14.7 15.6 16.2 16.6 16.8

From the table for te = –10°C and Dp = 8.3 bar The table indicates that a TEX 2-2.3 with orifice
by interpolation: 04 should be used.
The table capacities are based on 4 K
Qe = 9.5 + 8.3 - 8 (10.1 - 9.5) subcooling ahead of valve.
10 - 8
Generally, the maximum capacity of a valve is
Qe = 9.6 kW approx. 20% higher than the figure given in the
table.

ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 RD.1A.H2.02 269／278

3
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T 2 and TE 2

Ordering, components with flare ´ flare connection

Thermostatic element, without orifice, filter cone, nuts, with sensor band
Connection Code no.
Pressure
Refri- Valve Capillary Inlet
equaliz- Range N Range NM Range NL Range B
gerant type tube ´
ation 1) –40 to +10°C –40 to –5°C –40 to –15°C –60 to –25°C
Outlet
m in. ´ in. mm ´ mm Without MOP With MOP With MOP With MOP Without MOP With MOP
TX 2 Int. 1.5 3¤8 ´ 1 ¤2 10 ´ 12 068Z3206 068Z3208 068Z3224 068Z3226 068Z3207 068Z3228
R 22
TEX 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤8 ´ 1 ¤2 10 ´ 12 068Z3209 068Z3211 068Z3225 068Z3227 068Z3210 068Z3229
TN 2 Int. 1.5 3¤8 ´ 1 ¤2 10 ´ 12 068Z3346 068Z3347 068Z3393 068Z3369
R 134a
TEN 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤8 ´ 1 ¤2 10 ´ 12 068Z3348 068Z3349 068Z3392 068Z3370
TS 2 Int. 1.5 3¤8 ´ 1 ¤2 10 ´ 12 068Z3400 068Z3402 068Z3406 068Z3408 068Z3401 068Z3410
R 404A/
R 507 TES 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤8 ´ 1 ¤2 10 ´ 12 068Z3403 068Z3405 068Z3407 068Z3409 068Z3404 068Z3411
1
) Valves with inch connections have 1¤4 inch pressure equalization.

Orifice assembly with filter Range N: - 40 to +10°C

Orifice no. Rated capacity in tons (TR) Rated capacity in kW Code no.
R 22 R 134a R 404A R 22 R 134a R 404A
The rated capacity is based on: R 507 R 507
Evaporating temperature te = +5°C
0X 0.15 0.11 0.11 0.5 0.4 0.38 068-2002
for range N and te = –30°C
for range B 00 0.3 0.25 0.21 1.0 0.9 0.7 068-2003
Condensing temperature tc = +32°C
01 0.7 0.5 0.45 2.5 1.8 1.6 068-2010
Refrigerant temperature ahead
of valve tl = +28°C 02 1.0 0.8 0.6 3.5 2.6 2.1 068-2015
03 1.5 1.3 1.2 5.2 4.6 4.2 068-2006
04 2.3 1.9 1.7 8.0 6.7 6.0 068-2007
05 3.0 2.5 2.2 10.5 8.6 7.7 068-2008
06 4.5 3.0 2.6 15.5 10.5 9.1 068-2009

Range B: – 60 to – 25°C
0X 0.15 0.11 0.5 0.38 068-2002
00 0.2 0.21 0.7 0.7 068-2003
01 0.3 0.45 1.0 1.6 068-2010
02 0.6 0.6 2.1 2.1 068-2015
03 0.8 1.0 2.8 3.5 068-2006
04 1.2 1.4 4.2 4.9 068-2007
05 1.5 1.7 5.2 6.0 068-2008
06 2.0 1.9 7.0 6.6 068-2009

Flare connections Connection for copper tubing Reducer for copper tubing
Code no.
with outside diameter with outside diameter
in. mm in. mm
1¤4 6 011L1101
3¤ 8 10 011L1135
1¤2 12 011L1103
1¤4 6 011L1107

Example
A TE 2 thermostatic expansion valve consists of When ordering one thermostatic expansion
two elements + flare nuts if required: valve, TEX 2 with orifice 01, five code numbers are
- 1 thermostatic element required:
- 1 orifice assembly and flare nuts - 1-off thermostatic element, 068Z3209
- 1-off orifice assembly 01, 068-2010
- 1-off 3¤8 in. flare nut, 011L1135
- 1-off 1¤2 in. flare nut, 011L1103
- 1-off 1¤4 in. flare nut, 011L1101

4 RD.1A.H2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 270／278

Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T 2 and TE 2

Ordering, components with flare ´ solder connection

Thermostatic element, without orifice, filter cone, nuts, with sensor band
Connection Code no.
Pressure Capillary
Refrigerant Valve equaliz- tube Inlet Outlet Range N Range NL Range B
type ation 1) Flare ODF solder -40 to +10°C -40 to -15°C -60 to -25°C
m in. in. mm Without MOP With MOP With MOP Without MOP With MOP
TX 2 Int. 1.5 3¤ 8 1¤2 068Z3281 068Z3287 068Z3357 068Z3319
TX 2 Int. 1.5 3¤ 8 12 068Z3302 068Z3308 068Z3366 068Z3361 068Z3276
R 22 TEX 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤ 8 1¤2 068Z3284 068Z3290 068Z3359 068Z3320
TEX 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤ 8 12 068Z3305 068Z3311 068Z3367 068Z3363 068Z3277
TN 2 Int. 1.5 3¤ 8 1¤2 068Z3383 068Z3387
TN 2 Int. 1.5 3¤ 8 12 068Z3384 068Z3388
R 134a TEN 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤ 8 1¤2 068Z3385 068Z3389
TEN 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤ 8 12 068Z3386 068Z3390
TS 2 Int. 1.5 3¤ 8 1¤2 068Z3414 068Z3416 068Z3429 068Z3418 068Z3420
TS 2 Int. 1.5 3¤ 8 12 068Z3435 068Z3423 068Z3436 068Z3425 068Z3427
R 404A/
TES 2 Ext. 1.5 3¤ 8 1¤2 068Z3415 068Z3417 068Z3430 068Z3419 068Z3421
R 507 3¤ 8
TES 2 Ext. 1.5 12 068Z3422 068Z3424 068Z3437 068Z3426 068Z3428
1
) Valves with inch connections have 1¤4 inch pressure equalization. Valves with mm connections have 6 mm pressure equalization.

Orifice assembly with filter Range N: - 40 to +10°C

Orifice no. Rated capacity in tons (TR) Rated capacity in kW Code no.
R 22 R 134a R 404A R 22 R 134a R 404A
R 507 R507
The rated capacity is based on:
Evaporating temperature te = +5°C 0X 0.15 0.11 0.11 0.5 0.4 0.38 068-2002
for range N and 00 0.3 0.25 0.21 1.0 0.9 0.7 068-2003
te = –30°C for range B
Condensing temperature tc = +32°C 01 0.7 0.5 0.45 2.5 1.8 1.6 068-2010
Refrigerant temperature ahead 02 1.0 0.8 0.6 3.5 2.6 2.1 068-2015
of valve tl = +28°C
03 1.5 1.3 1.2 5.2 4.6 4.2 068-2006
04 2.3 1.9 1.7 8.0 6.7 6.0 068-2007
05 3.0 2.5 2.2 10.5 8.6 7.7 068-2008
06 4.5 3.0 2.6 15.5 10.5 9.1 068-2009

Range B: – 60 to – 25°C
0X 0.15 0.11 0.5 0.38 068-2002
00 0.2 0.21 0.7 0.7 068-2003
01 0.3 0.45 1.0 1.6 068-2010
02 0.6 0.6 2.1 2.1 068-2015
03 0.8 1.0 2.8 3.5 068-2006
04 1.2 1.4 4.2 4.9 068-2007
05 1.5 1.7 5.2 6.0 068-2008
06 2.0 1.9 7.0 6.6 068-2009

Solder adaptor The adaptor is for use with thermostatic The standard orifice in T 2 and TE 2 can be
expansion valves T 2 and TE 2 with flare ´ solder used with the solder adaptor when the
connections. When the adaptor is fitted correctly expansion valve filter is replaced with a
it meets the sealing requirements of DIN 8964. separately ordered filter.
The adaptor offers the following advantages: Only in this way can the sealing requirements of
· The orifice assembly can be replaced. DIN 8964 be fulfilled.
· The filter can be cleaned or replaced. A solder adaptor is also available for filter driers.

Solder adaptor without orifice assembly and Orifice assembly with filter for solder adaptor
filter
Orifice no. Code no.
Connection ODF solder Code no.
0X 068-2089
1¤4 in. 068-2062 00 068-2090
6 mm 068-2063 01 068-2091
3¤8 in. 068-2060 02 068-2092
10 mm 068-2061 03 068-2093
Filter for solder adaptor 04 068-2094
05 068-2095
Description Code no.
06 068-2096
Filter excl. orifice assembly 068-0015

Flare connections
See previous page.

ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 RD.1A.H2.02 271／278

5
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T, TE and PHT

Design General The charge in the thermostatic element depends

Function T, TE and PHT valves have an interchangeable on the evaporating temperature range.
orifice assembly. The valves can be equipped with internal or
external pressure equalization.
T, TE and PHT valves are built up of three External pressure equalization should always be
interchangeable main components: used on systems with liquid distributors.
I. Thermostatic element, 1 The double contact bulb gives fast and precise
II. Orifice assembly, 2 reaction to temperature changes in the
Insert in PHT main valve, 7 evaporator. It also makes fitting the bulb quick
III. Valve body with connections, 3 and easy.
The valves are able to withstand the effects that
normally occur with hot gas defrosting.
T/TE 2, TE 5, TE 12, PHT 85
For the same valve type and refrigerant, the To ensure long operating life, the valve cone
associated orifice assembly is suitable for all and seat are made of a special alloy with
versions of valve body and in all evaporating particularly good wear qualities.
temperature ranges.

T2

1. Thermostatic element
(diaphragm)
2. Interchangeable orifice
assembly
3. Valve body
4. Superheat setting spindle
(see instructions)
5. Ext. pressure equalizing TE 5
connection with 1¤4 in./6 mm flare

ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 RD.1A.H2.02 272／278

6
19
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type TE and PHT

Design
Function
(Continued)

TE 12 / TE 20

TE 55

1. Thermostatic element
(diaphragm)
2. Interchangeable orifice assembly
3. Valve body
4. Superheat setting spindle
(see instructions)
5. Ext. pressure equalizing
connection with 1¤4 in./6 mm
flare nut
6. Pilot connection
7. Insert in main valve
8. Main spring PHT 85
9. Bottom plug

7
20 RD.1A.H2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 273／278
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T, TE and PHT

Identification The thermostatic element is fitted with a label

(on top of the diaphragm).The code refers to the
refrigerant for which the valve is designed:

X = R 22
N = R 134a
S = R 404A/ R507

The label gives valve type, evaporating

temperature range, MOP point, refrigerant, and
max. test pressure, PB.

On T 2 and TE 2 with steel capillary tube this Element label

information is etched on with a laser.
With TE 20, TE 55 and PHT 85 the rated
capacity is stamped on a band label fastened to
the valve.

Orifice assembly for T 2 and TE 2

The orifice assembly is marked with the orifice
size (06) and week stamp (404).
The orifice assembly number is also given on
the lid of its plastic container. Orifice assembly and filter
for T 2 and TE 2

Orifice assembly for TE 5, TE 12, 20 and 55

The orifice assembly is marked on top of the
spring cup, e.g. as shown in the figure.
For a given size of valve, the same orifice
assembly can be used for valves with ranges N
and B.

The thermostatic elements are different however: Orifice assembly marking

· On TE 5 and TE 12 for TE 5 and TE 12
the upper stamp (TE 12) indicates for which
valve type the orifice can be used. The lower
stamp (01) is the orifice size.

· On TE 20 and TE 55
the upper stamp (N/B 50/35 TR) indicates
the rated capacity in the two evaporating
temperature ranges N and B, and the
refrigerant.
(50/35 TR = 175 kW in range N and 123 kW in Orifice assembly marking
range B). for TE 20 and TE 55
The lower stamp (TEX 55) refers to the valve
type for which the assembly can be used.

Capillary tube label for T 2 and TE 2

The label gives the orifice size (04) and consists
of the lid of the orifice assembly plastic contai-
ner. It can easily be fastened around the
expansion valve capillary tube to clearly identify
the valve size.

Capillary tube label for TE 5 to TE 55

The label gives the orifice size (04). A new label
always accompanies a new orifice assembly.
Capillary tube label Capillary tube label
TE 5 ® TE 55 T 2 and TE 2

ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 RD.1A.H2.02 8

274／278
21
Data sheet Thermostatic expansion valves, type T 2/TE 2 and TE 5

Dimensions and weights T 2 and TE 2

Flare ´ flare Weight: 0.3 kg

Solder adaptor Weight: 0.05 kg

Ædi
in. mm
1/ 6
4
3/ 10
8

Flare ´ solder Weight: 0.3 kg

TE 5

TE 5 Weight TE 5 Weight TE 5 Weight

Flare, angleway 1.1 kg Solder, straightway 1 kg Solder, angleway 1 kg

Inlet side L1
ÆD1 mm
1¤2 in./12 mm ODF 10
5¤8 in./16 mm ODF 10

Outlet side L1
ÆD2 mm
5¤8 in./16 mm ODF 12
7¤8 in./22 mm ODF 17

Bracket for TE 5

9
22 RD.1A.H2.02 ã Danfoss A/S, 02 -2000 275／278
 Instructions
T 2 / TE 2
with steel cap. tube
068R9536

068R9536
PS = 34 bar
(500 psig)
ptest = max. 38 bar
(550 psig)

© Danfoss A/S (RC-CMS), 02 - 2004 RI1AN400 10

1
11
2 RI1AN400 © Danfoss A/S (RC-CMS), 02 - 2004
 JL Marine & Engineering Pte Ltd
3 Gul Drive Singapore 629455
Tel:(65)6558 7079 Fax:(65)6558 7098
E-Mail: [email protected]
Website: www.jlmarine.com.sg

Install instruction of drain pipe for freezer room

冷冻库下水管加热丝安装说明:

1. 加热带安装工艺，也就是加热带在安装的时候一定要均匀紧固的缠绕在下水管上。不可以有
无空隙缠绕。

The heater must be uniformity fasten enwind to surface of drain pipe. Not allow to install
without gab.

2. 保温，加热带外面不可以有任何的橡塑保温，如发现有保温一定要向船厂和船东解释说明，
出现船厂不配合或者船东不理解的情况要在调试报告里面写出特别备注。

Not allow to install any insulation outside the drain pipe as the heater capacity was designed
without insulation Also the heater always turn on when start the system.

3. 提醒船厂和船东在冷库停止运行的情况下，一定要关闭加热带电源。

Have be remind to owner must be turn off the heater when stop the system.

4. 如加热器过长，待下水管缠绕完毕后剩余部分可拉紧固定在就近的货架地脚之上。

If the heater too long, the surplus length can be tied to foot of good shelf. Do not allow to cut!

1
278／278